Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Transmission of Sound Recordings by Satellite Radio and “Preexisting” Subscription Services (SDARS III), 65210-65270 [2018-26922]
Download as PDF
65210
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
Copyright Royalty Board
37 CFR Part 382
[Docket No. 16–CRB–0001 SR/PSSR (2018–
2022)]
Determination of Royalty Rates and
Terms for Transmission of Sound
Recordings by Satellite Radio and
‘‘Preexisting’’ Subscription Services
(SDARS III)
Copyright Royalty Board,
Library of Congress.
ACTION: Final rule and order.
AGENCY:
The Copyright Royalty Judges
announce their final determination of
the rates and terms for the digital
transmission of sound recordings and
the reproduction of ephemeral
recordings by preexisting subscription
services and preexisting satellite digital
audio radio services for the period
beginning January 1, 2018, and ending
on December 31, 2027.
DATES:
Effective Date: December 19, 2018.
Applicability Date: The regulations
apply to the license period beginning
January 1, 2018, and ending December
31, 2027.
ADDRESSES: The final determination is
posted in eCRB at https://app.crb.gov/.
For access to the docket to read the final
determination and submitted
background documents, go to eCRB and
search for docket number 16–CRB–0001
SR/PSSR (2018–2022).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Anita Blaine, CRB Program Assistant, by
telephone at (202) 707–7658 or by email
at crb@loc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
SUMMARY:
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
I. Introduction
The purpose of the Copyright Royalty
Judges (Judges) in the present
proceeding is to determine the royalty
rates and terms applicable to Preexisting
Subscription Services (PSS) and
Satellite Digital Audio Radio Services
(SDARS) for licenses established by the
Copyright Act (Act) to utilize
copyrighted sound recordings. See 17
U.S.C. 112, 114. The Act requires the
Judges to determine applicable rates and
terms every five years. See 17 U.S.C.
801(b)(1), 804(b)(3)(B).
In determining the PSS rates, the
Judges considered proposals from both
Music Choice and SoundExchange as
guideposts rather than as benchmarks
and determined a rate based upon the
current statutory rate as adjusted to
meet statutory requirements. In
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
determining the SDARS rates, the
Judges relied most heavily on the
opportunity cost approach proffered by
SoundExchange, but the Judges utilized
opportunity cost survey data that they
found more appropriate than the data
relied on by SoundExchange.
After the Judges issued the Initial
Determination in this proceeding on
December 14, 2017, both Sirius XM
Radio, Inc., (Sirius XM), the lone
SDARS, and Music Choice filed timely
motions for rehearing. SoundExchange
filed responses opposing each rehearing
motion, and Sirius XM and Music
Choice filed replies. On April 17, 2018,
the Judges ruled on the rehearing
motions. See Order Granting In Part and
Denying In Part . . . Motion[s] for
Rehearing (Apr. 17, 2018). By this order,
the Judges denied the Music Choice
motion and asked for additional briefing
on the primary issue Sirius XM raised,
viz., whether the Judges should reduce
the royalty rate for SDARS set in the
Initial Determination to a rate not lower
than 14.7% of Gross Revenues. Id. at 9.
The parties filed briefs and responses
and the Judges took the issue under
advisement.
On October 11, 2018, the President
signed into law the Orrin G. Hatch-Bob
Goodlatte Music Modernization Act,
Public Law 115–264, 132 Stat. 3676
(Oct. 11, 2018) (MMA). That law
includes a provision amending section
804(b)(3)(B) of the Copyright Act (Act)
to state that ‘‘with respect to preexisting satellite digital audio radio
services, the terms and rates set forth by
the Copyright Royalty Judges on
December 14, 2017, in their initial
determination for the rate period ending
on December 31, 2022, shall be in effect
through December 31, 2027, without
any change based on a rehearing under
section 803(c)(2) . . . .’’ Id. sec. 103. As
a consequence of this statutory
provision, the Judges dismissed the
pending rehearing as moot. See Order
Dismissing Rehearing Proceeding (Oct.
11, 2018).
Based upon the totality of the record,
and in accordance with the following
reasoning and analysis, the Judges
determine that the applicable rates and
terms for the period beginning January
1, 2018,1 shall be:
For PSS: 7.5% of Gross Revenues, as
that term is defined for PSS.
1 In the Judges’ Initial Determination in this
proceeding, they established rates for the period
January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2022. Under
the MMA, these rates shall remain in effect until
December 31, 2027. See 17 U.S.C. 804(b)(3)(B) (as
amended by the MMA). Note that all redactions in
this publication were made by the Copyright
Royalty Judges and not by the Federal Register.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
For SDARS: 15.5% of Gross Revenues,
as that term is defined for SDARS.
II. Background
A. Statutory Licenses
In 1995, Congress granted to sound
recording copyright owners the
exclusive right ‘‘to perform the
copyrighted [sound recording] publicly
by means of a digital audio
transmission.’’ 2 17 U.S.C. 106(6).
Concurrently, Congress limited that
exclusive right by creating two statutory
licenses that would enable certain users,
including SDARS and PSS, to transmit
digitally sound recordings without
obtaining a voluntary license from each
copyright owner. See 17 U.S.C. 112(e),
114(d). The section 112 license
(ephemeral license) allows an entity that
transmits a sound recording digitally to
make ephemeral phonorecords of the
sound recording to facilitate the
transmission. Section 112(e) describes
conditions under which an entity may
license the ephemeral sound recording.3
Section 114 describes limits that apply
to the digital transmission license.4
B. The Standards for Determining
Royalty Rates
Section 801(b)(1) of the Act provides
that the Judges shall ‘‘make
determinations and adjustments of
reasonable terms and rates of royalty
payments’’ for the statutory licenses set
forth in, inter alia, section 114(f)(1)
(‘‘digital performance license’’).5 The
digital performance license requires that
the Judges set rates and terms that are
‘‘reasonable.’’ Id. In addition, section
801(b)(1) provides that these
‘‘reasonable’’ rates shall be calculated to
achieve four specific objectives:
(A) To maximize the availability of creative
works to the public.
(B) To afford the copyright owner a fair
return for his or her creative work and the
copyright user a fair income under existing
economic conditions.
(C) To reflect the relative roles of the
copyright owner and the copyright user in
the product made available to the public with
2 See Digital Performance Right in Sound
Recording Act of 1995, Public Law 104–39, 109
Stat. 336 (1995).
3 Section 112 provides that a sound recording
transmitter may make no more than one ephemeral
phonorecord, ‘‘unless the terms and conditions of
the statutory license allow for more.’’ 17 U.S.C.
112(e)(1).
4 Specifically, section 114 excludes from the
statutory license transmissions by interactive
services. See 17 U.S.C. 114(d)(2)(A)(i).
5 Sirius XM and SoundExchange agree in
substance that the Judges should conform the
SDARS regulations regarding ephemeral licenses to
the language adopted by the Judges in Web IV. See
SEPFF ¶ 2371; SXMPFF ¶ 492. The Judges approve
this agreement and adopt it in the regulations for
the forthcoming rate period. See infra, section III.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
respect to relative creative contribution,
technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, risk, and contribution to the
opening of new markets for creative
expression and media for their
communication.
(D) To minimize any disruptive impact on
the structure of the industries involved and
on generally prevailing industry practices.
17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
In SDARS 1, the Judges detailed the
historical treatment of these section
801(b)(1) standards. See Determination
of Rates and Terms . . . 73 FR 4080,
4082–84 (Jan. 24, 2008) (SDARS I).
There, the Judges noted that the section
801(b)(1) factors originated in the
protracted legislative process that
ultimately produced the Copyright Act
of 1976. The SDARS I Judges examined
the legislative history of the 1976 Act
and noted that the motivation for
adopting the four itemized 801(b)(1)
factors arose from an exchange between
two law professors, Professor Ernest
Gellhorn, on behalf of certain copyright
users, and Professor Louis H. Pollack,
on behalf of certain copyright owners.
The issue between the professors was
the constitutionality of the Copyright
Royalty Tribunal (CRT), a predecessor of
the Copyright Royalty Board. As
recounted in SDARS I: ‘‘Professor
Gellhorn had recommended that, in
order to bolster the constitutionality of
the Tribunal, the Congress should, inter
alia, adopt statutory standards beyond
the vague criterion of ‘reasonableness.’ ’’
SDARS I, 73 FR at 4082 (citing Hearings
on H.R. 2223 before the Subcomm. on
Courts, Civil Liberties, and the
Administration of Justice of the House
Comm. on the Judiciary, 94th Cong.,
1922 (1975).6 After consideration of
alternative potential statutory language,
Congress adopted the four-part itemized
factors included in section 801(b)(1) to
supplement the ‘‘reasonable’’ rate
requirement. Id.
There is additional legislative history
regarding the itemized four factors in
section 801(b)(1) that aids in
understanding how those factors should
be applied and informs economic
analysis under these statutory
provisions. This legislative history is
highlighted by dueling positions taken
in Congressional testimony in 1967 by
the licensors, through the National
Music Publishers Association (NMPA)
and its economic witness, Robert R.
Nathan, and by the licensees, the
6 The SDARS I Judges also noted that, in like
fashion, the Register of Copyrights concluded that
it would be ‘‘wise to establish, in the statute, certain
criteria beyond ‘reasonableness’ that each Panel is
to apply to its decision-making.’’ Id. (citing Second
Supplementary Report of the Register of Copyrights
on the General Revision of the U.S. Copyright Law,
Chapter XV, at 31 (1975)).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Recording Industry Association of
America (RIAA), through their counsel,
Thurman Arnold, Esq., a well-known
advocate of strong antitrust
enforcement. See Hearing on S. 597,
Subcomm. on Patents, Trademarks and
Copyrights of the S. Committee on the
Judiciary, (Mar. 20–21, 1967) (Senate
Hearing).
Mr. Nathan criticized any proposed
legislation that would subject the
songwriting industry to a statutory
mechanical licensing scheme. Id. at 382.
He did not agree that licenses in the
music industry should be treated
differently than how ‘‘we generally
function under competitive marketplace
bargaining arrangements whereby most
entities in our economy bargain for that
which goes into the creation of goods
and services and also bargain the price
for which those goods and services are
sold.’’ Id. He further noted that the
statutory mechanical royalty rate was in
part a reaction to an early 20th century
concern regarding a Supreme Court
decision allowing a player-piano
manufacturer to play songs through the
use of perforated paper rolls fed into the
new devices (player pianos), without a
license and without a duty to pay
royalties to the songwriters and
publishers. White-Smith Music
Publishing Company v. Apollo
Company, 209 U.S. 1 (1908). As Mr.
Nathan explained: ‘‘[T]he Aeolian Co.[,]
had gained control of some 80 percent
of the musical compositions and
Congress . . . fear[ed] the threat of
monopoly in the mechanical
reproduction of music.’’ Senate Hearing
at 382–83. The Copyright Act of 1909
superseded the effect of White-Smith by
creating a statutory license and
imposing a fixed statutory rate for
mechanical reproduction of musical
compositions.
In his 1967 testimony, Mr. Nathan
advocated that Congress eliminate the
compulsory license and the statutory
rate, and he specifically urged Congress
to resist replacing the fixed statutory fee
with a regulatory standard to be
implemented by a quasi-adjudicatory
body. As to the latter point he explained
to Congress: ‘‘[O]ne might ask . . .
whether the music publishing industry
has any characteristics of a public
utility? I submit . . . that there is
nothing in the music publishing
industry which gives [it] the
characteristics or the elements of a
public utility . . . .’’ Id. at 383. Mr.
Nathan noted what he felt was a key
distinction: Unlike traditional public
utilities such as ‘‘railroad systems’’ or
‘‘streetcar lines,’’ the songwriting and
publishing industry is ‘‘a creative and
nonstandardized area,’’ and
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65211
‘‘[m]onopoly and public utility aspects
are just not prevalent in this industry.’’
Id.
The licensees’ opposing position,
expressed by Mr. Arnold on behalf of
the RIAA, contained the seeds of the
standard ultimately adopted in section
801(b)(1). As Mr. Arnold testified, the
statute should include, inter alia,
‘‘accepted standards of statutory
ratemaking,’’ including a rate ‘‘that
insures the party against whom it is
imposed a reasonable return on . . .
investment’’ and ‘‘that divides the
rewards for the respective creative
contributions of the record producers
[the licensees] and the copyright owners
. . . equitably between them.’’ Id. at
469.
Mr. Nathan criticized this approach
on two fronts. First, he argued that the
‘‘personal service’’ nature of the
songwriting and publishing industry
precluded application of a ‘‘reasonable
rate of return’’ requirement for
establishing the compulsory royalty
rate. Second, with regard to the division
of the ‘‘rewards’’ proposal, Mr. Nathan
stated that ‘‘I have never in all my
experience encountered this novel
concept of dividing rewards for creative
contributions as a meaningful and
relevant standard of ratemaking.’’ Id. at
1093–94.7
Resolution of this 1967 dispute
languished until 1976, when Professor
Gellhorn successfully convinced
Congress to adopt an itemized standard
in the final statute. See F. Greenman &
A. Deutsch, The Copyright Royalty
Tribunal and the Statutory Mechanical
Royalty: History and Prospect, 1
Cardozo Arts & Ent. L.J. 1, 53, 59 (1982).
In so doing, Congress did not explicitly
address the economic dispute between
Mr. Arnold and Mr. Nathan regarding
the relative merits of a market-based rate
versus a rate established in some other
manner.
Under the itemized section 801(b)(1)
standard, the Judges have the discretion
to choose a market rate, a market-based
rate, or a rate unrelated to market
evidence. Music Choice v. Copyright
Royalty Bd., 774 F.3d 1000, 1010 (D.C.
Cir. 2014) (and citations therein). Any
such rate would be legally appropriate
provided it was not ‘‘arbitrary,
capricious, an abuse of discretion, or
otherwise not in accordance with law,
or if the facts relied upon by the [Judges]
7 As the present record (and the record in
Phonorecords III) demonstrates, subsequent to Mr.
Nathan’s 1967 testimony, the economic concept of
‘‘dividing rewards for creative contributions as a
meaningful and relevant standard of ratemaking’’
has blossomed, with the application of Opportunity
Cost/Efficient Component Pricing approaches, Nash
Bargaining Solutions, and Shapley Value analyses.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65212
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
have no basis in the record.’’ Id. at 1007.
Indeed, in Music Choice, the D.C.
Circuit reaffirmed that ‘‘the Copyright
Act gives the Judges of the Copyright
Royalty Board broad discretion to set
rates and terms for compulsory licenses
of the digital performance of sound
recordings.’’ Id. at 1016 (emphasis
added).
C. Prior Proceedings
This proceeding is not the first in
which the Judges or their predecessors
have applied the section 801(b) factors
to determine royalty rates.8 In SDARS I,
the Judges detailed the historical
treatment of these factors by their
predecessors, the Copyright Royalty
Tribunal and the Librarian in his
administration of the Copyright
Arbitration Royalty Panel (CARP)
system. See Determination of Rates and
Terms . . . , 73 FR 4080, 4082–84 (Jan.
24, 2008) (SDARS I). In SDARS I, the
Judges chose to ‘‘begin with a
consideration and analysis of the
[market] benchmarks and testimony
submitted by the parties, and then
measure the rate or rates yielded by that
process against the [section 801(b)]
statutory objectives’’ to reach a decision.
Id. at 4084.
The precedent guiding the present
panel of Judges signals an analysis in
which the Judges may weigh the
evidence presented to support the rate
proposals, including marketplace
benchmarks, apply the section 801(b)
policy factors to assure the final rates
are consonant with those factors and, if
the evidence permits, also establish a
zone of reasonableness within which
the rate shall be set.9
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
D. The Present Proceeding
The Judges commenced the present
proceeding with publication of notice
seeking petitions to participate. See 81
8 The Copyright Royalty Tribunal (CRT) applied
the 801(b) factors in a section 116 (Jukebox) rate
adjustment and a section 115 (Phonorecords) rate
adjustment. The Librarian of Congress, as
administrator of a Copyright Arbitration Royalty
Panel (CARP) issued a determination for the section
114 satellite radio license (SDARS I). In 2017, the
Judges presided over a contested Phonorecords rate
hearing, the determination of which will issue after
the present determination and will involve
application of the 801(b) policy factors to the
Phonorecords license.
9 The U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit
has also concluded that the Judges may apply the
‘‘[section 801(b)] . . . objectives [to] determine a
range of reasonable royalty rates that would serve
all these objectives adequately but to differing
degrees, [and] the [Judges are] free to choose among
those rates, and courts are without authority to set
aside the particular rate chosen . . . if it lies within
a ‘‘zone of reasonableness.’’ See Recording Indus.
Ass’n of America v. Copyright Royalty Tribunal,
662 F.2d 1, 9 (D.C. Cir. 1981) (footnotes omitted).
Thus, the Judges may establish such a zone of
reasonableness, but are not required to do so.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
FR 255 (Jan. 5, 2016). Seven entities
filed petitions to participate.10 The
Judges dismissed the petitions of Music
Reports, Inc. and David Powell. Muzak
LLC withdrew its petition to participate.
The parties participating in the hearing
were George Johnson d/b/a GEO Music
Group (GEO), Music Choice, Sirius XM
Radio, Inc. (Sirius XM), and
SoundExchange, Inc. (SoundExchange).
The Judges presided over an
evidentiary hearing that commenced on
April 12, 2017, and ended on May 18,
2017. Parties to the hearing presented
oral closing argument on July 18. The
parties called 35 witnesses,11 including
15 experts.12 Of the 856 exhibits marked
for identification for the hearing (not
including illustrative presentations by
various witnesses) the Judges admitted
511 (including those admitted for
limited purpose) into evidence during
the hearing.13 On June 14, the parties
filed their respective Proposed Findings
of Fact (PFF) and Proposed Conclusions
of Law (PCL). Parties filed Reply PFF
and PCL on June 29.
III. The Section 112 Ephemeral License
The ephemeral license rates that the
Judges are to determine in this
proceeding shall ‘‘most clearly represent
the fees that would have been
negotiated in the marketplace between a
willing buyer and a willing seller.’’ 17
U.S.C. 112(e)(4). All parties to the
present proceeding agree that the value
of the section 112 ephemeral license is
linked to the value of the section 114
performance license.14 Music Choice
10 Original petitioners included George Johnson
d/b/a GEO Music Group; Music Choice; Music
Reports, Inc.; Muzak LLC; Sirius XM Radio, Inc.;
SoundExchange, Inc. (SoundExchange); and David
Powell. SoundExchange appeared on behalf of itself
and its members, the American Association of
Independent Music; the American Federation of
Musicians of the United States and Canada; the
Recording Industry Association of America; the
Screen Actors Guild and the American Federation
of Television and Radio Artists; Sony Music
Entertainment; Universal Music Group; and Warner
Music Group.
11 In addition to live witnesses, participants also
designated prior testimony of witnesses in prior
proceedings. See 37 CFR 351.4(b)(2).
12 GEO Music Group (GEO) presented the
testimony of George Johnson. Mr. Johnson asked to
be qualified as an expert in the music sound
recording business. There being no objection, the
Judges acknowledged his experience as a
songwriter, singer, and independent record
producer for approximately 30 years and qualified
him for purposes of the present proceeding as an
expert in the music business.
13 Immediately prior to and during the hearing in
this proceeding, participants filed motions seeking
to limit or exclude opposing parties’ evidence. The
Judges’ conclusions on those motions are issued by
separate order or orders. References to evidence in
this Determination are to evidence admitted to the
record.
14 See Music Choice Written Direct Statement at
6; Introductory Memorandum to the Written
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
asked that the Judges include the
section 112 rate in the overall rate.
Sirius and SoundExchange asked the
Judges to determine that the value of the
licenses be allocated 5% to the
ephemeral license and 95% to the
performance license, consistent with the
current regulations applicable to
SDARS, webcasters, and new
subscription (CABSAT) services. See,
e.g., Sirius XM . . . Proposed Findings
. . . and Conclusions at 234 (SXM
PFFCL); Proposed Findings . . . and
Conclusions of SoundExchange . . . at
938 (SX PFFCL); see 37 CFR 382.3(c),
382.12(b) (2016).
The parties’ positions and the Judges’
decisions concerning the ephemeral
license regulations are detailed in
section XI.C of this Determination; the
regulatory language adopted by the
Judges is attached as Appendix A.
IV. PSS Performance License
A. Background
The Act defines a PSS as ‘‘a service
that performs sound recordings by
means of noninteractive audio-only
subscription digital audio
transmissions, which was in existence
and was making such transmissions to
the public for a fee on or before July 31,
1998 . . . .’’ 17 U.S.C. 114(j)(11). When
Congress enacted that definition, there
were three PSS entities in existence. See
H.R. Rep. No. 105–796, at 81, 85, 89
(Oct. 8, 1998). Only two remain, and
Music Choice was the only PSS that
participated in this proceeding.15
SoundExchange represented Copyright
Owners in the PSS portion of the
proceeding. George Johnson, an
individual licensor, also proposed a PSS
rate.
Music Choice operates a residential
audio service that consists of 50
channels of audio programming
delivered to subscribers’ televisions.
Written Direct Testimony of David J. Del
Beccaro, Trial Ex. 55, at 4 (Del Beccaro
WDT). Music Choice’s services are
delivered to customers by cable
operators and other multichannel video
programming distributors (MVPDs) as
part of customers’ digital basic cable
service. Id.
In addition to its cable TV-based
service, Music Choice makes its 50 cable
channels, plus an additional 25
channels of audio programming,
available to authenticated television
subscribers through its website and a
Statement of Sirius Radio Inc. at 1; Proposed Rates
and Terms of SoundExchange, Inc. and Copyright
Owner and Artist Participants at 5.
15 The other remaining PSS entity, Muzak LLC,
filed a Petition to Participate, but withdrew it before
the deadline for filing Written Direct Statements.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
mobile app. Id. Music Choice describes
these internet transmissions as ‘‘an
ancillary part of its residential music
business . . . .’’ Written Rebuttal
Testimony of David J. Del Beccaro, Trial
Ex. 57, at 25 (Del Beccaro WRT).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
1. PSS Rates From SDARS II
The parties in the prior proceeding
(SDARS II) reached agreement on the
rates and terms of the section 112
license prior to the hearing. See 78 FR
at 23054–56.16 Therefore, the Judges’
focus in that proceeding was limited to
determining the appropriate rates and
terms for the section 114 license. The
Judges began with a consideration and
analysis of the market benchmarks and
testimony submitted by the parties and
then measured the rate or rates yielded
by that process against the Section
801(b) statutory objectives to reach a
decision. 78 FR at 23055. The Judges
repeat that approach in the current
proceeding.
In SDARS II, Music Choice advocated
adoption of the annual royalties it pays
to performing rights societies (PROs)
(i.e., ASCAP, BMI, and SESAC) for the
right to perform musical works to
subscribers of its residential audio
service as a precedential benchmark.
Indeed, Music Choice asserted that the
Judges were required to rely on that
musical works rate. The Judges rejected
that contention but analyzed whether
the rates that Music Choice paid the
PROs were a useful benchmark. 78 FR
at 23056. Music Choice contended that
two pieces of evidence corroborated use
of the musical works rates as a
benchmark: (1) Decisions from Canada
and the United Kingdom concluding
that royalty rates for sound recordings
and musical compositions have
equivalent value 17 and (2) results of an
economic model called the Asymmetric
Nash Bargaining Framework (Nash
Framework) 18 offered by Music
16 In the SDARS II proceeding, SoundExchange
and Music Choice submitted a joint stipulation with
respect to the Section 112(e) ephemeral license, and
the Judges adopted the proposal based on the
stipulation. 78 FR at 23055–56. The provision
addressing the Section 112(e) license appears in
current CRB Rule 382.3(c). It states that ‘‘[t]he
royalty payable under 17 U.S.C. 112(e) for the
making of phonorecords used by the Licensee solely
to facilitate transmissions for which it pays
royalties as and when provided in this subpart shall
be included within, and constitute 5% of, the total
royalties payable under 17 U.S.C. 112(e) and 114.’’
17 The Judges dismissed Music Choice’s reliance
on foreign jurisdictions because of a lack of proof
of comparability between foreign markets and U.S.
markets. Further, Music Choice failed to convince
the Judges that the governing laws were sufficiently
similar to U.S. law to offer even analogous
reasoning. See 78 FR at 23058.
18 The Nash Framework, as presented in the
instant proceeding, is discussed in greater detail
infra, section IV.C.1.a.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Choice’s expert, Professor Gregory
Crawford.19 Based on his analysis,
Professor Crawford concluded the PRO
rates were an appropriate benchmark for
the sound recording license at issue.
The Judges disagreed and found that
the musical works benchmark lacked
comparability to the hypothetical PSS
market. Id. at 23058. The Judges found
that the musical works market involved
different sellers (PROs versus record
companies) selling different rights
(musical works performance rights
versus sound recording performance
rights) than those at issue in this
proceeding.20
With regard to the Nash Framework,
the Judges noted:
The Nash Framework is a theoretical
concept whose goal is to evaluate how the
surplus from a hypothetical transaction
might be divided between negotiating parties.
Even assuming that the Nash Framework has
predictive value in some real-world contexts,
Music Choice provided no data to support
the theoretical approximations in the market
for any intellectual property rights, much less
those that the Judges are charged with
evaluating. Therefore, the Judges find that the
Nash Framework is not useful corroborating
evidence.
78 FR at 23058.21
For its part, SoundExchange offered
certain marketplace agreements
executed by interactive music streaming
services as a benchmark. The Judges
also rejected this proposed benchmark
on comparability grounds. 78 FR at
23058.22
19 Professor Crawford’s Nash Framework from
SDARS II (as well as the Judges’ reasons for
rejecting it) is described at length in the
determination and need not be repeated here. See
SDARS II, 78 FR at 23056–57, 23058. As discussed
below, in the current proceeding Music Choice does
not premise its Nash-based model (or any other
model) on an asserted equivalency between the
value of sound recordings and musical works, in
light of the Judges’ rejection of that argument on the
record presented in SDARS II. Nonetheless,
Professor Crawford’s Nash Framework in the instant
proceeding is strikingly similar to his Nash
Framework in SDARS II.
20 The Judges acknowledged that musical works
performance rights and sound recording
performance rights are likely perfect complements,
but concluded that, based on the record, such
complementarity had not been shown to inform the
decision regarding relative value of the rights.
21 The Judge who dissented from the majority
decision offered what the majority characterized as
a ‘‘more spirited rejection of the probative value of
the Nash Framework as proffered in this context.’’
The majority concurred with this assessment but
concluded that ‘‘as a threshold matter, [the] Nash
Framework, without real-world data to support its
predictive capacity, is unworthy of further
consideration. 78 FR at 23058, n.17.
22 The markets that the proffered agreements
covered were subscription interactive webcasting,
ringtones/ringbacks, and digital downloads. The
Judges concluded that these markets involve the
licensing of products and rights separate and apart
from the right to publicly perform sound recordings
in the context of the PSS proceeding. The Judges
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65213
The Judges concluded that the
evidence presented by Music Choice
framed the lower end of a range of
reasonable rates and that presented by
SoundExchange framed the upper end.
78 FR at 23059. Having rejected the
parties’ respective proffered benchmarks
(and proposed corroborating evidence)
for any purpose other than to frame a
range of potential rates, the Judges were
left with a consideration of the thenprevailing royalty rate of 7.5% of gross
revenues, which fell within that range.
The Judges started with the thenprevailing rate and applied the Section
801(b) factors. Consideration of the
section 801(b) factors persuaded the
Judges that they should adopt that rate,
but adjust it up to 8.5% based on Music
Choice’s planned expansion of its
service from 46 channels to up to 300.
The Judges concluded that the planned
expansion would result in a substantial
increase in the number of plays of
recorded music without any
corresponding increase in
compensation. 78 FR at 23059–60.
Nevertheless, the Judges acknowledged
that the upward adjustment of the
benchmark rate was based on projected
usage that was likely to occur during the
rate period. The Judges noted that
‘‘[s]hould Music Choice alter its
anticipated usage under the statutory
license in the future, such evidence can
be taken into account in a future rate
proceeding. . . .’’ Id. at 23061.
2. Standard for PSS Royalty Rates
When the Judges determine a section
114 rate for PSS, they generally begin
with an appropriate rate (or range of
rates) and adjust it, as appropriate, in
accordance with the section 801(b)(1)
statutory factors. By contrast, the section
112 ephemeral license requires the
Judges, among other things, to
‘‘establish rates that most clearly
represent the fees that would have been
negotiated between a willing buyer and
a willing seller.’’ 17 U.S.C. 112(e)(4).23
noted that the buyers are different from the target
PSS market. Thus, the key characteristic of a good
benchmark—comparability—was not present. 78 FR
at 23058. The Judges noted that the bundling of
Music Choice’s services with multiple channels of
video and other non-music programming
significantly dim the possibility of market
comparators. The Judges concluded that ‘‘in the
absence of some rational, reasoned adjustment to
make the music agreements data more comparable
to the PSS market, the Judges find its probative
value in this proceeding of only marginal value.’’
Id.
23 Section 112(e)(4) also directs the Judges to base
their decision on such factors as (1) whether use of
the service may substitute for or promote the sale
of phonorecords or otherwise interferes with or
enhances the copyright owner’s traditional streams
of revenue and (2) the relative roles of the copyright
owner and the transmitting organization in the
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
Continued
19DER2
65214
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
The ephemeral license also requires a
minimum fee for each type of service
offered by a transmitting organization.24
Consistent with this process, in
determining the appropriate rate for the
PSS market for the upcoming rate
period, the Judges must first identify a
starting point for applying the Section
801(b) policy factors. A marketplace
benchmark, if available, can be a useful
starting point for applying the Section
801(b) factors. See SDARS II, 78 FR at
23056. A key component of a
marketplace benchmark is that the
market it purports to represent is
comparable to the hypothetical target
market in the proceeding. See SDARS I,
73 FR at 4088 (‘‘ ‘comparability’ is a key
issue in gauging the relevance of any
proffered benchmarks.’’). In determining
whether a benchmark market is
comparable, the Judges consider such
factors as whether it has the same
buyers and sellers as the target market
and whether they are negotiating for the
same rights. 78 FR at 23058. ‘‘Although
the applicable Section 114 statutory
standard provides a broader scope for
analyzing relevant ‘benchmark’ rates
than the ‘willing buyer/willing seller
standard’ . . . , nevertheless potential
benchmarks are confined to a zone of
reasonableness that excludes clearly
noncomparable marketplace situations.’’
73 FR at 4088.
In the hypothetical PSS market the
buyers are the PSS services, and the
sellers are the copyright owners of the
sound recordings that are being
transmitted (which most often means
record companies). The buyers and
sellers are negotiating for the same
bundle of rights as those granted to a
PSS under section 114(f)(1)(A) of the
Copyright Act to make digital
subscription transmissions of the
copyrighted works.
When the parties (or the Judges)
identify variances in the comparability
of the hypothetical target market and the
proffered benchmark market, the Judges
will consider reasoned adjustments that
might more closely align the two
markets.25 Even when a proffered
benchmark is not comparable to the
target market, however, the Judges may
use the rates derived from the proffered
benchmark as a reference point (or
guidepost) to help frame a zone of
copyrighted work and the service made available to
the public with respect to relative creative
contribution, technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, and risk. 17 U.S.C. 112(e)(4).
24 The ephemeral license for both PSS and
SDARS is addressed in section XI.C.
25 When the Judges are faced with proposed
benchmarks that are not comparable and cannot be
made so with reasoned adjustments, the Judges
reject the proffered benchmarks. See, e.g., SDARS
II, 78 FR at 23058; SDARS I, 73 FR at 4089–90.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
reasonableness within which to set an
appropriate rate for the upcoming rate
period (as they did in SDARS II).26
the current rate by [REDACTED] %,
assuming no increase in subscribers.29
SoundExchange also proposed a
separate rate for internet transmissions
B. The Parties’ Rate Proposals
by a PSS, leading to a dispute between
the parties over whether a PSS’s internet
1. Music Choice’s Proposal
transmissions are included in the PSS
Since 1998, the PSS have paid a fee
based on a percentage of gross revenues, license and subject to the PSS rate
standard. The Judges referred the
as that term is defined by
regulation.27 See SDARS II, 78 FR 23054, question of categorization of Music
Choice’s streaming service to the
23056; 63 FR 25394, 25413 (May 8,
Register of Copyrights (Register) for a
1998). Music Choice has proposed
legal opinion. Analysis of the Register’s
continuing that rate structure but seeks
opinion follows in Section IV.D.2.
at least a 34% reduction in the current
rate of 8.5% of gross revenues, to a rate
3. GEO’s Rate Proposal
no higher than 5.6% of gross revenues.
George Johnson, d/b/a GEO Music
MC PFF ¶ 30.
Group (GEO) proposed that PSS pay a
2. SoundExchange’s Proposal
per-subscriber rate of $0.10 in 2018
rising to $0.20 in 2022. Johnson WDT at
SoundExchange requests that the
14. He also proposed a percentage-ofJudges change the PSS rate structure.
revenue rate of 45% of gross revenues.
Rather than the percentage-of-revenue
It is unclear whether he proposed that
formula, SoundExchange proposes that
PSS pay a per-subscriber fee that would PSS pay both components or that they
pay them as a greater-of or lesser-of
begin at $0.0190 in 2018, the first year
structure. Mr. Johnson did not proffer a
of the new rate period, and rise to
$0.0214 in 2022, the last year of the rate benchmark or any other evidence to
support his rate proposals for PSS. He
period. Amended Proposed Rates and
merely stated that ‘‘[t]hese are estimates
Terms of SoundExchange, Inc. and
Copyright Owner and Artist Participants from public data and actual royalty
at 7. Although SoundExchange does not statements. If the Sirius XM and Music
Choice would provide number of
offer a percent-of-revenue alternative to
listeners per station and on a per-play
its proposed per-subscriber rates, it
basis, that would help GEO to better
acknowledges that converting its
establish a more reasonable rate.’’ Id.
proposed rates to a percentage-ofThe Judges find that there is no
revenue rate would plausibly yield a
evidence in the record to support the
rate of [REDACTED] % for 2018, the
PSS rates that Mr. Johnson proposed
first year of the upcoming rate period.
and therefore decline to adopt them.30
SX PFFCL ¶ 1949; see Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Gregory Crawford, Trial
C. Rates for Music Choice’s Cable Radio
Ex. 59, ¶ 113 (Crawford WRT).28 The
Service
evidence in the record supports that this
1. Analysis of the Parties’ Proffered
conversion estimate is correct; thus the
Benchmarks
lowest rate that SoundExchange
proposes ([REDACTED] %) exceeds the
a. Music Choice’s Proffered Nash Model
highest rate that Music Choice proposes
Music Choice, through its expert,
(5.6%) by [REDACTED] %; it exceeds
Professor Crawford, contended that in
the absence of an appropriate
26 See supra, section IV.A.1.
marketplace benchmark, the best way to
27 Music Choice also does not propose an
alternative per-subscriber rate should the Judges
adopt such a rate structure rather than a percentof-revenue structure. Neither party has proposed to
combine both rate structures (e.g., in a greater-of
structure). Given that neither party has advocated
a hybrid rate structure nor provided sufficient
evidence to support such a rate structure in the
current proceeding, the Judges weigh the arguments
and evidence in the record to determine the
applicable rate structure from the two structures
that the parties proposed.
28 Music Choice’s expert, Professor Gregory
Crawford, estimates that Music Choice would pay
[REDACTED] % of its unadjusted residential service
revenue in sound recording performance royalties
in 2018 under the CABSAT rates, the basis for
SoundExchange’s rate proposal, compared to the
8.5% it currently pays. Crawford WRT at ¶ 113,
Table 6. This estimate appears consistent with the
effective rate that Stingray, a Music Choice
competitor, paid in 2015 under the CABSAT rates.
SX PFFCL ¶ 1949; Trial Ex. 1017 at SoundX
000145808.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
29 Assuming that the number of subscribers that
carried Music Choice’s service remained flat over
the upcoming rate period, the annual 3% increases
SoundExchange proposes would bring the rates to
[REDACTED] % for 2019, [REDACTED] % for 2020,
[REDACTED] % for 2021, and [REDACTED] % for
2022, or [REDACTED] % over the current rate. This
estimate is consistent with SoundExchange’s
estimate that a CABSAT service pays almost
[REDACTED] times as much on a per-subscriber
basis as a PSS. SX PFFCL ¶ 1940 and evidence cited
therein. See id. ¶¶ 1934–35 (estimating that Music
Choice’s PSS statutory royalty payment amounts to
[REDACTED] cents per listener per year whereas for
a CABSAT service, the annual per-subscriber
royalty for 2017 is 22.2 cents).
30 Mr. Johnson also proposed requiring the PSS to
install a ‘‘buy button’’ on their services to promote
sales of music downloads. 5/3/17 Tr. 2232, 2238
(Johnson). Such proposal is beyond the scope of the
Section 114 and 112 licenses and therefore beyond
the Judges’ authority in the current proceeding.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
estimate the royalties that would arise
in a hypothetical effectively competitive
market for the PSS sound recording
rights is to use an economic model.
Professor Crawford chose as that model
one based upon the Nash Bargaining
Solution, developed by Nobel-prizewinning economist John Nash. Crawford
WDT ¶¶ 62, 64. Professor Crawford
offered a variation of the Nash
Framework that the Judges rejected in
SDARS II as a means of corroborating
the proffered musical works benchmark.
Crawford WDT ¶ 65.31
In his Nash Framework proposal,
Professor Crawford modeled a single
record label as the ‘‘upstream’’ firm in
the negotiation of sound recording
performance rights to be licensed to a
single PSS, the ‘‘downstream’’ firm in
the negotiation. Id. ¶ 67. The Nash
Framework is based on the assumption
that the record label and PSS provider
each have a certain degree of market
power. Id. ¶ 71. Professor Crawford
asserted that this assumption is
applicable with respect to Music Choice
given its current product offerings and
established relationships with MVPDs.
Id. ¶ 73. According to Professor
Crawford, Music Choice has negotiated
long-term contracts with the MVPDs
and possesses a unique bundle of
technology that would be costly and
time consuming for other firms to
duplicate. Id. ¶ 73. Professor Crawford
concluded that because both PSS
providers and record labels have some
market power, a non-cooperative
bargaining model such as the Nash
Framework is an appropriate framework
for analyzing market outcomes for the
PSS sound recording performance rights
in the absence of a compulsory license.
Id. ¶ 75.
In the Nash Framework three
fundamental factors determine how two
firms would ‘‘split a pie’’ in a
hypothetical negotiation. These ‘‘Nash
Factors’’ are: (1) The Joint Agreement
Profits; (2) each firm’s Threat Point; and
(3) each firm’s bargaining power. Id. ¶
81.32 To determine the royalty that
31 Music Choice acknowledged that the Judges
rejected its proposed musical works benchmark as
a marketplace benchmark in SDARS II. Rather than
proffer a marketplace benchmark from another
market, however, Music Choice proffered Professor
Crawford’s Nash Framework, not to corroborate the
musical works benchmark rejected in SDARS II, but
as a stand-alone benchmark.
32 Joint Agreement Profits are the combined
profits to both the upstream and downstream firms
in the market under study from reaching an
agreement. For the PSS this means the revenue the
PSS earns for the PSS less all non-PSS royalty costs
that they incur. Crawford WDT ¶ 81. The Threat
Point for each firm is the profit it would receive
when no agreement is reached. Id. The difference
between the Joint Agreement Profits and the sum
of the firms’ Threat Points is called the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
would arise in the hypothetical market
for sound recording performance rights
for the PSS over the 2018–2022 rate
period, Professor Crawford quantified
the Nash Factors based on Music
Choice’s costs and revenues of its
residential audio service as a standalone
business. Id. ¶ 110.
i. Joint Agreement Profits
Because Music Choice keeps its books
on a consolidated basis, Professor
Crawford analyzed Music Choice’s costs
and revenues to determine how they
would have been allocated if Music
Choice operated its residential audio
service as a standalone business. Id.
¶¶ 122–149; 4/24/17 Tr. 733–38
(Crawford); 5/18/17 Tr. 4549–52 (Del
Beccaro).33 This process was conducted
not in the ordinary course of business
but to isolate Music Choice’s residential
audio business for use in the Nash
Framework and in response to the
Judges’ observation in SDARS II that the
residential audio service is the
applicable Music Choice business line
in analyzing the section 114 license.
Crawford WDT ¶ 110. Professor
Crawford also asserted that isolating the
residential audio service is necessary to
ensure that Music Choice does not
subsidize this business line with profits
from other business lines, which
Professor Crawford believes would be
inconsistent with economic policy and
the statutory objectives of the PSS
license as he understands them to be. Id.
¶ 176; 4/24/17 Tr. 787 (Crawford).
It would not be fruitful to detail the
multistep process Professor Crawford
conducted to disaggregate costs and
revenues to derive inputs for the Nash
Framework analysis. Nonetheless, it is
worth noting that many of the steps
required judgment calls on Professor
Crawford’s part that undoubtedly
affected the inputs he later plugged into
‘‘Incremental Profits’’ which are the profits the
firms could earn by reaching an agreement above
and beyond the profits they could earn in the
absence of an agreement. Id. The profits each firm
receives in a bargain equals its Threat Point plus its
Bargaining Power times the Incremental Profits. Id.
¶ 82. Dr. Crawford communicated this formula in
mathematical terms as Royalty = Threat Point +
Bargaining Power * Incremental Surplus. Id. at
n.69.
33 Music Choice has three business lines: A
residential audio service, a residential video
service, and a commercial audio service. Some of
Music Choice’s subscription fee revenue bundles
residential audio and video services. Many of Music
Choice’s costs are used in the production of both
the residential audio and video business lines.
Crawford WDT ¶ 110. According to Professor
Crawford, the residential audio service remains the
most important in terms of revenues and company
strategy. Professor Crawford asserted that if the
residential audio service were to cease, Music
Choice would cease providing any services and
would close altogether. Crawford WDT ¶ 129.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65215
the Nash Framework.34 The Judges do
not suggest that Professor Crawford’s
adjustments were erroneous or
inappropriate under the circumstances
but only mention them to highlight the
level of discretion and subjectivity that
Professor Crawford employed in
developing the inputs that he fed into
the Nash Framework. Given the extreme
complexity of the process that Professor
Crawford developed, it would be
impracticable if not impossible for the
Judges to ‘‘back out’’ one or more of the
adjustments Professor Crawford made in
developing the model if the Judges
found they were unwarranted. The
discretion that Professor Crawford
exhibited in disaggregating Music
Choice’s costs and revenues pales,
however, in comparison to that he
exercised in choosing other Nash
Factors, such as bargaining power and
Threat Point. The great degree of
discretion in quantifying the inputs in
the Nash Framework as proposed by
Professor Crawford underscores the
inherent weakness in the Crawford
model. The Judges concerns about the
model are more applicable in the
current proceeding than they were in
SDARS II because Music Choice seeks to
elevate the model to benchmark status
rather than as information to corroborate
a proffered rate as was the case in
SDARS II.
Professor Crawford used the
disaggregated costs and revenues to
begin the Nash Framework calculations.
The first step in that process is to create
the first Nash Factor—Joint Agreement
Profits—the joint economic profits to be
shared between a record label and PSS
provider in the PSS market if an
agreement is reached. It is the total
economic profits that the PSS provider
earns before payment of a sound
recording performance royalty.
Crawford WDT ¶ 92.
Based on his analysis of Music
Choice’s financial information as
discussed above, Professor Crawford
estimated the Joint Agreement Profits in
the hypothetical market for PSS sound
34 For example, Dr. Crawford chose to exclude
certain legal costs that Music Choice incurred or
expected to incur related to the PSS III proceeding
in 2016 and 2017 because those costs relate to
litigating the 2018–2022 rate proceeding. Instead he
substituted costs that Music Choice purportedly
incurred during the PSS II rate period (2013–2017).
He also chose to average certain patent litigation
costs over an eight-year period that Music Choice
incurred during 2016–2017 because, based on his
discussions with Music Choice executives, Music
Choice historically has incurred such patent costs
every eight years. Crawford WDT ¶ 148. Of course,
as a practical matter, no individual company can
know with any reasonable degree of certainty when,
in the future, it may be sued for patent infringement
or sue another that allegedly violates one of its
patents.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65216
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
recording performance rights would
range from [REDACTED] in 2018 to
[REDACTED] in 2022. Crawford WDT
¶¶ 113, 171.
ii. Threat Points
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Professor Crawford then calculated
each party’s Threat Point, the second
factor in the Nash Framework. A Threat
Point is a theoretical construct
representing the profit that would
accrue to a record label and a PSS
provider if they are unable to reach an
agreement. Each firm in a hypothetical
negotiation will have a Threat Point.
Crawford WDT ¶ 67. Under the model,
threat points can be positive, negative,
or zero. Id. at 26 n.71. For a record label,
a negative threat point could occur
where the record label could earn
additional profit in a non-PSS market
(e.g., music downloads) if it reaches an
agreement with a PSS in the PSS
market. If the record label fails to reach
the agreement with the PSS provider, it
loses all prospective profits it would
have earned in the PSS market and the
profits it could have earned in the nonPSS market. Id. ¶ 85.
The profit each firm earns in a bargain
equals its threat point plus its
bargaining power (discussed below)
times incremental profits. Id. ¶ 82.
Incremental profits are the difference
between the joint agreement profits and
the sum of the firms’ threat points. Id.
¶ 81. Professor Crawford determined
that Music Choice’s threat point would
be zero because, in the absence of an
agreement between Music Choice and a
theoretical record label, Music Choice
would not be able to offer a viable
residential audio service and therefore
would have economic profits of zero. Id.
¶ 173. Professor Crawford asserted that
assigning a zero threat point to Music
Choice is conservative because it is
based on an assumption that Music
Choice could not offer a viable service
in the absence of an agreement with a
single label.35 If Music Choice could
offer such a service in the absence of the
35 Rather than postulate the hypothetical PSS
market as a negotiation between a single PSS and
a single record label Professor Crawford could have
constructed the model as a negotiation between a
single PSS and a group of record labels. Under this
scenario, the PSS might reach agreements with
some labels but not others. The failure of an
agreement with certain labels (i.e., smaller labels)
might not preclude the PSS from offering a service
whereas the failure of the PSS to reach an
agreement with any of the larger labels might
preclude the PSS from offering any type of service
(i.e., PSS service or non-PSS service). Under this
scenario, the assignment to the PSS of a negative
threat point might be more appropriate than
assigning a zero threat point because if Music
Choice failed to reach an agreement with one major
label then it might be precluded from offering any
service.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
catalog of any record label, then Music
Choice’s threat point would be higher
than zero, which would suggest that
Music Choice should pay a lower
royalty rate under the model. Id. at 49
n.149.
Outside of the threat point discussion,
however, Professor Crawford asserted
that Music Choice’s residential audio
service remains the most important in
terms of revenues and company
strategy. Indeed, Professor Crawford
asserted that if the residential audio
service were to cease, Music Choice
would cease providing any services and
would close altogether. Id. ¶ 129. Placed
in the context of the threat point
discussion, this concession strongly
suggests that Music Choice deserves a
negative threat point under Professor
Crawford’s model, the extent of which
would be measured by the amount of
profits Music Choice would lose if it
closed its non-PSS business lines.
SoundExchange’s expert pointed out
this inconsistency in Professor
Crawford’s presentation. 5/3/17 Tr.
2461, 2343 (Wazzan) (‘‘Dr. Crawford
concedes that Music Choice would go
out of business altogether without the
residential music business. So they
would lose their commercial and video
revenue streams. And if you look at the
financials, we know that Music Choice
is forecasting significant profits in its
non-PSS lines of business.’’).
Music Choice’s responses to this
disconnect between Professor
Crawford’s threat point assessment and
his statements about the primacy of
Music Choice’s residential audio
business are unavailing. For example,
Music Choice contended that the
SDARS II decision is precedent for
treatment of the threat point analysis
that Professor Crawford employed.
Music Choice Reply to SE PFF 2044 at
817–18. The passage from SDARS II that
Music Choice referred to pertained to an
analysis of Factor B in Section 801(b)(1),
regarding the setting of a rate that
provides a fair return (for the service)
and a fair income (for the copyright
owners) under existing market
conditions. The Judges were concerned
in that context that Music Choice was
making claims of unprofitability of its
business as a whole to support a
downward adjustment in the rates
under the Section 801(b) factors. The
Judges pointed out that the subject of
the section 114 license was Music
Choice’s residential audio business
rather than its entire business, which
included non-PSS lines. 78 FR at 23059.
By that point in the determination, the
Judges had already discounted the use
of the Crawford model and the proffered
musical works benchmark the results of
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
which the model purportedly
corroborated. The Judges did not opine
on how Professor Crawford should have
calculated the threat point for his own
model because the Judges dismissed the
usefulness of the model. 78 FR at 23058
(‘‘without real world data to support its
predictive capacity [Professor
Crawford’s application of the Nash
Framework] is unworthy of further
consideration.’’).
Therefore, the Judges agree with
SoundExchange’s criticism that
Professor Crawford incorrectly assigned
a threat point of zero to Music Choice
when, under Professor Crawford’s own
testimony, Music Choice would lose
profits from non-PSS business lines if
Music Choice could not reach an
agreement with one or more record
labels. Based on that fact alone, the
results of Professor Crawford’s model in
the current proceeding are suspect, but
the flaws in Professor Crawford’s
presentation do not end there.
With respect to the threat point for a
hypothetical record label, Professor
Crawford asserted that it would be zero
in the PSS market. As for the label’s
threat point in the non-PSS market (e.g.,
sales of CDs and downloads), Professor
Crawford asserted that the analysis was
more ‘‘nuanced.’’ Crawford WDT ¶¶ 94–
95, 174–175. Due to an alleged
promotional effect that the PSS has on
the label in the non-PSS market,
Professor Crawford concluded that the
record label’s threat point could be
negative. Professor Crawford has no way
of estimating the purported promotional
effect of Music Choice’s services in the
non-PSS market so he assigned a zero
threat point to the hypothetical record
label. Id. ¶¶ 175–176. We concur with
Professor Crawford’s decision not to
attempt to assign any promotional value
to Music Choice’s service in the nonPSS market. The evidence he cited to
support such an effect is either dated
(i.e., from a 1998 CARP decision) or
anecdotal (i.e., record labels provide
Music Choice with ‘‘promotional
copies’’ of new singles or albums). Id.
¶¶ 97–104. The Judges do not doubt that
record labels seek exposure for the
artists they promote, and digital
platforms like Music Choice may
provide meaningful exposure to the
artists that appear on its PSS service.
The Judges find no evidence in the
record in this proceeding that they can
use to quantify what impact, if any,
promotional activities on Music
Choice’s platform would have on artists
(and the labels that sign them) in nonPSS markets.
The Judges are less sanguine,
however, about Professor Crawford’s
assignment of a zero threat point to the
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
first portion of a record label’s threat
point (i.e., that dealing with the PSS
market). It is not at all clear that a record
label’s failure to reach an agreement
with Music Choice would mean a loss
of all record company profits in the PSS
market if that market includes all
providers of residential audio services.
There is evidence in the record that at
least one Music Choice competitor,
Stingray Music, provides a service that
is comparable to the residential audio
service that Music Choice provides, but
pays a much higher royalty rate than
Music Choice pays.36 Although that
competitor, which is a recent entrant to
the U.S. market, has not sought a royalty
rate closer to that which Music Choice
pays, it certainly could in the future,
perhaps using the lower rate paid by
Music Choice as a comparable to
support its own rate reduction. In other
words, the lower rate that Music Choice
pays as a PSS could put downward
pressure on the rates that competing
services pay to record labels.
By contrast, if Music Choice and the
theoretical record label were unable to
reach an agreement, the rate that Music
Choice pays could no longer be used by
providers of comparable services to
justify lower royalty rates. Under that
scenario, a record label could actually
benefit from the loss of Music Choice to
the extent that the rate it pays could be
shown to be below a market rate, which
would result in a positive threat point
for the record label.37 As with the
36 Stingray Music is a Canadian digital pay
television audio service owned and operated by
Stingray Digital. It has about 50 music channels that
are available to television service subscribers of
several cable and IPTV providers in the U.S. Like
Music Choice, Stingray also has a business service
and streams to individuals who subscribe to
television services that provide Stingray Music.
Wazzan WDT ¶ 62. The PSS and services such as
Stingray, which SoundExchange refers to as
CABSAT (cable/satellite) services compete for the
same MVPD wholesale buyers. Stingray bought
Music Choice’s European affiliate, which it operates
as Music Choice International. In the U.S., Music
Choice and Stingray are direct competitors. Id.
¶ 62(g), (h).
37 See Wazzan WRT ¶ 57 (‘‘there is considerable
reason to believe that the existence of Music Choice
imposes significant opportunity costs on record
companies in today’s market [in that] record labels
receive substantially higher revenues from
interactive and non-interactive music services than
from the PSS’’). SoundExchange’s expert, Dr.
Wazzan, attempted to correct this error and others
in Professor Crawford’s model and derived a range
of rates that are several times greater than those
Professor Crawford’s estimated. Wazzan WRT ¶ 48.
SX PFFCL ¶ 2046 (comparing Crawford’s range of
1.4% to 5.6% to Wazzan’s ‘‘Corrected’’ range of
9.0% to 36%). If the Judges were to rely to some
extent on the Crawford model, the evidence in the
record does not support a rate outside of this wide
range of 1.4% to 36% of gross revenues. After
reviewing each party’s evidence regarding the
Crawford model, however, the Judges do not have
a high level of confidence regarding where within
that broad range a reasonable rate might lie.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
asserted promotional effect, however,
such an effect is impossible to estimate
with any accuracy. The Judges do not
conclude from this discussion that zero
is the correct threat point for the
hypothetical record label but rather
confirm the lack of usefulness of the
Crawford model because critical
components of the model, at least as
presented by Dr. Crawford in the current
proceeding, allow a broad level of
discretion and subjectivity, which
undermines the credibility of the
results.
iii. Relative Bargaining Power
Professor Crawford’s assignment of
the parties’ respective bargaining
powers (the last element of the Nash
Framework) was also based on faulty
reasoning. Under the Nash Framework,
each firm’s bargaining power is a
number between 0 and 1, which
measures the strength of that firm in the
negotiation. Crawford WDT ¶ 81. The
sum of the two parties’ bargaining
powers equals 1. Id. Professor Crawford
related each firm’s bargaining power to
each party’s patience in a negotiation.
The party with greater patience also has
greater bargaining power. Professor
Crawford contended that that
comparison is consistent with the
nature of bargaining between Music
Choice and the copyright owners.
According to Professor Crawford,
[b]oth record labels and Music Choice have
a history of successful negotiations, so there
is nothing a priori to suggest that in the
hypothetical marketplace, one would be
more or less patient than the other.
Furthermore, estimating Bargaining
Parameters of firms in marketplace settings is
a challenging undertaking at the frontier of
economic research. . . . I will therefore
assume that a range of Bargaining Powers is
possible. As I think it unreasonable to believe
that either a record label or a PSS provider
could extract all the profits from a bargain,
I choose a range of bargaining powers for
each party between 0.2 and 0.8.
Crawford WDT ¶ 105. The Judges
interpret Professor Crawford’s statement
regarding relative bargaining power as
saying he has no way to quantify what
the relative bargaining powers are
between Music Choice and the record
labels. Ultimately, the Judges believe
that this is an accurate statement that
further undermines the usefulness of the
Nash Framework in the proceeding.
That being said, what evidence there is
in the record regarding the relative
bargaining power of Music Choice and
the record labels suggests that the record
Nevertheless, the many flaws in Professor
Crawford’s model suggest that the lower end of the
range of rates that the Crawford model yields is
likely outside the zone of reasonableness.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65217
labels have much greater bargaining
power than Music Choice (or a similarly
situated PSS in the hypothetical
market).
Mr. Del Beccaro, Music Choice’s
President and CEO testified about a
history of ‘‘inequality in bargaining
power’’ between Music Choice and the
record labels that forced Music Choice
to accept rates that were higher than it
would have otherwise. See, e.g., Del
Beccaro WDT at 10 (‘‘Music Choice had
no choice but to accept a rate increase
to 7 percent for 2002 to 2003 and 7.5
percent for 2004 through 2007’’); id. at
11 (‘‘[d]espite repeated efforts by Music
Choice to engage in settlement
negotiations, when the royalty rate came
up for adjustment for the next rate
period, SoundExchange did not
negotiate a settlement until directed to
by the Judges during the direct trial
opening statements of the SDARS I
proceeding in June 2007’’); id. at 12
(‘‘[In SDARS III] Music Choice reached
out to SoundExchange yet again, in
January 2016, to attempt settlement
solely to avoid the costs of litigation.
SoundExchange once again failed to
negotiate, and did not even respond to
Music Choice’s offer until July.’’).
Professor Crawford contended that
‘‘there is no direct evidence on the
relative bargaining power of either a
record label or Music Choice in a
hypothetical market for sound recording
performance rights for PSSs.’’ Crawford
WDT ¶ 177. But he needed look no
further than Mr. Del Beccaro’s
statements about Music Choice’s efforts
to negotiate settlements with
SoundExchange. These statements
strongly suggest that Music Choice has
very little if any bargaining power in its
negotiations with the labels. The greater
the bargaining power by the record
labels, the higher the rates that Music
Choice would be required to pay.
Crawford WDT at 73, Ex. B.3. Therefore,
the Judges find no support in the record
to suggest that Music Choice or a
similarly situated PSS would enjoy
anything but minimal bargaining power
in negotiations with the labels,
particularly any of the major labels. As
a result, even under the fundamentally
flawed Crawford model, nothing but the
highest projected rate of 5.6% would
even be considered to fall within a zone
of reasonableness. Given the inherent
subjectivity of the model, however, the
Judges continue to conclude that it
provides no useful information
regarding the royalty rates that a PSS
should pay, other than perhaps to
eliminate from a potential zone of
reasonableness all rates at or below
5.6%. Therefore, the Judges reject, for
the second time in two consecutive PSS
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65218
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
proceedings, the usefulness of Professor
Crawford’s presentation of the Nash
Framework as a model for determining
reasonable royalty rates for the PSS.
b. SoundExchange’s Proffered CABSAT
Rate
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
i. The CABSAT Benchmark
SoundExchange asserted that there is
no applicable marketplace benchmark
suitable for the PSS market, even with
a comparability adjustment. See Wazzan
CWDT ¶ 12. According to
SoundExchange ‘‘nobody has identified
any agreements relating exclusively to a
PSS, or even relating in material part to
a PSS.’’ Id. ¶¶ 45, 47.38 SoundExchange
observed that even if such agreements
existed, one would expect the rates
under those agreements to be influenced
by the statutory license. Id. ¶ 44.
Rather, SoundExchange proffered as
its benchmark a royalty rate developed
in a settlement under section 114 of the
Act and applicable to certain ‘‘new
subscription services’’ that offer digital
music transmissions to cable or satellite
television subscribers.39
SoundExchange referred to these new
subscription services’ rates as
‘‘CABSAT’’ rates. The Judges adopted
the ‘‘CABSAT’’ rates in a separate
proceeding under a statutory provision
that prescribes a rate-setting standard
different from the one at issue in the
present proceeding. See Written Direct
Testimony of Paul Wazzan, Trial Ex. 27,
¶ 11 (Wazzan WDT).
SoundExchange asserted that the
CABSAT rates are set in a ‘‘hybrid’’
market in which negotiations occur in a
marketplace setting but, in the case of
an impasse, either party can appeal to
a judicial or regulatory body for a rate
determination. SoundExchange
contended this ‘‘hybrid’’ environment
makes CABSAT rates an appropriate
benchmark if the parties have similar
stakes in the benchmark and target
markets. See Crawford WDT ¶ 50;
Wazzan CWRT ¶ 20. SoundExchange
concluded that while no party has
identified a suitable marketplace
benchmark for the PSS that is not
constrained by regulation, the statutory
38 SoundExchange acknowledged that the record
includes evidence of two Muzak agreements that
address Muzak’s PSS service, but SoundExchange
asserted that these agreements are concerned
primarily with Muzak’s business establishment
service. Trial Exs. 401, 402. In any case,
SoundExchange asserted that there are a number of
reasons why these agreements would not make
suitable benchmarks. See Wazzan CWDT ¶ 45.
39 See 37 CFR part 383. Three services currently
offer residential audio services through cable and
satellite television providers and pay royalties
under part 383 regulations as New Subscription
Services: Stingray, Sirius XM, and Muzak’s legacy
DMX.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
CABSAT rates are ‘‘a market-like rate.’’
See Crawford WDT ¶ 58.
SoundExchange argued that the two
services that use the statutory PSS
license (i.e., Music Choice and Muzak’s
Dish CD service) ‘‘are in all important
respects functionally equivalent to the
three services ‘‘that use the statutory
CABSAT license.’’ See SX PFFCL at
xxiv. SoundExchange asserted that both
services are cable radio services that are
delivered to consumers through MVPDs;
both provide a similar number of
channels and similar genres of music;
both would negotiate in the
hypothetical market for the same rights
from the same entities; and PSSs would
meet every element of the regulatory
definition of a CABSAT service.
SoundExchange argued that PSSs and
CABSAT services compete head-to-head
for carriage on MVPDs. In short,
according to SoundExchange, the only
material difference between the two
types of services is the date on which
they commenced operation. See, e.g.,
Wazzan CWDT ¶¶ 59, 60, 66; Crawford
WDT ¶ 50; 5/3/17 Tr. at 2305–06
(Wazzan); 4/24/17 Tr. at 714 (Crawford);
Written Direct Testimony of Jonathan
Bender, Trial Ex. 29, at 29 (Bender
WDT). For that reason and ‘‘because
setting relatively lower rates for the PSS
would distort the market in their favor’’
SoundExchange asserted: ‘‘the CABSAT
rates present an appropriate benchmark
in the absence of any clearlyappropriate unregulated marketplace
benchmark.’’ Id.
According to SoundExchange, Music
Choice considers Stingray, one of the
CABSAT services, to be its primary
competitor. 5/18/17 Tr. 4641–42 (Del
Beccaro). SoundExchange
acknowledged that the CABSAT rates,
which are statutory rates set in the
context of a CRB rate proceeding, are
not unregulated marketplace rates.
Nevertheless, SoundExchange asserted
that the CABSAT rates represent the
‘‘best available benchmark for the PSS
rates.’’ SX PFFCL at xlv.
SoundExchange acknowledged that the
statutory rate standard for CABSATs is
a willing buyer/willing seller standard.
Nonetheless, SoundExchange contended
that no adjustment would be required to
the CABSAT rates under the Section
801(b) factors before applying them to
the PSS services. See Wazzan CWDT
¶ 18. The extant CABSAT rates only
apply for three of the five years of the
current PSS rate period (2018–2020),
therefore SoundExchange proposed that
the Judges apply a 3% per year rate
increase (the size of the CABSAT rate
increases in 2018–2020) to the 2020
CABSAT rate to derive the rates for
2021 and 2022, the last two years of the
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
upcoming PSS rate period. See Bender
WDT at 29–31.
Under SoundExchange’s proposal, the
rate for PSSs’ residential audio services
would be a monthly per-subscriber rate
of $0.0190 for 2018, $0.0196 for 2019,
$0.0202 for 2020, $0.0208 for 2021, and
$0.0214 for 2020. SX Amended Rate
Proposal at 7, 10. These rates would
cover the PSSs’ royalty obligations
under the section 114 and 112(e)
licenses. Id.
For PSSs’ webcasting activities,40
SoundExchange proposed that the PSS
pay the same rates that apply to
commercial webcasters providing a
subscription service under 37 CFR
380.10. Through 2020, that rate would
be a per-performance rate of $0.0022,
adjusted for inflation. For PSSs that are
unable to measure performances, the
rate would be based on the average
number of recordings on the service
played per hour multiplied by the
Aggregate Tuning Hours. SX Amended
Rate Proposal at 8.
In advocating for the CABSAT
benchmark, SoundExchange also
stressed the importance of changing the
current rate structure from a percent-ofrevenue to a per-subscriber structure,
because CABSAT rates are calculated
per-subscriber. SX PFFCL ¶ 1949.
SoundExchange acknowledged that one
could convert the proffered CABSATbased rates to a percentage rate.
SoundExchange estimated that in 2015,
Stingray paid an effective percentage
royalty rate of ‘‘just under [REDACTED]
%’’ of its revenues. SX PFFCL ¶ 1949.
This converted CABSAT rate compares
to Professor Crawford’s estimate that
Music Choice would pay between
[REDACTED] % and [REDACTED] % of
its unadjusted residential audio service
revenue under SoundExchange’s rate
proposal. See Crawford WRT ¶ 113.
Given this perceived equivalence,
SoundExchange perceived no reason to
adopt a percent-of-revenue rate
structure for PSS in the current
proceeding. Id.
SoundExchange contended that a persubscriber rate structure is preferable
because Music Choice is paid under
such a structure by its MVPD customers.
Id. ¶ 1950. SoundExchange also argued
that a per-subscriber rate is easier to
apply and more transparent than a
percentage-of-revenue rate. See Orszag
AWDT ¶ 27; Crawford WDT ¶¶ 147–
40 This proposed rate would apply to ‘‘all licensed
transmissions and related ephemeral recordings
through an internet streaming service qualifying as
a PSS (or any similar service capable of tracking the
individual sound recordings received by any
particular consumer).’’ SX Amended Rate Proposal
at 8.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
148; Bender WRT at 13.41 Of particular
concern to SoundExchange was the
perception that a revenue-based
structure gives Music Choice the
flexibility to reduce the amount of
royalties it pays by charging its affiliated
owners discounted prices. According to
SoundExchange, Music Choice is
partially owned by cable companies,
including Comcast, Time Warner Cable,
and Cox, and charges lower prices to its
MVPD owners than it charges to other
MVPDs. See Wazzan CWDT ¶ 90.
SoundExchange argued that ‘‘the Judges
should be suspicious of commercial
arrangements between Music Choice
and its MVPD partners.’’ Id. ¶ 1979.
SoundExchange disputed Music
Choice’s attestations that its MVPD
partner affiliate fees are a function of the
relative size of affiliated MVPDs vis-àvis non-affiliates. See Del Beccaro WDT
at 22–23; but see Wazzan WDT ¶ 91.
SoundExchange contended that
evidence in the record shows that all
affiliates received discounted rates from
Music Choice, regardless of the number
of subscribers they had at the time. SX
PFFCL ¶ 1990; Trial Ex. 410, Music
Choice Partner Affiliation Agreement,
Sch. B at MC0012247–48; 5/3/17 Tr.
2333 (Wazzan). SoundExchange
contended that this purported affiliate
discount, which remains in effect,
represents a [REDACTED] % discount to
fees that non-affiliated MVPDs are
required to pay. 5/3/17 Tr. 2333–37
(Wazzan). SoundExchange represented
that Music Choice’s non-partners with
the largest number of subscribers are
expected to pay $[REDACTED] or
$[REDACTED] per subscriber per month
in 2018, while the partners are expected
to pay $[REDACTED] per subscriber per
month, about one third as much. See
Wazzan CWRT, App. C. at 43–44.
ii. Music Choice’s Opposition to the
CABSAT Benchmark and Per-Subscriber
Rate Structure
Music Choice opposed
SoundExchange’s proffered CABSAT
benchmark and proposed per-subscriber
rate structure. As a preliminary matter,
Music Choice contended that
SoundExchange’s identification of the
necessary components of a comparable
market for benchmarking purposes
omits two key requirements, namely
that the benchmark represent a
workably competitive market and that
the buyers and sellers in both the target
market and the benchmark market have
similar stakes. See Crawford WDT ¶ 50;
41 SoundExchange acknowledged that although
allocation disputes can arise under a percent-ofrevenue structure, ‘‘such disputes have not
materialized between SoundExchange and Music
Choice in recent memory.’’ SXPFFCL at ¶ 1952.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
5/24/17 Tr. at 695–96 (Crawford). Music
Choice contended that the proffered
CABSAT benchmark fails on both
accounts because the CABSAT rates and
terms were set by a settlement between
SoundExchange and Sirius XM.
Crawford WDT ¶¶ 55–56. According to
Music Choice, the settlement did not
reflect any sort of competitive
marketplace. Id.
Music Choice asserted that Sirius XM
is not an active participant in the
CABSAT market, providing its CABSAT
service to only one affiliate (DISH
Network). Music Choice contended that
Sirius XM’s CABSAT service is merely
a promotional vehicle to drive
subscriptions to its primary business,
the satellite radio service. See Crawford
WRT ¶ 43. In support of this argument,
Music Choice noted that Sirius XM’s
CABSAT service generates only
[REDACTED] % of Sirius XM’s
revenues. Given that the CABSAT
service generates such a miniscule
percentage of Sirius XM’s revenues,
Music Choice argued that Sirius XM had
no real incentive to vigorously negotiate
the CABSAT settlement let alone incur
the costs of a rate proceeding.42 Id. ¶¶
55–56. By contrast, Music Choice has a
far different stake because the PSS
service is its primary business. Crawford
WDT ¶ 129 (Music Choice’s residential
audio service remains its most
important business in terms of revenues
and company strategy).
In Music Choice’s estimation, the
proffered CABSAT benchmark lacks a
key indicator of comparability—similar
stakes—which Music Choice asserted
must be present when using a
benchmark from a hybrid market (i.e., a
market in which negotiations occur in a
marketplace setting but, in the case of
an impasse, either party can appeal to
a judicial or regulatory body for a rate
determination). See Crawford WRT
¶¶ 55–56. Music Choice also argued that
the ‘‘sellers’’ in the proffered CABSAT
market and the hypothetical PSS market
are not comparable because in the
CABSAT market SoundExchange
represents the entire record industry as
opposed to individual record companies
which purportedly would reflect the
sellers in the hypothetical PSS market.
Id.
Music Choice also argued that the
proffered CABSAT benchmark is flawed
42 Music
Choice argued that the ‘‘bargaining and
market dynamics that led to the settlement from
which the current CABSAT rates and terms are
derived also make clear that those rates are not
market rates, or even market-like . . .’’ MC Reply
to SoundExchange’s PFFCL at 68. According to
Music Choice, Sirius XM had no rational business
incentive to litigate the last CABSAT proceeding, so
it had little choice but to settle. Id. at 69–70 (and
evidence cited therein).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65219
because the underlying CABSAT market
is neither competitive nor stable. See
Del Beccaro WRT at 5–6. According to
Music Choice, ‘‘[t]here has never been a
CABSAT licensee that has proven able
to operate a long-term profitable
business from its CABSAT operations,
nor have the majority of participants in
the CABSAT market actively or
successfully sought new affiliates or
competed in the marketplace.’’ Id.
Music Choice asserted that Stingray is
the ‘‘only active CABSAT.’’ Id.43
According to Music Choice, after six
years in the CABSAT market Stingray
has captured only 6% of the MVPD
market and, until recently, all of its
affiliates were small cable operators that
pay high rates, which have sustained
Stingray. See Del Beccaro WRT at 10.
Music Choice projected that if it left the
market, Stingray could not replace it
because Stingray would have to reach
agreements with larger MVPDs at lower
rates while still paying the high persubscriber CABSAT rates. Id. Over time
under this market dynamic Music
Choice contended Stingray would be
forced to exit the CABSAT market. Id.
Music Choice also faulted
SoundExchange for glossing over the
legislative history of the PSS license and
the Section 801(b) policy standard,
which, Music Choice contended,
reflects Congressional intent to ‘‘protect
the unique business expectancies of the
PSS, even against later market entrants,
which is inapplicable to other statutory
licensees and must inform any
interpretation or application of the
801(b)(1) policy standard to the PSS.’’
MC Reply to SX PFFCL at 66. Music
Choice noted that ‘‘Congress
‘grandfathered’ the three PSS, Music
Choice, DMX and Muzak, which were
already in operation at the time
Congress passed the Digital Millennium
Copyright Act (DMCA) 44 allowing the
PSS to continue operating under the
801(b)(1) policy-based rate standard
rather than be subjected to the new
[willing buyer/willing seller]
marketplace standard.’’ Id. at 65. Thus,
Music Choice concluded, ‘‘the mere fact
that non-comparable services pay
different rates provides no useful data
for setting the PSS rates.’’ Id. at 66.
Music Choice agreed with
SoundExchange (and Dr. Wazzan) that
43 According to Music Choice, the only
companies ever to enter the CABSAT market are
MTV, DMX, Sirius XM, and Stingray. Music Choice
represented that MTV and DMX have since exited
the CABSAT market. According to Music Choice,
Sirius XM has only one affiliate, which it
purportedly uses as a promotion tool, and is not
competing for new business. MC Reply to SX
PFFCL at 71–72 (and evidence cited therein).
44 Public Law 105–304, 112 Stat. 2860 (Oct. 28,
1998).
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65220
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
there are no types of licensed music
services comparable to the PSS. Id. at
67. Music Choice disagreed, however,
that the current PSS rate is below
market. In fact, it contended that the
current PSS rate is an above-market rate,
given that it is the result of settlements
that Music Choice had little choice but
to accept to avoid litigation costs. Id.
(MC Reply to SX PFFCL ¶ 1789).
Music Choice contended that, despite
SoundExchange’s claims to the contrary,
the reason Music Choice has not sought
direct licenses is not because it would
not get a better rate than the statutory
rate but because the cost of direct
license negotiations would be too high.
Id. Music Choice also noted that since
the current statutory rate does not
exclude revenues from direct licenses
for PSS, Music Choice would still have
to pay a share of revenues attributed to
the sound recordings from the direct
licenses in addition to the royalties
required by those direct licenses. Id. at
67–68. According to Music Choice,
direct licensing would only make sense
if it could directly license 100% of its
music. Id. at 68 (Reply to SX PFFCL
¶ 1789).
Music Choice acknowledged that PSS
providers and CABSAT services both
sell cable radio to MVPDs but
contended that material differences in
quality, programming, on-screen
displays and other features set the PSS
(or at least Music Choice’s) service apart
from that of the CABSATs. Id. at 77.
Music Choice contended that its screen
displays provide significantly more
promotional impact than those of any
CABSAT service. Id. at 78–79.45
Music Choice also opposed the persubscriber rate structure that
SoundExchange proposed. Music
Choice contended that the proposal is
based on the false premise that Music
Choice provides unfairly advantageous
discounts to cable providers with which
Music Choice is affiliated. MC PFF
¶ 279; Wazzan WDT at 37–38; 5/3/17 Tr.
2330 (Wazzan). Music Choice
represented that a supermajority interest
in Music Choice is owned by non-cable
companies, including some affiliated
with record companies, which would be
harmed if Music Choice gave belowmarket rates to its cable affiliates.
Therefore, according to Music Choice,
doing so would make no economic
45 Music Choice cited the fact that it bundles its
residential PSS with its video offerings as ‘‘critical
and relevant, because those bundled offerings
provide a value proposition that is appealing to
MVPD providers and allows [Music Choice] to
compete effectively against the Stingray and Sirius
XM’s CABSAT services.’’ MC Reply to SXPFFCL at
85.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
sense. MC PFF ¶¶ 283, 285–288; Del
Beccaro WRT at 16, 19–20.
Music Choice asserted that any
preferential pricing it offers is the result
of the size of the cable company,
although factors such as long-term
commitment to the Music Choice
service may also play a role. Del Beccaro
WRT at 16–17. Indeed, Music Choice
represented that at times its cable
affiliates have made concessions on
price just to help Music Choice survive.
MC PFF ¶ 299; 5/18/17 Tr. 4593–94 (Del
Beccaro); 4/24/17 Tr. 804–05
(Crawford).
iii. Judges’ Analysis of SoundExchange’s
Proffered CABSAT Benchmark and
Proposed Per-Subscriber Rate Structure
In determining whether a proffered
marketplace benchmark is comparable
to the hypothetical target market the
Judges have looked at the comparability
of the buyers, sellers, and rights over
which the parties negotiated.46 When
the two markets were comparable (i.e.,
the buyers, sellers, and rights are the
same), the Judges have found that the
rate that the buyers and sellers have
negotiated in the market can provide
useful guidance in determining the rate
for the target market.47 In the present
proceeding, SoundExchange conceded
that ‘‘[t]he CABSAT benchmark is not a
marketplace benchmark. It is instead a
regulated rate.’’ SX PFFCL ¶ 1847 (and
evidence cited therein). The prevailing
CABSAT rates were agreed to by
SoundExchange and Sirius XM, the only
remaining participants, in a CRB ratesetting proceeding. See, e.g., Crawford
WRT ¶ 33.48
As a threshold matter, the Judges note
that in setting a statutory rate for PSS
they are not required to approximate a
market rate.49 Rather, the Judges’
mandate is to set a reasonable rate
consistent with the Section 801(b)
factors.50 In enacting the DMCA,
Congress carved-out the PSS from
46 See, e.g., SDARS I, 73 FR 4080, 4088 (Jan. 24,
2008).
47 See id. (‘‘ ‘comparability’ is a key issue in
gauging the relevance of any proffered benchmarks
. . . potential benchmarks are confined to a zone
of reasonableness that excludes clearly
noncomparable marketplace situations’’).
48 The rates that the participants agreed to and the
Judges adopted based on that agreement were
monthly per subscriber payments of: 2016: $0.0179;
2017: $0.0185; 2018: $0.0190; 2019: $0.0196; and
2020: $0.0202. 80 FR at 36928 (37 CFR 383.3(a)(1)).
49 Music Choice v. CRB, 774 F.3d. 1000, 1012
(‘‘nothing in the statute requires the Judges to rely
on market rates or agreements when setting Section
114 rates’’).
50 78 FR at 23055; Music Choice v. CRB, 774 F.3d
at 1013 (‘‘The Copyright Act does not ‘clearly
require[ ] the use of ‘market rates’. [I]nstead,
‘reasonable rates’ are those that are calculated with
reference to the four statutory criteria.’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
application of the willing buyer/willing
seller standard intended to approximate
a market rate.51 The intent of the carveout was to acknowledge the pioneering
status of the PSS, which invested in a
new type of digital audio service (i.e.,
transmission of noninteractive audio to
the television) in reliance on the
existing 801(b) rate standard and to
protect their prior investments.52 The
PSS took the risks and received the
benefits, one of which was a statutory
exception from the rate-setting
provisions in the DMCA that were
designed to ‘‘move the industry to
market rates.’’ 53 SoundExchange now
argues, however, that the Judges should
adopt the proffered CABSAT rate
benchmark as a market-like rate. The
Judges decline.
Notwithstanding the similarities in
PSS and CABSAT service offerings that
SoundExchange noted, the Judges do
not find the proffered CABSAT rate
benchmark is a useful starting point
from which to apply the Section 801(b)
factors.
First, it is not at all clear to the Judges
that the proffered CABSAT benchmark
market and the hypothetical PSS market
offer the same rights. As discussed
below in reference to the Register’s
Memorandum Opinion regarding the
scope of the PSS market, the rights that
the PSS can exercise while maintaining
the grandfathered rate-setting
methodology are limited to PSS entities’
existing service offerings and expanded
service offerings, as the Register defines
those terms. Services that a PSS entity
provides outside the scope of the
grandfathered categories constitute
different service offerings, i.e., rights
outside those offered in the hypothetical
PSS market. Although the types of
activities that PSS and CABSAT entities
perform may overlap in certain respects,
for purposes of determining
comparability of the hypothetical
market to the target market, the relevant
service bundle is limited to those
activities that the hypothetical PSS
entity may provide consistent with the
grandfathered rate methodology.
PSS entities, such as Music Choice,
and CABSAT entities may (and do,
subject to an appropriate royalty rate)
provide services outside the scope of the
PSS license (e.g., internet-based and
mobile application-based services that
are consumed outside the home).54
51 SoundExchange v. Muzak, 854 F.3d 713, 714–
15 (D.C. Cir. 2017).
52 See Id. at 719.
53 Id.
54 Dr. Wazzan referenced some of the differences
he perceived between the services that PSS and
CABSAT entities provide. Wazzan WDT ¶¶ 67–72.
For example, he noted that Music Choice provides
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
These different services, however, are
not included within the bundle of rights
that PSS entities would negotiate for in
the hypothetical market. Although it is
theoretically possible to adjust the
proffered CABSAT benchmark to
accommodate for the difference in the
bundle of rights that the CABSAT and
PSS services negotiate for,
SoundExchange acknowledged no such
difference and, consequently, offered no
adjustment in the current proceeding to
account for the difference. The Judges
can find no persuasive evidence in the
record that would allow the Judges to
develop such an adjustment sua
sponte.55
‘‘internet simulcasts of its channels to subscribers
of the MVPDs that distribute Music Choice’’ but
took no position on whether such streaming is part
of its PSS. Id. ¶¶ 67–68. He continued that ‘‘the
CABSAT rates in Part 383 are quite clearly limited
to a service ‘transmitted to residential subscribers
of a television service’ through an MVPD using ‘a
technology that is incapable of tracking the
individual sound recordings received by any
particular consumer.’’ Id. ¶ 70. According to Dr.
Wazzan, ‘‘internet streaming is something else,
because streams are typically transmitted to devices
other than televisions, over the public internet.’’ Id.
Dr. Wazzan noted that Sirius XM and Stingray both
provide internet streaming services but do so under
a different rate structure than that applicable to the
CABSAT service. Id. ¶ 72. In finding that the rights
conveyed to the CABSAT services are not
comparable, for benchmarking purposes, to those
for which a theoretical PSS would negotiate, the
Judges do not take a position on whether the rights
conveyed to the theoretical PSS entities are broader
or narrower than those conveyed to the CABSAT
services. They could be broader in some senses and
narrower in others, but the evidence in the record
shows that there are meaningful differences. All
differences could affect the value of the underlying
license and therefore are relevant in assessing the
comparability of the proffered benchmark market
and the target market. Ultimately, a detailed
analysis might support a finding that, on balance,
the differences are a wash, which would support a
finding that, notwithstanding the differences in the
rights granted, no comparability adjustment was
necessary. Based on the record in the current
proceeding, however, the Judges are not in a
position to make such an assessment and therefore
are left with a record that shows a lack of
comparability of rights with no adjustment to
sufficiently align the markets.
55 Although the Register’s Memorandum Opinion
was issued after the record was closed in the
current proceeding, the D.C. Circuit’s Muzak
decision, which highlighted the limitations in the
rights that a PSS could exercise consistent with the
grandfathered rate methodology, was issued during
the proceeding. As a party to the case,
SoundExchange advocated for the restrictions on
the PSS license that the D.C. Circuit found.
SoundExchange certainly could reasonably
anticipate the impact that the Muzak decision
would have on the rights that other PSS entities
could exercise consistent with the grandfathered
rate-setting methodology. Indeed, one of
SoundExchange’s witnesses referenced the decision
and the limitations it placed on the rights that a PSS
entity could exercise consistent with the
grandfathering provision. SX PFFCL ¶ 1807; 5/10/
17 Tr. 3205 (Bender); see SX PFFCL ¶ 1807
(‘‘[d]uring the hearing in this case, the Court of
Appeals for the D.C. Circuit held that Muzak’s PSS
status is limited to its historic DishCD service.’’)
Therefore, SoundExchange had notice that the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
SoundExchange attempted to conflate
what the PSS services and CABSAT
services do (as represented by
SoundExchange) with what they have
the right to do either in the hypothetical
PSS market or in the CABSAT market.
SX PFFCL ¶ 1794 (‘‘the same rights are
conveyed, because both create audio
music channels incorporating the
licensed sound recordings and sell them
to MVPDs, who in turn resell those
channels to consumers as part of
subscription bundles.’’); see 5/3/17 Tr.
at 2305–06 (Wazzan); see also SX PFFCL
¶¶ 1797–1799 (‘‘CABSAT Services And
PSS Are Functionally Equivalent Cable
Radio Services And So Implicate the
Same Rights’’). Similarities in service
offerings do not necessarily equate to
comparability of rights that each of the
service types is authorized to exercise.
SoundExchange’s attempted direct
compare-and-contrast of the various
activities in which the two types of
entities engage also ignores the
fundamental, statutory difference
between PSS and CABSAT: Legislative
intent that PSS and non-PSS be treated
differently with respect to the way in
which their respective royalty rates are
determined. By SoundExchange’s own
admission, the CABSAT rates were
based on a settlement agreement
negotiated in the context of a
proceeding in which the applicable rate
standard was a willing buyer/willing
seller standard. In adopting the DMCA,
Congress expressly carved-out the PSS
from that standard. The Judges conclude
that applying the CABSAT rate
benchmark as proffered by
SoundExchange in the current
proceeding would effectively subject the
PSS to the willing buyer/willing seller
standard, which, in the Judges’ view,
would be inconsistent with Congress’s
intent in adopting the PSS rate-setting
methodology in the DMCA.
The proffered CABSAT benchmark
also raises concerns because of the
enormous difference between the
current PSS statutory rate of 8.5% of
gross revenues and the rates proposed
under the CABSAT benchmark
(converting to approximately
[REDACTED] % of revenue in the first
year). In SDARS II, the Judges
characterized a difference between the
prevailing statutory rate of 8% and a
proposed rate as high as 32.5% (for
SDARS services) as a ‘‘yawning gap’’
that raised concerns about the
reasonableness of the proffered
rights that a hypothetical PSS entity could exercise
consistent with the grandfathering provision were
limited to providing the types of services (i.e.,
existing and expanded service offerings) that the
Register set forth in her Memorandum Opinion
addressing the scope of the PSS license.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65221
benchmark that yielded such rates. See
78 FR at 23066. The Judges have the
same concerns about the rates derived
from the proffered CABSAT benchmark
and find that the wide gap strongly
suggests that the buyers in the CABSAT
market lack comparability with those in
the theoretical PSS market. This
difference in comparability of buyers is
supported by SoundExchange’s own
admission that Sirius XM, which
negotiated the CABSAT rates with
SoundExchange, ‘‘is first and foremost
the provider of an SDARS’’ that ‘‘also
provides a CABSAT service.’’ SX PFFCL
¶ 1838. The PSS in the theoretical
market are buyers negotiating for rights
to operate their core business and
therefore will have a greater stake in
negotiating the most favorable rate. On
the other hand, a buyer negotiating for
rights for a non-core service might be
more willing to settle for an acceptable
rate rather than the best possible rate.
Significant differences in the stakes of
the respective buyers between the PSS
and the CABSAT services suggest a lack
of comparability between the two for
benchmarking purposes.
The Judges conclude that the
CABSAT benchmark as proposed in the
current proceeding is not sufficiently
comparable to the hypothetical PSS
target market and that the CABSAT rates
are outside of the zone of
reasonableness for determining PSS
rates for the upcoming rate period. The
only useful information that the
proffered CABSAT benchmark provides
is to identify a rate ceiling that any
reasonable PSS rates must remain
below. In other words, a reasonable PSS
rate for the upcoming rate period must
be lower than the lowest rate proposed
by SoundExchange based on the
CABSAT benchmark (i.e., $0.0190 per
subscriber or [REDACTED] % of gross
revenues).
By rejecting the proffered CABSAT
benchmark, the Judges also reject one of
SoundExchange’s arguments in support
of abandoning the current percent-ofrevenue rate structure in favor of a persubscriber rate structure. See SX PFFCL
¶ 1949. The Judges find
SoundExchange’s other reasons in
support of a per-subscriber rate
structure equally unpersuasive. Even
reviewing the evidence SoundExchange
presents in a light most favorable to
SoundExchange, the Judges do not find
that Music Choice’s arrangements with
its affiliated MVPD customers support a
change in the rate structure to a persubscriber structure. In this regard, the
Judges accept as credible the evidence
that Music Choice presented that
historically it has charged and currently
charges similarly situated non-partner
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
65222
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
affiliates rates that are the same as or
lower than those charged to its partners.
MC Reply to SX PFFCL at 188 (Reply to
SX PFFCL ¶ 1960) (and evidence cited
therein); see, e.g., 5/18/17 Tr. 4582,
4593–94 (Del Beccaro); Del Beccaro
WRT at 18.
If SoundExchange and Music Choice
were to agree to a per-subscriber rate
structure, that structure would not, on
its face, be inconsistent with the
Copyright Act. Without a persuasive
argument, supported by the evidentiary
record, however, the Judges are
reluctant to change the existing rate
structure, which has thus far seemingly
operated effectively. The arguments and
record in the current proceeding do not
support such a change. Therefore, the
Judges reject SoundExchange’s request
to change the rate structure to a persubscriber structure.
After reviewing and dismissing both
proffered benchmarks, the Judges are
left with the broad parameters of a zone
of reasonableness that must be higher
than 5.6% of gross revenues 56 and
lower than [REDACTED] % of gross
revenues (or $0.0190 per subscriber).
The current rate of 8.5% of gross
revenues falls within that range, albeit
toward the lower end. In SDARS II, the
Judges could endorse no proffered
benchmark as an appropriate starting
point for application of the Section
801(b)(1) factors. See 78 FR at 23059.
Therefore, the Judges looked to the
prevailing statutory rate to begin the
analysis of the Section 801(b)(1) factors.
Id.
Notwithstanding that no party
advocated using the statutory rate as the
starting point of the Section 801(b)(1)
analysis and that the rate was negotiated
in the shadow of the statutory license,
the Judges found in SDARS II that the
current rate was neither too high, too
low, nor otherwise inappropriate. Id.
The Judges reach the same conclusion
in the current proceeding. As was the
case in SDARS II, neither party has
proposed using the current statutory
rate as the starting point for applying
the Section 801(b)(1) factors. SX PFFCL
¶ 1889; 4/25/17 Tr. 848 (Crawford).
Music Choice contended that the
current rate is too high and
SoundExchange contended that it is too
low. The parties do not contend that the
previous PSS proceeding was
‘‘necessarily’’ wrongly decided, only
that the Judges now must look
elsewhere to find a reasonable rate. See
5/3/17 Tr. 2305 (Wazzan).57
56 See
supra, section IV.C.1.a.
discussed below, Music Choice did fault the
Judges’ decision to make an upward adjustment to
the prevailing statutory rate to account for Music
Both parties’ disdain for the current
statutory rate appears to stem primarily
from the fact that in the first proceeding
to set a rate for the PSS, which occurred
about twenty years ago, the CARP
looked to the musical works royalty rate
to help determine what the rate should
be for the PSS. See, e.g., SX PFFCL ¶¶
1894–1900. Since then, the parties have
either agreed to a royalty rate or, as
occurred in SDARS II, the Judges
selected a rate after fully reviewing the
evidence in the record. The Judges and
their predecessors each chose a rate that
they viewed as reasonable and
supported by the evidence before them
at the time. The fact that once upon a
time one decision-maker relied on a
type of evidence that the Judges do not
find persuasive in the current
proceeding on the current record is
irrelevant in the current proceeding.
Unlike Music Choice and
SoundExchange, the Judges are not
convinced that the specter of the
musical works rate on the prevailing
PSS rate is so great as to preclude the
Judges from using the current PSS rate
as the starting point for applying the
Section 801(b)(1) factors.
The Judges must continue to have the
flexibility to rely on the best evidence
they have available on the record before
them in selecting reasonable rates and
terms for the upcoming rate period. At
this time, in this proceeding, on this
record, the best available evidence is the
prevailing statutory rate, which falls
within the broad parameters of the zone
of reasonableness indicated by the
evidence that the parties presented.
Therefore, the Judges look to the
prevailing statutory rate of 8.5% as the
starting point for the Section 801(b)
analysis.
2. Application of the 801(b)(1) Factors
The digital performance license
requires that the rates (but not the
terms) be determined to achieve the
statutory objectives detailed above. See
17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1). SoundExchange
asserted that if the Judges use the
prevailing statutory rate as the starting
point of the section 801(b) factor
analysis then they should adjust the
rates upward to provide copyright
owners a fair return (Factor 2), to reflect
their greater contributions to the
product made available to the public
(Factor 3), and to avoid further
disruption of the industries involved
(Factor 4). SX PFFCL ¶ 2112.
Music Choice contended that the
Judges should not have adjusted the
prevailing statutory rate upward in
57 As
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Choice’s anticipated increase in the number of
channels it offered.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
SDARS II to account for Music Choice’s
projected increase in usage of sound
recordings. Music Choice argued that
the PSS license is not a general ‘‘usage’’
license (in that making more channels
available does not necessarily lead to a
greater number of performances), and
that listeners can only listen to one
channel at a time, regardless of how
many channels are available for them to
choose from. Del Beccaro WDT at 16.58
The Judges find this claim somewhat
peculiar. Music Choice appears to
assume that all members of a household
are transfixed to the same television set
as they might have been at the dawn of
the television age. Modern viewing
habits, however, are far different.
Televisions and other comparable
electronic devices abound in modern
households. It is not unreasonable to
assume that each individual in a
modern household could have access to
his or her own viewing or listening
device, any one of which might be
capable of viewing or listening to the
Music Choice service.
In SDARS II, the Judges found
evidence of Music Choice’s then current
intention to increase the number of
Music Channels offered from 46 to 300.
78 FR at 23059. Music Choice does not
dispute that intention. Del Beccaro WDT
at 15. A greater variety of channels
could reasonably be expected to attract
its own audience.59 The Judges may rely
on a party’s present intentions as to
future actions. Of course, present
intentions of future actions do not
ensure that the latter will come to
fruition. In this instance, the Judges’
finding was based on the evidence in
the record before them. Music Choice
represented in the current proceeding
that in actuality, the expansion of its
service was far more limited than it had
anticipated in the last rate period. Del
58 Music Choice contended that had there been
any increase in revenues due to the increase in the
number of channels that Music Choice offered, that
SoundExchange would have reaped the benefits
through increased royalties under as a percentage
of revenues. In SDARS II, the Judges found no
evidence to support a projected increase in
revenues. 78 FR at 23060 (‘‘Music Choice provided
no evidence, however, to suggest that the planned
expansion in usage would result in increased
revenues to which the statutory royalty rate is to be
applied’’.) Indeed, Music Choice represented that
even though it added 25 channels to its app and
internet platforms during the current rate period, its
listenership remained flat while its revenues
actually decreased. Del Beccaro WDT at 16, 18.
59 Mr. Del Beccaro suggested that the Judges
should follow the principle that PSS royalties
should only be payable based on actual
performances, which occur when a song is actually
received by a listener as is the case with respect to
webcasters. He quickly cautioned, however, that
Music Choice is not able to track the actual number
of performances to enable such a per-performance
rate. Del Beccaro WDT at 16–17 and n.2.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Beccaro WDT at 18. Consequently,
Music Choice contended that it has been
overpaying for the past rate period
because the rate should have been kept
at 7.5% of gross revenues. Del Beccaro
WDT at 18. Indeed, Music Choice
argued that this alleged ‘‘overpayment
justifies a rate reduction in the next rate
period’’ below the previous period’s
7.5% rate. Crawford WDT ¶ 214.
While Music Choice chose not to
expand its channel offerings as it had
anticipated, it had the right to do so
consistent with the statutory license,
and the rate that the Judges adopted
reflected Music Choice’s stated
intention regarding that projected
expansion. A licensee has no general
statutory or regulatory right to a rebate
in a subsequent proceeding.
Nevertheless, the Judges specifically
noted in SDARS II that if Music Choice’s
projected increase in channels did not
materialize the Judges could take that
fact into account in a future proceeding.
78 FR at 23061. In SDARS II, the Judges
found the increase from 7.5% to 8.5%
was consistent with the second section
801(b) factor (fair return to copyright
owners).60 In this proceeding, the Judges
examine again whether the basis for that
increase continues to exist in the
present market.
the royalty rate it pays. Written Direct
Testimony of Damon Williams, Trial Ex.
56, at 32–33 (Williams WDT). Indeed,
since the royalty is currently based on
a percent of revenue, a decrease in
revenues would actually result in a
decrease in the royalties Music Choice
pays. Nevertheless, Music Choice
provided no quantification of the
promotional effects, if any, its service
has on the artists it promotes. Moreover,
it provided no persuasive evidence to
connect the current statutory rate with
any decrease in such artist services.
Given the record before them, the Judges
do not find that the evidence supports
a decrease from the current rate based
on this section 801(b) factor.
SoundExchange limited its discussion
regarding this factor to arguments in
support of adoption of the CABSAT rate
and arguments against lowering the
current PSS rate. The Judges do not
adopt the CABSAT rates and find no
persuasive evidence in the record to
support a lower rate based on the first
section 801(b) factor.
b. Factor B: Afford Fair Return and Fair
Income
The second section 801(b) factor
requires the Judges to assess whether
the rate (or rates) they have chosen to
a. Factor A: Maximize Creative Works to begin the section 801(b) analysis affords
the Public
the copyright owner a fair return for his
or her creative work and the copyright
Music Choice contends that the PSS
user a fair income under existing
services are favored under this factor
economic conditions. 17 U.S.C.
because the PSS (and Music Choice in
801(b)(1)(B).
particular) generate original content
As discussed above, in SDARS II the
(such as on-screen displays and curated
Judges found that an increase from the
channels) in providing the PSS service.
then-prevailing statutory rate was
MC PFF ¶ 334–335. Music Choice
warranted because Music Choice
contends that this original creative
content has great promotional impact on anticipated greatly expanding the
number of channels of music it would
the sound recordings they play on the
offer without any anticipated increase in
service, which is illustrated by the fact
revenues that would adequately
that record labels lobby to get their
sound recordings played on the service. compensate copyright owners for this
Id. ¶¶ 352–362. The Judges do not doubt increase. 78 FR at 23060. In actuality,
Music Choice’s expansion was far more
that Music Choice expends resources
modest than it had anticipated. Del
promoting the artists that appear on the
Beccaro WDT at 18; 5/18/17 Tr. 4521
service and that such exposure can be
(Del Beccaro); Del Beccaro WDT at 4
promotional to the artists and their
(Music Choice currently provides 50
record labels. These efforts are already
television-accessible music channels).
incorporated into the current statutory
Given that the basis for the Judges’
rate and therefore no downward
increase in the royalty rate after the
adjustment is justified to the extent
SDARS II hearing was a projected
Music Choice promotes artists.
expansion of music channels that did
Music Choice contended that the
not materialize, the Judges find that, all
current rate is actually hindering it in
things being equal, a downward
providing the types of promotional
adjustment to the PSS rate from 8.5%
services that help artists and labels. Del
back to 7.5% is most supported by the
Beccaro WDT at 17–18. By Music
evidence and by SDARS II. See 17
Choice’s own admission, however,
U.S.C. 803(a)(1) (‘‘The . . . Judges shall
much of the decline is due as much to
Music Choice’s declining revenues as to act in accordance with . . . prior
determinations . . . of . . . the
60 78 FR at 23059.
Judges . . . .’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65223
According to Music Choice, the
current rate has not provided the service
a fair income under existing economic
conditions. MC PFF ¶ 395. Music
Choice asserted that, due to changes in
Music Choice’s downstream MVPD
market, it anticipates losing money on
its residential audio business over the
next two years under the current rate.
Id. ¶¶ 395–396. Music Choice’s main
contention was that a hyper-competitive
market for its services is making it more
difficult for it to remain profitable and
provide the same level of services to
copyright owners under current market
conditions. Nevertheless, all of the
conditions that Music Choice cited to
support a downward adjustment are
already incorporated into the current
statutory rate. Music Choice provided
no evidence that any new threat is on
the horizon that might warrant a
downward adjustment from the current
statutory rate going forward. Moreover,
as SoundExchange correctly noted, no
copyright user, not even a PSS, is
guaranteed any level of profitability.
Music Choice argued that a decrease
from the current rate would not have a
material effect on the copyright owners
and artists. MC PFF ¶ 409.
SoundExchange contended that the PSS
pay lower royalty rates than any other
music service and that these rates have
a negative effect on copyright owners
and artists who receive these low rates.
See 5/18/17 Tr. at 4621–23 (Del
Beccaro) (PSS pay lower rates than other
music services); Harrison WDT ¶ 29
(record companies would not agree to
current PSS rates). SoundExchange
contended that the PSS rate is so far
below a market rate that it would be
‘‘foolish’’ for any record company to
attempt to directly license their sound
recordings at rates near the current rate.
SX PFFCL ¶ 2131 (and evidence cited
therein). SoundExchange also asserted
that a higher rate for PSS would not be
unfair because Music Choice could
continue to operate; it would only make
less money doing so, and the Copyright
Act does not guarantee a copyright user
a certain minimum level of profits. Id.
¶ 2134.
The Judges do not mean to discount
the fact that the market for providing
content to cable and satellite providers
is competitive and perhaps likely to
grow more competitive in the future.
Nevertheless, nothing in section 114 of
the Copyright Act would authorize the
Judges to shield PSS services from
market forces and the Judges see no
reason to do so in the absence of such
a mandate. Music Choice’s argument
that a rate reduction would not
materially affect the return that record
labels receive for the sound recordings
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65224
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
they put into the marketplace is also
misplaced. The relevant market for
determining whether an adjustment is
warranted is the market for PSS
services, not the sound recordings
market as a whole. As a percentage of
total royalties, the amount copyright
owners receive from the PSS services
may be low. Nevertheless, all revenue
sources are important for those that
have earned them, and the rate charged
for the use of sound recordings by the
PSS must ensure that the copyright
owners receive a fair return. Therefore,
no additional downward adjustment is
warranted.
SoundExchange claimed that the PSS
pay the lowest royalty rates of any type
of music service. Even if true, those
comparative rates are already reflected
in the current statutory rate. Section 114
is clear that the PSS that qualify for the
grandfathered rate methodology are sui
generis. At the time the grandfathered
provision was adopted the number of
qualifying services was very limited and
has become more limited over time.
Only two companies qualify for the
grandfathered rate methodology and
only for portions of their respective
businesses. Therefore, consistent with
the section 114 grandfathering
provision, the correct question to ask is
not whether the current statutory rate
(or whatever rate the Judges choose to
begin analysis of the section 801(b)
factors) offers copyright owners a fair
income vis-à-vis the rate they would
earn from non-PSS music services but
whether the current statutory rate offers
copyright owners an unfairly low return
that warrants an upward adjustment to
ensure that copyright owners receive a
fair return in the upcoming rate period.
Admittedly, it is a difficult standard to
meet, but SoundExchange has not
provided sufficient persuasive evidence
to support such an upward
adjustment.61
After reviewing the evidence
provided by both parties, the Judges
conclude that (outside of a 1 percentage
point reduction due to the anticipated
expansion of the number of music
channels that did not materialize)
neither party has provided sufficient
evidence to support a change from the
current rate based on the second Section
801(b) factor.
61 Having determined that a downward
adjustment is justified by the second section 801(b)
factor, the Judges have reassessed the first section
801(b) factor and determined that no further
adjustment is warranted notwithstanding the rate
decrease supported by the second factor. The Judges
review the evidence with respect to the third and
fourth factors with the assumption that a rate
reduction is already supported based on the second
factor. 78 FR 31842, 31843 (May 28, 2013).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
c. Factor C: Reflect Relative Roles
The third section 801(b) factor
requires the Judges to assess whether
the rate they have chosen to begin the
section 801(b) analysis reflects the
relative roles of the copyright owner and
the copyright user in the product made
available to the public with respect to
relative creative contribution,
technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, risk, and contribution
to the opening of new markets for
creative expression and media for their
communication. 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(C).
Music Choice contended that with
respect to this factor it has made a much
stronger evidentiary showing than
SoundExchange and therefore a lower
rate should be warranted. MC PFF
¶ 426. For example, Music Choice noted
that it makes significant creative
contributions in terms of original
programming, curation, and
promotional content that increases
subscribers’ engagement with the music
and increases the promotional impact of
the Music Choice service. Williams
WDT at 56; 5/18/17 Tr. at 4693
(Williams). Music Choice noted that it
expends substantial resources on
improving its service offerings but that
declining revenues over the past rate
period have forced Music Choice to cut
staff that are used to provide these
services. Williams WDT at 7. Music
Choice discounted the record labels’
contributions in this regard, arguing that
they apply only to the sound recordings
and not specifically to the PSS service.
See MC PFF ¶ 447. Music Choice also
noted that historically it has had to
invent the technology necessary to get
high-quality digital music programming
to subscribers, but that the current rate
has limited its ability to continue
investing in improving its technology.
Id. ¶¶ 450–52.
Music Choice asserted that the risks it
faces are increasing relative to those
faced by the record companies. Music
Choice also contended that it (and other
PSSs) has fewer opportunities for
profitability. Del Beccaro WDT at 20.
Music Choice noted that its residential
business has still not become profitable
on a standalone basis. Id. at 19–20.
Music Choice pointed to consolidation
among MVPDs and shrinking margins in
the cable industry combined with
competitive pressures that have led to a
rapid deterioration of Music Choice’s
subscriber fees. Id. at 21. Music Choice
represented that this changing MVPD
market has fundamentally changed the
financial outlook for Music Choice’s
residential audio service. Id. at 24–25.
Music Choice disputed
SoundExchange’s assertions that the
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Music Choice service is substitutional.
See 5/16/17 Tr. 4076–77 (Harrison); 5/
15/17 Tr. 3882 (Walker). Finally, Music
Choice argued that it contributed more
to the opening of new markets for
creative expression and new media for
its communication than the record
companies. For all of these reasons
Music Choice believes that this factor
warrants a downward adjustment. MC
PFF ¶¶ 500–501.
Not surprisingly, SoundExchange
argued that no downward adjustment is
warranted under this factor.
SoundExchange believes that ‘‘Music
Choice’s wholesale distribution model
seems to be relatively inexpensive to
operate.’’ See Wazzan CWDT ¶ 80. By
comparison, record companies spend far
more on artists, repertoire, and
marketing. Id. SoundExchange
countered Music Choice’s argument that
the record companies’ expenditures are
not PSS-centered, arguing that without
the record companies’ expenditures the
PSS would have no sound recordings to
use for their services. Id. ¶ 80.
SoundExchange further disputed Music
Choice’s contentions that past
expenditures by investors in Music
Choice warrant a rate reduction.
According to SoundExchange, these
capital costs were invested long ago and
the investors have made no investments
in the last eighteen years. See SX PFFCL
¶ 2141; but see Del Beccaro WDT at 20.
SoundExchange contended that these
investors have realized returns on their
investments and that those investments
have helped fuel Music Choice’s nonstatutory video service line of business.
See SX PFFCL ¶ 2141; but see 5/18/17
Tr. at 4630–31 (Del Beccaro).
With the exception of Music Choice’s
assertion that market conditions have
deteriorated recently, neither party
made a persuasive argument that a
further change in the current statutory
rate is warranted, in either direction.
Virtually all of the evidence that the
parties present reflects conditions that
have occurred under the current
statutory rate. Therefore, all of the
relative contributions of
SoundExchange and Music Choice are
already incorporated into that rate and
no adjustment is warranted. The small
rate reduction from the current statutory
rate that the Judges found warranted
under the second section 801(b) factor
does not change the Judges’ assessment.
As for the negative change in market
conditions, Music Choice only noted a
decline in the resources it spends and
the staff it intends to employ to improve
the service. If anything, a decrease in
the resources it spends on the service,
if quantifiable, would militate against a
rate reduction. At this time, it is unclear
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
how market conditions will affect Music
Choice’s business in the upcoming rate
period. Conceivably, persuasive
evidence of dramatically deteriorating
conditions in the market for PSS service
might militate against an upward rate
adjustment if such adjustment could be
deemed disruptive but any such
adjustment would be warranted under
the fourth section 801(b) factor rather
than the third. At this point, on the
current record, the Judges find no
persuasive evidence to support an
adjustment from the current statutory
rate in either direction under the third
factor.
d. Factor D: Minimize Disruptive Impact
The fourth and final section 801(b)
factor requires the Judges to assess
whether the rate (or rates) they have
chosen to begin the Section 801(b)
analysis minimizes any disruptive
impact on the structure of the industries
involved and on generally prevailing
industry practices. 17 U.S.C.
801(b)(1)(D). A royalty rate may be
considered disruptive ‘‘if it directly
produces an adverse impact that is
substantial, immediate and irreversible
in the short-run because there is
insufficient time for [the parties affected
by the rate] adequately to adapt to the
changed circumstances produced by the
rate change and, as a consequence, such
adverse impacts threaten the viability of
the music delivery service currently
offered to consumers under this
license.’’ SDARS I, 73 FR 4080, 4097
(Jan. 24, 2008).
Music Choice argued that the current
statutory rate has had a disruptive effect
on the PSS market. As support for this
premise, Music Choice noted the
previously discussed deterioration of
Music Choice’s financial condition,
which it contended is due, in part, to
the fact that the rate was increased in
SDARS II. MC PFF ¶ 503. Music Choice
did not argue that profits from Music
Choice’s other business lines should be
considered in determining the possible
disruptive effect of the PSS rate. Id.
¶ 506.
SoundExchange contended that if
Music Choice and other PSSs cannot
continue to operate then the market will
adjust by allowing other competitors to
take their place. See Wazzan CWRT ¶¶
83, 86. From SoundExchange’s
perspective, Music Choice’s quest for a
lower rate is motivated by increased
competition from Stingray. According to
SoundExchange, Music Choice seeks a
lower rate that would serve as a subsidy
that would allow Music Choice to
maintain its unfair advantage and its
market share over non-PSS competitors.
See 5/18/17 Tr. at 4532–37 (Del
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Beccaro). SoundExchange asserted that
such a subsidy ‘‘fosters Music Choice’s
inefficient operation and risks
disrupting the market for residential
audio services.’’ Wazzan CWDT ¶ 84.
From SoundExchange’s perspective, the
PSS rates are already artificially low and
merely serve to insulate Music Choice
from market forces at the record
companies’ expense. See Wazzan CWRT
¶81, n. 112; 4/25/17 Tr. at 933–34
(Crawford). SoundExchange argued that
the current statutory rate is disruptive
because it provides Music Choice a
significant barrier to entry in the market
for non-PSS (CABSAT) services. 5/3/17
Tr. at 2318 (Wazzan); SX PFFCL ¶ 2147.
SoundExchange did not accept that a
higher rate (even one as high as
SoundExchange proposes) would be
disruptive to the PSS market. Rather it
contended that an upward adjustment
would introduce a needed element of
competition. See 4/25/17 Tr. at 902–03
(Crawford); Wazzan CWRT at 76, 83.
The Judges find that neither party
provided persuasive evidence to
warrant any further adjustment of the
current statutory rate (other than that
warranted by the second 801(b) factor)
in either direction. Music Choice argued
that the ‘‘significant deterioration of its
financial condition’’ is due in part to the
current statutory rate but the only
evidence it cited deals with the effects
of market competition. See Del Beccaro
WDT at 21. The competitive pressures
that Music Choice faces were not caused
by the current statutory rate. While the
rate increase that the Judges approved in
SDARS II may have negatively affected
Music Choice’s margins, the Judges
addressed any potential disruptive
effect of that increase by phasing it in
over the first two years of the rate
period. The grandfathered rate
calculation methodology was not
intended to shield Music Choice from
all negative impacts arising from
competitive pressures. The reversal of
that increase that the Judges find
warranted under the second section
801(b) factor only makes Music Choice’s
arguments on this point less compelling.
The reality of the marketplace
contradicts SoundExchange’s
contention that the current rate is
disruptive. As SoundExchange pointed
out, Music Choice faces stiff
competition in the market. SX PFFCL
¶ 1879. The modest decrease in the
statutory rate that the Judges find
warranted under the section 801(b)(1)(B)
factor does not change the Judges’
assessment on this point.
On balance, the Judges find that
neither party has provided persuasive
evidence to support a finding that,
under current market conditions, an
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65225
adjustment to the current statutory rate
(other than that discussed with respect
to the second section 801(b) factor), is
warranted under the fourth Section
801(b) factor. Therefore, the Judges
determine that the appropriate rate for
PSS services in the upcoming rate
period shall be 7.5%. This rate shall
apply to the gross revenues that the PSS
services earn for all ‘‘existing service
offerings’’ in addition to all ‘‘expanded
service offerings’’ as those terms are
defined and used at pages 15–16 of the
Register of Copyright’s (Register’s)
Memorandum Opinion On Novel
Material Questions of Law
(Memorandum Opinion) (Nov. 20,
2017). Based on the limited evidence in
the record, the Judges find no
justification for applying a different rate
methodology to these two types of
services at this time.
The Judges accept as credible Music
Choice’s evidence that additional
channels that might conceivably fall
within the expanded service category
currently constitute a marginal portion
of Music Choice’s PSS service in terms
of music usage. See Del Beccaro WDT at
16. While those types of services may
increase over time, at this point the
Judges do not find that the service
offerings that fall within this category
are sufficiently distinct from the
existing service offerings to justify the
creation of a separate rate methodology.
Nevertheless, the Judges acknowledge
SoundExchange’s assertion that PSS
services that might fall within the
expanded service category have recently
increased and may warrant a different
rate methodology in the future. See Del
Beccaro WRT at 25; 5/18/17 Tr. 4658–
59, 4661 (Del Beccaro).
D. Music Choice’s Internet Streaming
Service
For the first time, in the present
proceeding, SoundExchange proposed a
separate rate for PSS that stream their
services over the internet. For all
licensed transmissions and related
ephemeral recordings through an
internet streaming service qualifying as
a PSS (or any similar service capable of
tracking the individual sound
recordings received by any particular
consumer), SoundExchange requested
that the per-performance royalty fee for
a commercial webcaster set forth in 37
CFR 380.10 apply.62 Music Choice
62 If a PSS does not have the technological
capability to track individual performances,
SoundExchange proposes that the PSS estimate its
performances by multiplying its Aggregate Tuning
Hours by the average number of recordings played
per hour across its service. SX Amended Proposed
Rates and Terms at 8.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65226
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
contended that its streaming activity is
already included within the PSS
statutory license and the royalty rate
that PSSs pay already includes this
service. See Del Beccaro WRT at 27. As
a result, Music Choice contended that
no additional royalty payment should
apply for internet streaming of the PSS
service. Id.
1. Referral to the Register of Copyrights
The Judges concluded that the
threshold issue of whether the
streaming activities of a PSS were
included within the scope of the PSS
license was a novel material question of
copyright law that the Judges must refer
to the Register of Copyrights (Register).
17 U.S.C. 802(f)(1)(B). Hence, the Judges
referred the issue to the Register, asking:
(1) Are a preexisting subscription service’s
transmissions of multiple, unique channels
of music that are accessible through that
entity’s website and through a mobile
application ‘‘subscription transmissions by
preexisting subscription services’’ for which
the Judges are required to determine rates
and terms of royalty payments under Section
114(f)(1)(A) of the Copyright Act?
(2) If yes, what conditions, if any, must the
PSS meet with regard to streaming channels
to qualify for a license under Section
114(f)(1)(A)? For example, must the streamed
stations be identical to counterpart stations
made available through cable television? Is
there a limitation on the number of channels
that the PSS may stream? Is there a limitation
on the number or type of customers that may
access the website or the mobile application?
Order Referring Novel Material Question of
Substantive Law and Setting Briefing
Schedule at 3–4 (Oct. 5, 2017).
2. Register’s Conclusions
The Register concluded that
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
transmissions by a PSS entity that are
accessible to a cable or satellite television
subscriber through that entity’s website and
through a mobile application can be
‘‘subscription transmissions by preexisting
subscription services’’ for which the CRJs
must determine rates and terms of royalty
payments under section 114(f)(1)(A), but only
if such transmissions are sufficiently similar
to the transmissions made to those
subscribers via the entity’s preexisting
residential cable or satellite music service.
Memorandum Opinion at 12.
As a preliminary matter, ‘‘the
preexisting services must be limited to
the three named entities in the [DMCA]
Conference Report, i.e., DMX (operated
by TCI Music), Music Choice (operated
by Digital Cable Radio Associates), and
[DiSHCD] (operated by Muzak).’’ Id. at
14, internal footnotes omitted.
Moreover, the Register noted that ‘‘not
every subscription transmission made
by a PSS entity is subject to section
114(f)(1).’’ Id. at 13. The Register
observed that the DMCA’s amendments
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
to section 114 of the Copyright Act were
designed to move the industry to market
rates. Id. at 23. Nevertheless, the
Register noted that ‘‘Congress intended
for PSS entities to be able to expand
their service offerings to some limited
extent and still have those service
offerings be considered PSS offerings.’’
Id. at 14.
According to the Register, the
ultimate question is ‘‘whether a
particular program offering by a PSS
entity qualifies as a PSS offering within
the meaning of section 114(j)(11), and is
therefore subject to the grandfathered
rate standard under section 114(f)(1).’’
Id. at 15.
The Register distinguished among
three different types of service offerings:
(1) A service offering identified by
Congress as being a PSS offering as of July
31, 1998, that is still offered today in the
same transmission medium identified by
Congress in 1998. (The Register refers to this
type of offering as an ‘‘existing service
offering’’). According to the Register, an
existing service offering would be entitled to
both a rate established under the
grandfathered rate standard under section
114(f)(1) and the grandfathered license
requirements in section 114(d)(2)(B). Id.
(2) A service offering identified by
Congress as being a PSS offering as of July
31, 1998, that is still offered today, but in a
different transmission medium than the one
identified by Congress in 1998, where only
transmissions similar to the existing service
offering are provided. (The Register refers to
this type of offering as an ‘‘expanded service
offering’’). According to the Register, an
expanded service offering would be entitled
to a rate established under the grandfathered
rate standard in section 114(f)(1), but would
not be able to take advantage of the
grandfathered license requirements in section
114(d)(2)(B). A PSS that offered this type of
service would be required to comply with the
more detailed license requirements in section
114(d)(2)(C). Memorandum Opinion at 15–
16.
(3) A service offering that is not an existing
service offering or an expanded service
offering. (The Register refers to this type of
offering as a ‘‘different service offering’’). A
‘‘different service offering’’ is insufficiently
similar to an ‘‘existing service offering’’ to be
considered an ‘‘expanded service offering’’
and would not be entitled to either a rate
established under the grandfathered rate
standard under section 114(f)(1) or the
grandfathered license requirements in section
114(d)(2)(B). Instead, the royalty rate for a
different service offering would be set under
the willing buyer/willing seller standard in
section 114(f)(2). A PSS marketing a different
service offering would be required to comply
with the license requirements in section
114(d)(2)(C).63
63 The Register’s categorizations of service types
presumes that a service offering is eligible for the
section 114 license. The categorization is meant to
delineate whether the rate for a license-eligible
service is determined pursuant to section 114(f)(1)
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Memorandum Opinion at 16.
The Register noted that ‘‘an existing
service offering can grow and expand
significantly within the same
transmission medium while remaining a
PSS offering.’’ Id at 19. Consistent with
this understanding, the Register noted
that
[t]he user interface can be updated, certain
functionality can be changed, the number of
subscribers can grow, and channels can be
added, subtracted, or otherwise changed. The
only restriction is that the existing service
offering as it is today must be fundamentally
the same type of offering that it was on July
31, 1998—i.e., it must be a non-interactive,
residential, cable or satellite digital audio
transmission subscription service.
Id. at 19–20 (internal footnotes omitted).
With respect to the second category of
offerings (i.e., expanded service
offerings) ‘‘a [PSS] does not lose its
designation as such in the event the
service decides to utilize a new
transmission medium, provided that the
subscription transmissions are similar.’’
Id. at 20 n.72.64
In assessing whether a service offering
is an expanded service offering and thus
qualifies as a PSS offering, the Judges
must compare the service offering in
question to the existing service offering
as it exists at the time of the comparison
(rather than as it existed on July 31,
1998). Id. at 21. To aid the Judges in this
comparison, the Register offers a nonexhaustive list of factors:
(1) Whether the service offering has a
similar effect on displacing or promoting
sales of phonorecords.
(2) Whether the quantity and nature of the
use of sound recordings by the service
offering is similar.
(3) Whether the service offering provides
similar content to similar user groups.
(4) Whether the service offering is
consumed in a similar manner, provides a
similar user experience, and has similar
form, feel, and functionality.
(5) Whether and to what degree the service
offering relates to the pre-July 31, 1998
investments Congress sought to protect.
(6) Whether and to what degree the service
offering takes advantage of the capabilities of
the medium through which it is transmitted
(i.e., whether and the extent to which
differences between the service offerings are
due to limitations in the existing service
or section 114(f)(2). If a PSS entity began offering
an interactive service, for example, that service
offering would not fall into one of the categories
and would not be eligible for the statutory license.
Memorandum Opinion at 16–17.
64 For a service offering to qualify as an expanded
service offering, the PSS entity must continue to
operate its existing service offering. According to
the Register, ‘‘[a] service offering that is not an
existing service offering can only be subject to the
grandfathering provision if it provides
transmissions similar to their existing service.’’
Memorandum Opinion at 20, internal quotes
omitted.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
offering’s transmission medium that are not
present in the other service offering’s
transmission medium).
Id. at 21–22.65
A ‘‘different service offering’’ (the
third category the Register identified)
can never qualify as a PSS offering
because it would not be one of the
specifically identified pre-July 31, 1998
business operations (i.e., the three PSS
offerings) Congress sought to protect
when it enacted the DMCA. This is true
regardless of whether the service
offering is developed internally or
acquired. Id. at 22. When a PSS entity
expands its operations and provides
additional transmissions to subscribers
to a different service, this is an entirely
new investment and is not a PSS
offering. Id. at 23.
The Register offered guidance
regarding applications of the above
categorization of service offerings. First,
in accordance with the principles of narrow
construction afforded to grandfathering
provisions, the Register finds that, as a matter
of law, it is irrelevant whether or not Music
Choice or another PSS entity, to some limited
degree, was making transmissions via a
different medium than those specified in the
legislative history on July 31, 1998, such as
the internet. If such a service was in fact
doing so, it would not be as part of an
existing service offering—any such
transmissions today would be considered
either an expanded service offering or a
different service offering. . . .
Id. at 19.
The Judges must determine a royalty
rate for the former type of service (i.e.,
expanded service offering) in the
current proceeding. The latter type of
service (i.e., different service offering) is
outside the scope of the current
proceeding; a royalty rate for any
different service offering by a PSS (if
any) must be determined by reference to
existing rate regulations covering that
type of service offering, in a separate,
future proceeding under the willing
buyer/willing seller standard, or
through voluntary negotiations.
The Register observed that
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
the mere fact that a service offering is
transmitted to cable or satellite television
subscribers over the internet does not
automatically disqualify the service offering
from being an expanded service offering
subject to the grandfathered rate standard, so
65 Even if a service offering is found to be an
expanded service offering (rather than an existing
service offering) qualifying for the section 114(f)(1)
grandfathering provision for purposes of rate
calculation, it would still not be eligible for the
section 114(d)(2)(B) grandfathering provision
(regarding license requirements) because it uses a
different transmission medium than the existing
service offering. Such an offering would be subject
to the license requirements in section 114(d)(2)(C).
Memorandum Opinion at 22.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
long as the service offering, as a factual
matter . . . is sufficiently similar to the PSS
entity’s existing cable or satellite service
offering.
Id. at 25.
In assessing whether an internetbased service offering is sufficiently
similar to a PSS entity’s existing cable
or satellite service offering, the Judges
should consider ‘‘the degree to which
making the existing service offering
accessible outside the home of the
subscriber constitutes a fundamental
change to the offering.’’ Id.
According to the Register:
At least in the cable television market, there
appears to be a distinction drawn between
accessing content within the home and
accessing that same content outside of it. To
be clear, this distinction is one based on the
location where the PSS offering is consumed,
not the type of device on which the service
is accessed. If the service offering is available
through an internet-connected smartphone or
tablet, but is designed so that the service
offering will only work when accessed
within the confines of the subscriber’s
residence, then it would be within the home
and more similar to the PSS entity’s existing
cable or satellite service offering.
Id. at 26 (internal footnote omitted).
With respect to the impact that the
number and type of channels offered by
a service has in determining its
categorization for rate-setting purposes,
the Register identified examples of
factors the Judges could consider, such
as how many additional or fewer
channels there are, how many channels
offer different programming, and how
different that programming is from that
offered by the existing service offering.
Id. The Register also notes that the
Judges should consider the reasons why
any such differences exist. If the service
offering has more channels because of
some benefit the internet provides (e.g.,
greater bandwidth or different
contractual arrangements with cable
operators), then the PSS entity could be
taking advantage of the capabilities of
the internet as a transmission medium,
which could tend to disqualify that
service offering from the grandfathered
royalty calculation method. Id. at 26–27.
A similar analysis could be conducted
with respect to the number and type of
customers. Id. at 27.66
The Register noted that if a service
offering qualifies for the grandfathered
66 Differences in a service offering that directly
and solely result from the imposition of the section
114(d)(2)(C) requirements that do not apply to the
existing service offering (which is subject to section
114(d)(2)(B)) should not alone disqualify the service
from the grandfathered royalty calculation
methodology necessitated by the change in
medium, nor should minor differences in the user
interface or in the visual presentation.
Memorandum Opinion at 27.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65227
rate-setting methodology, the Judges
still have the authority under section
114(f)(1)(A) to distinguish among the
different types of digital audio
transmission services in operation. If
material differences between an existing
service offering and an expanded
service offering exist, the Judges may set
separate rates based on those difference,
using the section 801(b)(1) standard. Id.
at 27–28.
3. Application of Register’s Conclusions
to Current Proceeding
Music Choice provides 50 channels of
audio music programming delivered to
subscribers’ televisions (the Cable Radio
Service). It also makes these 50
channels, plus an additional 25 internetonly channels, available to
authenticated television subscribers
through its website and a mobile app
(the internet Service). Del Beccaro WDT
at 4.67
The Register has determined, as a
matter of law, that Music Choice’s
internet Service 68 is not an ‘‘existing
service offering.’’ Memorandum
Opinion at 19. Consequently, the
internet Service is either an ‘‘expanded
service offering’’ (i.e., qualifying for
grandfathered royalty determination
under the Section 801(b) factors but
subject to the expanded license
requirements under section
114(d)(2)(C)) or a ‘‘different service
offering’’ outside the scope of the PSS
license.
By reference to the Register’s sixfactor list of criteria to differentiate an
expanded service offering from a
different service offering, the Judges
find that an internet-based service that
allows subscribers to access music
outside their residences is a ‘‘different
service offering’’ and is not eligible for
grandfathered PSS rate structures or
license requirements applicable to PSS.
The regulations in Appendix A,
therefore, exclude internet-based
transmissions to the extent they are
available outside a subscriber’s
residence.
67 See also Wazzan CWDT at ¶ 62(e) (‘‘Music
Choice provides 75 audio channels through various
MVPDs, . . . and streaming to subscribers of the
cable services that carry its channels, through a
family of apps and a web portal.’’) (internal
footnotes omitted).
68 Neither party asked the Judges to determine
whether Music Choice’s Cable Radio Service, as it
exists today, constitutes an ‘‘existing service
offering’’ or and ‘‘expanded service offering’’ by a
PSS. As the Judges have already determined that
the PSS rate covers both types of offerings, the
question is moot and the Judges need not address
it.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65228
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
V. SDARS Performance License—Rate
Structure
A. Rate Structure Arguments
1. Maintaining the Current Rate
Structure
Sirius XM emphasized that the Judges
have utilized a percent-of-revenue rate
structure for ten years, and that absent
any new and sufficient factual bases to
deviate from that history, the Judges
should continue to adopt this rate
structure. SXMRPFF ¶ 384 (and record
citations therein). Moreover, it noted
that SoundExchange itself proposed a
percent-of-revenue rate structure, not a
‘‘greater-of’’ structure, as recently as in
the SDARS II proceeding. SXMPFF ¶
253 (and record citations therein).
SoundExchange did not take issue
with the historical bona fides of the
current rate structure. However,
SoundExchange noted that it urged the
Judges to adopt what it describes as a
simpler percent-of-revenue approach in
SDARS II, but the Judges refused, opting
instead for a more complicated structure
that led to substantial disputes. SERPFF
¶ 253.
The Judges are not convinced by
Sirius XM’s argument that the rate
structure should be maintained merely
because it has been in place over the
past two rate periods. The Judges are
charged with setting rates and terms de
novo for each period. If there are
sufficient valid reasons why the rate
structure should be changed, then the
Judges will adopt those changes.
Accordingly, the Judges consider the
issues to determine whether to change
the existing rate structure.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
2. Factors Relating to a Change in
Structure
a. Lack of Expert Support
SoundExchange advocated a
deviation from the percent-of-revenue
rate structure that has existed
throughout the SDARS I and SDARS II
rate periods. SoundExchange asked the
Judges to establish a ‘‘greater of’’
structure, by which the royalty rate is
calculated ‘‘on a calendar year basis,’’
but payable monthly, as the greater-of a
specified percentage of revenue or a
specified per subscriber dollar value.
See Amended Proposed Rates and
Terms of SoundExchange, Inc. and
Copyright Owner and Artist Participants
App. A at 14–15. (Jun. 14, 2017).
Sirius XM noted that no economist
appearing in this proceeding endorsed
the use of a greater-of formula. SXM
RPFF ¶ 383. Moreover, Sirius XM
pointed out that Mr. Orszag, an
economic witness appearing for
SoundExchange, expressly testified that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
he advocated either a percent-ofrevenue rate structure or a per
subscriber structure, and that he did not
testify in support of a structure
incorporating those two approaches in a
single greater-of approach. SXM PFF ¶
251. In response, SoundExchange did
not identify any testimony that
explicitly or adequately endorsed the
use of a greater-of formula from an
economic point of view.
The Judges are troubled by the lack of
a cogent explanation from the licensors’
economic witnesses as to the merits, on
balance, of a greater-of rate formula. The
absence of such evidence could be
overcome by explanations derived from
other evidence or testimony. Not having
that further evidence, the Judges find it
significant that no economist has
sufficiently explained the benefits of
this greater-of approach.
b. Impact on the Parties’ Risks and
Rewards
SoundExchange maintained that its
proposed greater-of approach is
warranted because it allows record
companies to share in the growth of
Sirius XM’s revenue, while offering
protection to the record companies on
the downside if revenues are too low.
SEPFF ¶ 252 (and record citations
therein). Sirius XM argued, in essence,
that this approach smacks of a heads I
win, tails you lose approach, whereby
record companies share the upside of
Sirius XM’s success, but have protection
in the form of a default to the per
subscriber rate if the upside does not
materialize. SXM PFF ¶ 252.
c. Benchmarks Include a Greater-Of Rate
Structure
SoundExchange emphasized that
many interactive license agreements
utilize the greater-of approach that
SoundExchange advocates here,
demonstrating the market’s adoption of
this approach. SEPFF ¶¶ 164–165 (and
record citations therein). However,
Sirius XM noted that these interactive
agreements were all negotiated in a
market characterized by the lack of
effective competition, and that the lack
of competition would affect the
structure as well as the level of rates.
SXMPFF ¶ 385 (and record citations
therein).
The Judges find Sirius XM’s effective
competition point well-taken in this
context. Given that SoundExchange’s
expert economic witnesses
acknowledged the need for rates that
reflect an effectively competitive
market, it is no surprise that none of
their economists touted the greater-of
structure as a reflection of effective
competition. The Judges find that the
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
greater-of rate structure, advantageous to
licensors through the shifting risks, may
well represent an example of what
licensors can and would obtain when
they exploit their ‘‘must have’’ status for
a special competitive advantage. The
Judges do not find it persuasive that
interactive streaming services and
record companies adopt the greater-of
structure in their negotiated licenses.
d. Impact on Royalty Disputes
SoundExchange argued at length that
a greater-of rate structure that contains
a per-subscriber prong will eliminate
disputes regarding the definition of
revenue under the percent-of-revenue
approach. SEPFF ¶¶ 1646–1650 (and
record citations therein). However,
Sirius XM convincingly countered that
a greater-of formula will not eliminate
the issues of revenue definition and
identification, because the issue of
which prong creates the ‘‘greater’’
royalty will itself be dependent on the
definition, identification, and
calculation of the revenue-based royalty
prong. SXM PFF ¶ 386.
The Judges agree with Sirius XM. If
SoundExchange had proposed a persubscriber rate only, then the issues
surrounding the percent-of-revenue rate
would be eliminated. But
SoundExchange did not proposed a
pure per-subscriber rate; nor did Sirius
XM. Thus, the problems regarding the
revenue-based royalty would continue
to be present (albeit perhaps less often
than under a pure revenue-based rate).
e. The Greater-Of Rate Structure and
Trial Subscriptions
SoundExchange argued that its
greater-of proposal helps to obviate the
dispute between the parties regarding
the length of free trials offered to
potential subscribers by new owners of
automobiles. SoundExchange noted that
interactive services are generally
required to pay royalties for any free
trial that exceeds [REDACTED]. Orszag
AWDT ¶ 85.69 By contrast, Sirius XM
typically offers free trials to new and
used car purchasers that last three to
twelve months.70 Id. ¶ 81.
SoundExchange argued that ‘‘there is no
69 The benchmark interactive services agreements
address free trials longer than [REDACTED] by
imposing a [REDACTED] royalty. See Orszag AWDT
¶ 89.
70 Some paid promotions (where the automobile
Original Equipment Manufacturer pays a reduced
subscription fee to Sirius XM during the free (to the
consumer) trial period) may last longer than
[REDACTED] months. See Trial Ex. 322 at 14, 15
([REDACTED]-month free trial for purchasers of
certain high-end luxury cars ([REDACTED])). Under
a percentage revenue rate structure Sirius XM pays
a royalty on this discounted subscription revenue.
See Orszag AWDT ¶ 82.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
sound economic basis for the present
disparate treatment, under which Sirius
XM is permitted to offer the repertoires
of rights owners for durations greater
than one month without the payment of
royalties,’’ id. at ¶ 85, and proposed to
eliminate that disparate treatment by
classifying trial users as ‘‘subscribers’’
for royalty purposes, and setting a persubscriber rate that varies depending on
how long the user has been in the free
trial period.71 Thus, it would be
irrelevant to the licensors if the free trial
generated no revenue or lower revenue
from automobile Original Equipment
Manufacturers (OEMs) during the
period offered free to the listener.
SEPFF ¶¶ 1657–1665.
Sirius XM argued that trials, both paid
and unpaid, provide value to licensors
to the extent they entice new
subscribers whose subscription revenue
is then shared by the licensors. Sirius
XM described the trials as a ‘‘joint
effort’’ by Sirius XM and the record
companies to attract more Sirius XM
subscribers and produce future
subscription revenues that inure to their
mutual benefit. Corrected Written
Rebuttal Testimony of Carl Shapiro,
Trial Ex. 9, at 55 (Shapiro CWRT). Sirius
XM further argued that it is in the best
position to determine the most
beneficial length of the trial period, and
that requiring Sirius XM to pay persubscriber royalties without recompense
from the trial users would act as a
disincentive to Sirius XM to utilize
what it otherwise understood to be the
optimal trial period. SXMRPFF ¶ 388.72
The Judges agree with Sirius XM.
Under a percent-of-revenue royalty
structure, Sirius XM and the record
71 SoundExchange’s amended rate proposal
would charge no royalties for subscribers who are
in the first month of their free trial. During the
second and third months of a free trial,
SoundExchange proposes a per-subscriber royalty
rate that represents a discount of approximately
42% off SoundExchange’s proposed full persubscriber rate. The full per-subscriber rate would
apply to all free trials after three months. See
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms of
SoundExchange, Inc. and Copyright Owner and
Artist Participants, at 3 (Jun. 14, 2017).
72 Sirius XM also argued that the record
companies have a higher benefit/cost ratio from
trial subscriptions than Sirius XM, and would thus
agree in an unregulated market to waive royalties
‘‘for as long as Sirius XM would choose to run
unpaid trials.’’ Shapiro CWRT at 55–56.
SoundExchange rejected this argument because
Professor Shapiro assumed, in computing his
benefit/cost ratio, that no record company is a
‘‘must have’’ for Sirius XM. SEPFF ¶ 1619; see 4/
24/17 Tr. 562 (Shapiro). As a result of this
assumption, Professor Shapiro’s benefit/cost
calculation relied on a much lower record company
opportunity cost than that adopted by the Judges.
See infra, section VI.B.3. The Judges do not rely on
this Sirius XM argument, therefore, in rejecting
SoundExchange’s proposal with regard to trial
subscriptions.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
companies are aligned in their interest
to minimize the time period for unpaid
trials and trials paid by OEMs at less
than the full subscription rate.
Moreover, because Sirius XM is in the
business of recruiting and interacting
with potential subscribers, it would be
less efficient for the licensors (or the
Judges) to second-guess Sirius XM’s
downstream (retail) business model as it
relates to the optimal period of trial use.
Although it would appear from a
cursory analysis that artists and record
companies suffer from the use of their
recordings without recompense (or
sufficient recompense) during trial
periods, the fuller view, given Sirius
XM’s aligned economic incentive to
maximize revenues, demonstrates that
the length and terms of trial periods are
likely consonant with the interests of
the licensors. This record evinces no
evidence to the contrary.73
B. Conclusion Regarding the Rate
Structure
For the foregoing reasons, the Judges
adopt a percent-of-revenue rate
structure in this proceeding for the
2018–2022 rate period.
VI. SDARS Performance License:
SoundExchange Proposal
SoundExchange proposed a royalty
fee that is the greater-of a per-subscriber
rate and a percent-of-revenue rate. With
regard to the percent-of-revenue prong,
SoundExchange requested a rate equal
to 23% of Sirius XM’s ‘‘Gross
Revenues,’’ as that quoted term shall be
defined in the forthcoming regulations.
See SoundExchange’s Proposed Rates
and Terms, at 2–3.74 The per-subscriber
rate proposed by SoundExchange is set
forth in the table below:
Year
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Free trial
subscribers
(months two
and three)
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
$1.45
1.49
1.54
1.58
1.63
All other
subscribers
$2.48
2.55
2.63
2.71
2.79
For affirmative economic support of
its rate proposal, SoundExchange relied
principally on the expert opinions of
two economic witnesses, Mr. Jonathan
73 For example, there is no credible evidence that
Sirius XM is interested in growing market share
irrespective of revenue growth, in order to compete
for the market (rather than merely in the market).
This is unsurprising, because Sirius XM has already
captured the satellite radio market. See infra, text
following note 116.
74 The definition of ‘‘Gross Revenues’’ for the
forthcoming rate period is discussed infra, section
XI.A.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65229
Orszag and Professor Robert Willig. Mr.
Orszag used a ‘‘ratio equivalency’’
analysis, which he applied through two
separate approaches. Professor Willig
considered several economic models: (1)
An ‘‘Opportunity Cost’’ analysis; 75 (2) a
‘‘Ramsey Pricing’’ analysis; 76 and (3) a
‘‘Nash Bargaining Solution’’ approach.77
Professor Willig also discussed a fourth
model—the Efficient Component Pricing
Rule (ECPR), which he noted in his oral
testimony as analytically analogous to
his ‘‘Opportunity Cost’’ analysis, and
yielded the same rate.78
A. Professor Willig’s Opportunity Cost
Model
1. ‘‘Walk-Away’’ Opportunity Cost
SoundExchange called Professor
Robert Willig in support of its proposed
rates. Professor Willig approached the
rate determination using an opportunity
cost model. As Professor Willig testified,
opportunity costs are incurred when
‘‘sales through one distribution channel
reduce (i.e., substitute for, or
‘‘cannibalize’’) sales through other
distribution channels (thereby reducing
compensation earned by content
creators from those other channels . . .
).’’ Written Rebuttal Testimony of Robert
Willig, Trial Ex. 46, ¶ 20 (Willig WRT);
see also Written Direct Testimony of
Carl Shapiro, Trial Ex. 8, at 19 (Shapiro
WDT) (sellers incur opportunity cost
when sales in one market diminish sales
in other markets). Based upon his
interpretation of survey evidence,
Professor Willig established a walkaway opportunity cost of $2.55 per
subscriber, which he equates to
[REDACTED]% of Sirius XM’s relevant
revenue.
SoundExchange asserted that the
appropriate opportunity cost for ratesetting purposes is the ‘‘walk-away’’
opportunity cost. SE PFF ¶¶ 486–95.
Professor Willig defined a record label’s
walk-away opportunity cost as
‘‘compensation that it would earn from
other sources of distribution,’’ if a label
were ‘‘to literally walk away from a
distributor.’’ 5/2/17 Tr. 2014–15
(Willig). Professor Willig referred to the
opportunity cost as ‘‘creator
compensation cannibalization,’’ 79 and
observed that ‘‘the need to cover
opportunity cost is part of what assures
efficiency in the ultimate choice of the
75 See
infra, sections VI.A–VI.C.
infra, section VI.G.
77 See infra, section VI.F.
78 See infra, section 0.
79 Sirius XM’s rebuttal economic expert, Professor
Farrell, concurred with the substance of this
definition, agreeing that walk-away opportunity
cost ‘‘is the profit that a label would realize
elsewhere’’ if it did not license to Sirius XM. 4/24/
17 Tr. 607 (Farrell).
76 See
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65230
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
balance of . . . varieties of modes of
distribution.’’ 5/2/17 Tr. 2019–20
(Willig). In an unregulated market, a
supplier (record label or copyright
owner) will not sell (license) to a service
unless the supplier is compensated at or
above its walk-away opportunity cost.
See id. at 2019. In this regulated market,
however, the creators do not have the
option to walk away; the licenses are
compulsory. Id. at 2015. Professor
Willig thus perceived the role of the
Judges to ‘‘redress that imbalance
created by the statutory license.’’ 80 Id. at
2017.
As a matter of economic principle,
Sirius XM did not dispute the use of an
opportunity cost approach as
appropriate in identifying a marketbased SDARS royalty rate. See SX RPFF
¶ 109. However, Sirius XM disagreed
with Professor Willig’s use of ‘‘walkaway opportunity cost,’’ as he defined
that phrase. Id.
The Judges summarize the parties’
opportunity cost dispute as: Whether, in
a hypothetical market with freely
negotiated rates, opportunity cost
should (1) include the value of each
Major’s ‘‘must-have’’ status which gives
each Major the theoretical ability to put
Sirius XM out of business by refusing to
grant it a license at a royalty less than
opportunity cost; or (2) exclude this
value—a complementary oligopoly
power—by which each Major
hypothetically could put Sirius XM out
of business.81
Professor Willig asserted that the
walk-away opportunity cost for a ‘‘musthave’’ label is effectively the same as the
label’s pro rata share of the industrywide opportunity cost.82 See 5/2/17 Tr.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
80 Opportunity
costs are more than a theoretical
concept. For example, UMG recognizes that ondemand subscription services may substitute for
sales of digital downloads. See Written Direct
Testimony of Aaron Harrison, Trial Ex. 32, at ¶ 17
(Harrison WDT). Accordingly, when UMG licenses
fully interactive streaming services, it [REDACTED].
Because the direct marginal costs of distributing
additional sound recordings to Sirius XM are ‘‘zero
or nearly zero,’’ the principal marginal cost to a
record company of licensing to a service is its
opportunity cost. Shapiro WDT at 19; see also
SEPFF ¶ 460 (not disputing Professor Shapiro’s
point that physical marginal cost is zero and that
the only marginal cost at issue is marginal
opportunity cost).
81 Professor Willig calculated walk-away
opportunity cost on the tautological assumption
that, because each Major is a ‘‘must have,’’ its
refusal to provide a license to Sirius XM would
cause Sirius XM to go out of business. As discussed
elsewhere in this Determination, Professors Shapiro
and Farrell proposed the use of a different form of
opportunity cost, one that does not assume that the
loss of any one Major would cause Sirius XM’s
demise.
82 The evidence in this proceeding strongly
demonstrates the ‘‘must have’’ status of each Major.
See SE PFF ¶¶ 517–525 (and record citations
therein). Indeed, Sirius XM implicitly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
2137 (Willig); 83 see also SEPFF 502 at ¶
502. Professor Willig’s opportunity cost
calculation thus measures what a musthave single record label would earn
elsewhere, and proposes it as an
industry-wide measure, even if that
single record label is the only label that
declines to license. On this theoretical
point, Professor Farrell, one of Sirius
XM’s economic experts was in basic
agreement. See, e.g., 4/24/17 Tr. 665–66
(Farrell) (for label to recover pro rata
walk-away opportunity cost, industrywide royalty rate would have to be at
least equal to industry-wide opportunity
cost).
Further, Professor Willig opined that
individual labels would bargain with an
understanding that a royalty
unacceptable to that label is likely also
unacceptable to other labels. As a result,
a label inclined to reject a proposed
royalty will expect that other labels will
do the same, with the result that each
label’s opportunity cost will equate to
an industry-wide opportunity cost. See
5/2/17 Tr. at 2030 (Willig).
2. Sirius XM’s Criticism of Willig’s Use
of ‘‘Walk-Away’’ Opportunity Cost
Sirius XM disputed the notion that
opportunity costs should be defined and
calculated on an industry-wide basis;
rather, it asserted that the appropriate
calculation must be undertaken in a
‘‘label specific’’ manner. Sirius XM
asserted an essential and disqualifying
premise: The opportunity cost Professor
Willig calculated is the opportunity cost
of ‘‘either a single monopoly record
label or a fully effective cartel.’’ 84
Farrell WRT ¶ 27; see also id. ¶ 31. As
Professor Shapiro noted:
Most fundamentally, Professor Willig is
asking the wrong question. Rather than
attempting to calculate the opportunity cost
to an individual label of having its sound
recordings performed on Sirius XM,
Professor Willig calculates the opportunity
cost to the entire recorded music industry, as
acknowledged the ‘‘must have’’ status of a Major,
citing a steering adjustment as a method by which
to mitigate the ‘‘must have’’ status and
complementary oligopoly power of a Major to allow
for an effectively competitive market.
83 Professor Willig did not cite any authority that
has previously used the phrase ‘‘walk-away
opportunity cost.’’ Sirius XM’s economic experts
asserted that Professor Willig’s ‘‘walk-away
opportunity cost’’ is actually the ‘‘monopoly’’ or
‘‘cartel’’ opportunity cost. For the sole purpose of
referring to and discussing Professor Willig’s
approach, the Judges will use his ‘‘walk-away’’
terminology; that usage does not suggest an
equivalence with, or distinction from, monopoly or
cartel opportunity cost.
84 Professor Farrell testified that if a particular
label’s decision to license is based on ‘‘the profit
impact on the industry as a whole, that’s what we
would normally describe as monopoly or cartel
behavior.’’ 4/24/17 Tr. 614 (Farrell).
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
if a single entity (or a fully functioning cartel)
controls the rights to all sound recordings.
Shapiro CWRT at 34. Moreover, Sirius
XM claimed Professor Willig
acknowledged that his opportunity cost
calculation was identical to the
opportunity cost that would apply ‘‘if
there were a single monopoly seller of
sound recordings. . . .’’ 5/2/17 Tr. at
2140 (Willig); see also Farrell WRT ¶¶
67–71 (Willig’s calculation is ‘‘extreme’’
and leads to inflated opportunity costs).
According to Sirius XM, Professor
Willig’s opportunity cost approach
ignores the goal of determining a
statutory rate reflective of an effectively
competitive marketplace (as tempered
by the enumerated section 801(b)(1)
factors). See 4/20/17 Tr. 418 (Shapiro)
(‘‘he is measuring the wrong thing by
looking at the monopoly opportunity
cost.’’). Thus, Professors Shapiro and
Farrell both opined that a rate based on
this industry-wide opportunity cost
would be inconsistent with the
economic concept of ‘‘workable
competition.’’ 85 See Shapiro CWRT at
37; Farrell WRT ¶¶ 27–29.
Sirius XM candidly admitted that its
criticism of Professor Willig’s walkaway opportunity cost analysis is
premised on the assumption that a
single label ‘‘does not have the ‘musthave’ monopoly power to effectively
shut-down Sirius XM’s music offering
. . . .’’ SXM PFFCL ¶ 367 (and record
citations therein). Having made this
assumption, Sirius XM’s witnesses
explained what they characterize as a
fairly simple intuition grounded on
their economic modeling in the record:
‘‘[A] change in Sirius XM’s music mix
(i.e., something less dramatic than
losing access to all music) is likely to
result in only some relatively modest
loss in subscribers, if any—not, as
Professor Willig models, every Sirius
XM subscriber seeking music elsewhere.
See Farrell WRT ¶ 67.86
Sirius XM lodged another
fundamental objection to Professor
Willig’s opportunity cost approach. As
Sirius XM noted, Professor Willig’s
$2.55 opportunity cost calculation was
85 ‘‘Effective’’ competition, as used in this
Determination is synonymous with the term
‘‘workable competition’’ that is more commonly
used by economists.
86 Professor Farrell’s argument ‘‘demonstrated
mathematically that if Sirius XM’s failure to obtain
a license from a record label led to the loss of some,
but not all, subscribers, then the walk-away
opportunity cost for that label would be
significantly less than that label’s pro-rated share of
the monopoly opportunity cost calculated by
Professor Willig, the difference between the two
depending on the fraction of Sirius XM subscribers
who would cancel their subscriptions in response
to the failure of Sirius XM to secure a license from
the individual label.’’ Farrell WRT ¶¶ 68, 71.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
derived by applying the royalties
alternative services pay to record
companies. In Web IV, the Judges found
these rates to be inflated by the
complementary oligopoly power of the
Majors. Sirius XM criticized
‘‘importing’’ that ‘‘supracompetitive’’
rate into this statutory setting in the
absence of any adjustment or allowance
for effective competition. The royalty
with the most disproportionate impact
in this regard is the $[REDACTED]/
month royalty charged to subscription
interactive services.87 See Written
Direct Testimony of Robert Willig, Trial
Ex. 28, ¶ 41 & Table 2 (Willig WDT).
Professor Farrell argued that Professor
Willig’s calculations are significantly
infected by the noncompetitive market
for licenses to interactive services. See
4/24/17 Tr. 636, 640 (Farrell). Professor
Farrell cautioned against putting ‘‘heavy
weight on a rate that has been found to
be supracompetitive and driven by
complementary oligopoly . . . .’’ 4/24/
17 Tr. at 641 (Farrell). Even Professor
Willig agreed that a lack of steering in
the interactive market could inflate the
opportunity cost calculation for Sirius
XM. 5/2/17 Tr. at 2037–38 (Willig).
Further, Sirius XM chastised
Professor Willig for a claimed
inconsistency. Professor Willig
acknowledged on the one hand that
benchmarks from other distribution
channels, such as the interactive
services benchmark, must be free of the
effects of complementary oligopoly.
Nonetheless, he applied the rates from
these same distribution channels
without a downward adjustment to
offset the upward impact of the
complementary oligopoly effect when
computing opportunity cost. See 5/2/17
Tr. 2152–54 (Willig).
Sirius XM also criticized Professor
Willig for his second alternative
justification for using the industry-wide
opportunity cost; that is what Sirius XM
labeled his ‘‘unilateral alignment’’
approach. See SXM PFFCOL ¶¶ 379–
382. Sirius XM characterized this as the
‘‘conscious parallelism’’ of like-minded
oligopolists, viz., a form of
anticompetitive ‘‘tacit collusion which,
even though not a violation of any
antitrust laws, would nonetheless lead
to results that would be inconsistent
with the necessity that rates be
consistent with the principles of
effective (workable) competition.’’ Id. ¶
381 (and record citations therein).
87 Based upon Professor Dhar’s survey, interactive
services’ diversion ratio of 31% comprises 70% of
Professor Willig’s $2.55 opportunity cost. The
Judges examine the survey data infra, section VI.B.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
3. The Judges’ Use of the Opportunity
Cost Model To Set the SDARS Royalty
Rate
The Judges find that Professor Willig’s
industry-wide walk-away opportunity
cost approach is an appropriate tool, on
the present record, to apply as an
interim step in crafting the statutory
rate. On the one hand, there is no
dispute between the parties that the
Majors would use this industry-wide
opportunity cost calculation to set
royalty rates in an unrestricted market.
On the other hand, the Judges find there
is no bona fide dispute but that these
rates would partially reflect the
complementary oligopoly effect of
Majors.
Standing alone, the complementary
oligopoly effect within the walk-away
opportunity cost model would inflate
the rate above the ‘‘reasonable rate’’ the
Judges must determine. However, the
Judges may mitigate the industry-wide
walk-away opportunity cost that
incorporates complementary oligopoly
effects, as they do in their ‘‘fork in the
road’’ approach later in this
Determination. Thus, even if one could
construe Professor Willig’s ‘‘walkaway’’
approach, standing alone, as
inconsistent with the concept of
effective competition, that inconsistency
can be—and is—mitigated because the
because the Judges have considered and
accounted for such ‘‘must have’’/
complementary inefficiencies by also
accepting Professor Willig’s practical
and reasonable ‘‘fork in the road’’
approach, discussed below.
The Judges find unhelpful
SoundExchange’s alternative
justification for the use of walk-away
opportunity costs in the marketplace.
This alternative point simply noted that
the major record labels, who are
oligopolists, would engage in some form
of what is known as ‘‘conscious
parallelism’’ when negotiating royalties.
See 5/2/17 Tr. 2027 (Willig) (‘‘decisionmaking is unilateral, but parallel, across
the record [l]abels’’); see also SE PFF ¶
526. This exposition explains why
oligopolists would move in concert
without engaging in explicit collusion,
but begs the question whether that
concerted price movement would
incorporate walk-away opportunity cost
ab initio. It is Professor Willig’s first
point—that each Major’s knowledge of
its ‘‘must have’’ status imbues it with
individual market power to walkaway—that is sufficient to demonstrate
the market logic of the industry’s
collective exploitation of walk-away
opportunity cost. See 5/2/17 Tr. 2031–
34 (Willig).
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65231
The Judges also find unhelpful Sirius
XM’s argument that Professor Willig’s
opportunity cost approach is the
equivalent of a benchmarking approach.
To be sure, the point is correct, but its
advancement as a criticism is wrong.
When properly weighted, the
opportunity cost approach is
tantamount to a useful benchmark,
because the weightings are quite
analogous to (and more precise than) the
‘‘adjustments’’ the Judges consistently
make to proposed benchmarks. To the
extent the opportunity cost is infected
by complementary oligopoly
inefficiencies that increased the rates
from which that opportunity cost is
derived, the Judges look to the entire
record to ascertain whether and how to
account for that factor, as they have by
applying Professor Willig’s ‘‘fork in the
road’’ approach.
B. Application of the Opportunity Cost
Approach
To apply the walk-away opportunity
cost approach in the satellite radio
market, Professor Willig utilized the
survey conducted by Professor Ravi
Dhar (Dhar Survey) to calculate his
$2.55 per subscriber per month
opportunity cost of licensing sound
recordings to Sirius XM. Willig WDT ¶
41. Professor Willig’s analysis is built
upon two principal elements: Diversion
ratios and creator compensation data.
Professor Willig derived the first
element (his ‘‘diversion ratios’’), from
substitution data which indicate the
other sources and modes of distribution
of recorded music to which Sirius XM
subscribers would gravitate if Sirius XM
were no longer available at acceptable
prices. 5/2/17 Tr. 2057–58 (Willig).
More particularly, the Dhar Survey
examined how Sirius XM subscribers
would react to a higher price for a
subscription to Sirius XM. 5/2/17 Tr.
2057–58 (Willig). The Dhar Survey first
asked respondents if they would
discontinue their Sirius XM service at
various higher prices. Willig WDT ¶ 40.
Those respondents who answered these
‘‘pricing questions’’ by stating they
would cancel their Sirius XM
subscriptions were then asked certain
‘‘switching questions.’’ The respondents
were asked how they would listen to
music, and specifically which of the
alternative distribution channels
presented in the survey question they
would select. Willig WDT ¶ 40
(summarizing relevant aspects of Dhar
Survey); Corrected Written Direct
Testimony of Ravi Dhar, Trial Ex. 22, ¶¶
58–60 & App. D at 69–70 (Dhar CWDT).
With the foregoing information in
hand, Professor Willig needed to assign
monetary values to the diversion ratios.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65232
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
This second element, for which
Professor Willig coined the phrase
‘‘creator compensation data,’’ is the
amount of compensation that would
flow to sound recording licensors from
the distribution platforms to which
Sirius XM subscribers would migrate. 5/
02/17 Tr. 2058–59 (Willig).88
To link the diversion ratio and creator
compensation data for each alternative
distribution mode to which Sirius XM
subscribers would migrate, Professor
Willig multiplied the diversion ratio by
the creator compensation data (per
subscriber). The product according to
Professor Willig equals the opportunity
cost associated with consumers
listening to Sirius XM as opposed to
each alternative distribution mode. 5/2/
17 Tr. 2059–60 (Willig).
Professor Willig then added each of
the positive weighted levels of monthly
creator compensation for each
alternative distribution mode. Willig
WDT ¶ 41. According to Professor
Willig, this summation represents the
total opportunity cost of licensing Sirius
XM across all alternative modes of
distribution. He summarized his
calculations in the following table.
OPPORTUNITY COST BASED ON DHAR SURVEY RESPONSES—SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Alt. mode mix
(%)
Distribution across alternative modes
Wghtd creator
comp
$/Sub-Mo.
Paid Interactive ............................................................................................................................
Paid Noninteractive ......................................................................................................................
Purchase CDs/downloads ...........................................................................................................
Ad-supported Noninteractive .......................................................................................................
Ad-supported Interactive ..............................................................................................................
Music video ..................................................................................................................................
Cable/satellite music channels ....................................................................................................
Other (zero creator comp) ...........................................................................................................
31
15
10
4
3
2
2
32
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
0.00
0.00
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
0.00
0.00
Total/Weighted-Average .......................................................................................................
100
2.55
2.55
Willig WDT ¶ 41, Table 2.
As his tabular data demonstrate,
Professor Willig calculated the full
opportunity cost across all alternative
modes of distribution as totaling $2.55
per subscriber per month. Willig WDT
at ¶ 41. This opportunity cost
calculation is consistent with
SoundExchange’s proposed persubscriber royalty range of $2.48 in 2018
to $2.79 in 2022. Given Sirius XM’s
ARPU of $[REDACTED] per month,
Professor Willig’s $2.55 per subscriber
rate is equivalent to [REDACTED] % of
revenue.89 Thus, Professor Willig’s
conclusion is consistent with
SoundExchange’s 23%-of-revenue rate
proposal covering all five years in the
forthcoming rate period.
1. Survey Data Underlying
‘‘Opportunity Cost’’ Approach
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Unit creator
comp
$/Sub-Mo.
Professor Willig’s opportunity cost
approach is dependent upon the
weights he placed on various
distribution channels. The Judges,
therefore, test the underlying survey
data on which he relied to assess their
reliability or, more specifically, their
strength in supporting Professor Willig’s
conclusions.
The Dhar Survey was conducted as an
online survey. The purpose was to
measure, inter alia, the preferences of
88 Professor Willig detailed how he derived the
creator compensation data for each line item in his
table. See Willig WDT ¶¶ 477–485. (The calculation
methods are not in dispute.)
89 ARPU is the industry acronym for ‘‘Average
Revenue per User.’’ See also infra note 142
regarding the quantification of ARPU.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Sirius XM subscribers who would
choose to cancel their Sirius XM
subscriptions at a given price. Dhar
CWDT ¶ 10; 5/8/17 Tr. 2728 (Dhar). The
survey respondents consisted of current
paid Sirius XM subscribers who stated
they have the Sirius Select package, as
well as current users of a free trial
subscription to Sirius XM (typically
available with certain new or used
vehicle purchases). Dhar CWDT ¶ 10.
Accordingly, the potential population of
survey respondents excluded those who
understood (correctly or incorrectly)
that they subscribed to any other Sirius
XM package, such as ‘‘XM Select,’’
‘‘Mostly Music,’’ or ‘‘All Access.’’
Professor Dhar directed and
conducted the survey between
September 14 and September 22, 2016.
To ensure the reliability and validity of
his online survey results, Professor Dhar
designed and administered the survey
by applying principles of survey
research applicable to online surveys. In
total, 2,602 respondents completed the
survey. Dhar CWDT ¶¶ 18–19.90
As noted above, the Dhar Survey
consisted of two broad types of
questions: ‘‘pricing questions’’ and
90 An online survey obtains respondents from
existing panels of individuals who have expressed
a willingness to participate. Thus, the respondents
are not randomly selected from a statistical
perspective and, accordingly, no margin of error or
confidence interval can be applied to the results.
However, Professor Dhar used what is known as a
‘‘bootstrapping procedure,’’ by which a sampling of
the survey respondents is itself randomly selected
and thereby created a confidence interval around
each of the reported survey results. Dhar CWDT ¶
90.
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
‘‘switching questions.’’ The pricing
questions measured the preferences of
Sirius XM subscribers who would
choose to cancel their subscriptions at
given prices. The Dhar Survey results
demonstrated that 76% of Sirius XM
subscribers would cancel their
subscriptions to Sirius XM at various
prices between $11.49 and $20.49 per
month.
The first of the ‘‘switching questions’’
asked the 76% who said they would
cancel their Sirius XM subscription (at
any of the price levels examined) to
identify the type of music distribution
channel to which they would subscribe.
The results showed that 28% of Sirius
XM subscribers said they would switch
to a paid on-demand (i.e., interactive)
music streaming service and 14% said
they would switch to a paid not-ondemand (i.e., noninteractive) music
streaming service. 5/8/17 Tr. 2761–62
(Dhar).91 In offering survey respondents
91 The percentages of respondents selecting an
alternative service are stated as a portion of the
entire population of the Sirius XM respondents in
the survey, rather than as a portion of those who
would choose to cancel their Sirius XM
subscription. There were 388 respondents who
stated they would cancel their Sirius XM
subscription at various price points, which is the
denominator Professor Dhar used in his trial
testimony to arrive at the 28% and 14% figures.
Dhar CWDT ¶ 92. Professor Willig’s percentages
were higher because he excluded 33 respondents
who answered ‘‘Don’t Know/Unsure’’ to the
switching question. Professor Willig thus
determined that 31% (not 28%) of the relevant
universe would switch to a paid on-demand service
and 15% (not 14%) to a paid not-on-demand
service. Willig WDT, App. B at B–2. Sirius XM’s
witness, Professor Farrell, did not dispute that the
relevant denominator is the number of respondents
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
alternative subscription services, the
Dhar survey specified a cost of $9.99 per
month for interactive services and $4.99
per month for noninteractive services.
Respondents were prompted to choose
only ‘‘a new subscription . . . not . . .
a music service that you currently
subscribe to.’’ Dhar CWDT App. D at 69.
The Dhar Survey also explored
preferences of respondents who
indicated they would not subscribe to a
paid music service. Respondents were
permitted to choose more than one
alternative music source from among:
(1) Purchased physical or digital tracks
or albums, (2) free music, (3) other, (4)
none of the above, and (5) ‘‘don’t know/
unsure.’’ The follow-on question to
those respondents who chose ‘‘free
music’’ asked them to identify all of the
free music sources they would choose.
Dhar CWDT at 59–60. The free music
options listed included, inter alia, (1)
free not-on demand (including AM/FM
radio over the internet), (2) free (adsupported) on-demand music services,
(3) borrowed recordings, (4) recordings
the respondent already owns, and (5)
AM/FM or AM/FM HD broadcast radio.
Id.
Professor Willig used the results of
this Dhar Survey to identify the
‘‘Alternative Mode Mix’’ in his
Opportunity Cost analysis, and
presented his results in the previous
table.
2. Professor Hauser’s Criticisms of the
Dhar Survey
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Sirius XM called Professor John
Hauser as a rebuttal expert witness on
survey design and methodology. In his
written and oral testimony, Professor
Hauser leveled a number of criticisms at
the Dhar Survey. In particular, he
criticized the switching questions and
accompanying response choices in the
Dhar Survey. Professor Hauser testified
that the Dhar Survey was constructed in
a manner that biased its results because
it: (1) Over-emphasized paid interactive
and paid noninteractive subscriptions in
a biased and artificial manner; (2)
‘‘buried’’ the choice of free music, such
as terrestrial radio 92 as an alternative to
Sirius XM; and (3) failed to give
respondents the option of replacing a
Sirius XM subscription with increased
listening to an existing (as opposed to a
new) paid interactive or non-interactive
subscription. Rebuttal Expert Report of
who would choose to cancel their Sirius XM
subscription. He used the same adjustment in his
rebuttal opportunity cost analysis, as explained
elsewhere in this Determination.
92 In this Determination, ‘‘terrestrial radio’’ refers
to free, over-the-air AM/FM and AM/FM HD radio,
but not to AM/FM radio streamed over the internet.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
John Hauser, Trial Ex. 11, ¶¶ 66–69
(Hauser WRT).
As a preliminary matter, Sirius XM
and Professor Hauser asserted that
Professor Dhar’s tilt toward paid
subscription services was the
consequence of his understanding that
the relevant inquiry was ‘‘if
[respondents] cancelled their [Sirius
XM] subscription, what would they
subscribe to.’’ 5/8/17 Tr. 2886–87
(Dhar). Accordingly, Sirius XM asserted
that the Dhar Survey was tainted from
the inception because it presented
respondents only with definitions for
three types of services: Satellite radio,
on-demand services, and non-ondemand services. Dhar CWDT at 66
(Question 200), 69 (Question 200 and
210). According to Professor Hauser,
putting only these three types of
services in respondents’ minds
immediately prior to asking the
switching questions ‘‘emphasize[d] both
on-demand and not on-demand
services.’’ 5/9/17 Tr. 3034–35 (Hauser).
Professor Hauser contended that the
Dhar survey ‘‘provided no cues to aid in
the recall of other music options (e.g.,
terrestrial radio) to which respondents
could switch.’’ Hauser WRT ¶ 68. As
Professor Hauser explained, ‘‘[b]y aiding
in the recall of paid music services, but
relying on unaided recall for other
music options (including free music
options), Professor Dhar biase[d] his
results in favor of switching to paid
music services.’’ Id.
According to Professor Hauser, this
phrasing and choice selection inevitably
skewed responses in a way that did not
reflect real-world behavior. Specifically,
he opined that the non-subscription
option that Professor Dhar provided as
a potential response (‘‘No, I would not
subscribe to a paid music service’’) was
not nearly specific enough to capture a
wide range of non-paid music options
that respondents might consider,
including terrestrial radio. He further
testified that, if Professor Dhar had
‘‘provided a list of non-paid alternatives
or existing paid subscriptions to which
respondents might reasonably switch,
respondents may have been more likely
to select non-paid alternatives or
existing paid subscriptions and less
likely to select new paid subscriptions.’’
Hauser WRT ¶ 69; see also 5/9/17 Tr.
3034–35 (Hauser) (discussing
‘‘availability heuristic’’ and how ‘‘when
you show people something, it becomes
available in memory and they’re much
more likely . . . to choose it’’).
Accordingly, Professor Hauser
concluded that the Dhar Survey wrongly
buried other switching options such as
listening to terrestrial radio and omitted
altogether listening to services to which
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65233
the respondents already paid to
subscribe. Hauser WRT ¶¶ 65–70.93 He
described the terrestrial radio option as
buried because, for a Dhar Survey
respondent to select terrestrial radio as
a choice, he or she would first need to
indicate an unwillingness to subscribe
to a paid music service in place of Sirius
XM. Only then would the respondent be
shown the undifferentiated choice of
listening to ‘‘free music.’’ Even then, the
respondent would need to indicate that
he or she would ‘‘listen to free music,’’
and still would not be offered the
explicit choices of listening to terrestrial
radio or to increase listening to a
streaming service to which he or she
already subscribed or listened. Only if
the survey respondent selected the ‘‘free
music’’ option would he or she be
presented—for the first time—with
terrestrial radio as an optional answer.
See SXM PFF ¶ 390 (citing Dhar CWDT
at 69; 5/8/17 Tr. 2916–20 (Dhar)).
In addition to critiquing the Dhar
Survey’s switching questions, Professor
Hauser created and implemented a
‘‘Modified Dhar Survey.’’ In the
Modified Dhar Survey, he essentially
repeated Professor Dhar’s pricing
questions, but attempted to reformulate
the switching questions in order to
provide respondents with the
immediate and explicit choices of
replacing Sirius XM with either
terrestrial radio or increased listening to
streaming services to which they
already subscribed.94
In the Modified Dhar Survey,
Professor Hauser first moved the option
of listening to terrestrial radio forward
in the survey. 5/9/17 Tr. 3049–50
(Hauser). He also added additional
alternative responses to the options of
93 Confirming the importance of this criticism,
Professor Willig criticized the survey by Joseph
Lenski, on behalf of Sirius XM, for the same failure
to offer the alternative of more intense listening to
an existing subscription service. Willig WRT ¶ 48.
This is an important failure, according to Professor
Willig, because a survey that does not offer
respondents the option of listening more to an
existing subscription ‘‘cannot provide the
information needed to assess the relevant effect,
namely, the impact on creator compensation.’’
Willig WRT ¶ 46.
94 Professor Hauser also criticized the ‘‘pricing’’
questions in the Dhar Survey for listing from ‘‘low
to high’’ the choice of prices at which Sirius XM
subscribers would not renew their subscriptions,
rather than also randomly reversing the order to
‘‘high to low’’ for 50% of the surveys. He also found
fault with the overall Dhar Survey because it only
permitted participation by individuals who thought
they were subscribers to Sirius Select. Only about
27% of all Sirius XM subscribers subscribe to the
Sirius Select package, and it was unclear whether
subscribers knew the name of the Sirius XM
product to which they subscribed. Hauser WRT ¶
124 & Figure 13; see also 5/8/17 Tr. 2858–2859
(Dhar). However, Professor Hauser essentially
utilized the same predicates to the ‘‘switching’’
questions in his Modified Dhar Survey.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
65234
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
choosing ‘‘new CDS and/or music
downloads,’’ the respondent’s ‘‘existing
collection of CD and/or music
downloads,’’ and ‘‘other free music
option(s) (e.g., free, ad-supported
Pandora or Spotify, AM/FM radio over
the internet, and YouTube.)’’ Hauser
WRT ¶ 79; id. App. I at 10. Professor
Hauser then added yet more response
options to allow respondents to choose
explicitly to switch to existing music
service subscriptions. Hauser WRT ¶¶
79, 88, App. I at 10; 5/9/17 Tr. 3061
(Hauser).
When Professor Hauser administered
his Modified Dhar Survey to a group of
on-line survey respondents, he obtained
results significantly different from those
Professor Dhar reported. Specifically,
Professor Hauser’s modifications led to
a material drop in the percentage of
Sirius Select respondents who indicated
that they would replace their Sirius XM
subscription with a new paid ondemand service: From 28% of
respondents in Professor Dhar’s survey
(31% as measured by Professor Willig)
to only 15% in the Modified Dhar
Survey. See Hauser WRT Table 1 & ¶¶
101, 104; 5/9/17 Tr. 3056 (Hauser).
In addition, when Professor Hauser
provided respondents the terrestrial
radio option early and explicitly,
approximately 78% of Sirius Select
respondents indicated they would
switch to terrestrial radio. Hauser WRT
Figure 11–A; 5/9/17 Tr. 3059 (Hauser).
This result was in stark contrast to the
results from the original Dhar Survey,
which indicated that only 29% of the
total Sirius Select respondents would
replace Sirius XM with terrestrial radio.
Hauser WRT Fig 10–B; Dhar CWDT ¶
52, Table 1. Sirius XM notes that
Professor Dhar himself was unsurprised
by these results. He testified at the
hearing that he anticipated that, if he
had explicitly offered respondents the
choice of free music or AM/FM radio
from the outset, he would have expected
the number of people who chose those
options to be higher. 5/8/17 Tr. 2920–
22 (Dhar).
The Judges find the original Dhar
Survey to be seriously flawed. The Dhar
Survey failed to make prominent to
respondents the option of selecting
terrestrial radio as an alternative source
of music if they made a price-based
decision not to renew their Sirius XM
subscriptions. Equally problematic are
the absences from the Dhar Survey of
any choice for a respondent to state that
he or she would either increase listening
to a streaming service to which he or she
already subscribed, or to increase
listening to downloads or CDs that the
respondent already owned.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Professor Dhar testified that the
purpose of the study, as explained to
him by the SoundExchange economic
expert witnesses, was to estimate the
number of cancelling Sirius XM
subscribers who would then subscribe
to an on-demand or a ‘‘not-on-demand’’
music streaming service. He explained
that he did not make alternative free
choices more prominent and explicit
because the ‘‘marketplace context’’ that
‘‘the [SoundExchange] economists . . .
were really interested in’’ was the
subscription streaming context. Tr. 5/
18/17 2752 (Dhar); see also id. at 2751,
2752, 2754, 2810, 2889, 2921 (multiple
instances of justifying the original
formulation by reference to
‘‘marketplace context’’). The Judges find
this testimony to be credible, and it
suggests that Professor Dhar was not
engaged to prepare a study that would
give equal prominence to the potential
alternative that Sirius XM subscribers
might choose free alternatives. Thus, the
Judges agree with Sirius XM that, by his
own admission, Professor Dhar did not
comprehensively measure what Sirius
XM subscribers would do if they
stopped using Sirius XM. By focusing
myopically on what he (misleadingly)
was told was the ‘‘marketplace context’’
of subscription streaming, the Dhar
Survey essentially assumed its
conclusion. This is a crucial defect,
given that the use for which the Dhar
Survey was intended was to weight
‘‘opportunity costs’’ in a manner that
expressly included at least one free
alternative, i.e., the substitution of
terrestrial radio. It is disingenuous for
SoundExchange to argue, through
Professor Dhar, that its intention was
not to identify the percent of Sirius XM
listeners who would choose terrestrial
radio (or any other free alternative),
given that the Dhar Survey actually did
solicit such responses, albeit in a
fashion that reduced the frequency of
that response, particularly in contrast
with the results of the Modified Dhar
Survey.
The switching questions in the
original Dhar survey are problematic for
additional reasons. First, the power of a
‘‘free’’ alternative is well-understood.
See C. Anderson, Free: The Future of a
Radical Price 4, 2 (2009) (‘‘Free is both
a familiar concept and a deeply
mysterious one. . . . ‘Free-to-air’ radio
. . . created the mass market.’’); D.
Ariely, Predictably Irrational at 51–52
(2009) (when offered a Lindt Truffle for
26 cents and a Hershey’s Kiss for 1 cent,
40% opted for each choice; when price
of each decreased by one cent (making
the Kiss free), 90% opted for free
chocolate).
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Second, as the Lenski Survey 95 made
clear, 62% of Sirius XM subscribers had
listened primarily to terrestrial radio
before switching to Sirius XM. Written
Direct Testimony of Joe Lenski, Trial Ex.
7, at 8 (Lenski WDT). Notwithstanding
any problems in the Lenski Survey, it is
not disputed that a substantial portion
of the Sirius XM listener base migrated
from listening to terrestrial radio. Sirius
XM also presented testimony that the
‘‘vast majority’’ of Sirius XM listening,
occurs in the automobile, and most
listeners in automobiles still utilize
terrestrial radio as their primary music
source. See Written Direct Testimony of
James Meyer, Trial Ex. 1, ¶ 21 (Meyer
WDT). Simply put, the marketplace is
suffused with evidence of the
substantial past and present use of
terrestrial radio.
These data underscore the Judges’
finding that the Dhar Survey’s burying
of the terrestrial radio alternative fails to
depict the marketplace reality. Indeed, it
is surprising that Professor Dhar (and
anyone who directed him regarding the
purpose of his survey) would repeatedly
rely on the ‘‘marketplace context’’
rationale to justify the construction of
the switching questions in the Dhar
Survey and the results those questions
elicited. The failure of the Dhar Survey
explicitly to offer to a respondent, in
any set of responses to any questions,
the choice of increased listening to a
streaming service to which the
respondent has an existing subscription
is especially problematic. From an
economic perspective increased
listening by a respondent to a service to
which a respondent already subscribes
is marginally ‘‘free,’’ because there is no
increase in cost to access an existing
monthly ‘‘all-you-can-eat’’ subscription
to a music service in the car. More
egregiously, the Dhar Survey explicitly
instructs respondents before presenting
the first switching question:
Keeping in mind all other music services
you subscribe to would you or would you not
subscribe to a paid music service in place of
Sirius? This would only include a new
subscription, and would not include a music
service that you currently subscribe to.
Dhar CWDT, at 69, App. D. Thus, not
only did the Dhar Survey fail to provide
respondents with an explicit choice to
utilize a music streaming service to
which they had an existing
subscription, it explicitly primed them
to think specifically of such services
95 Sirius XM commissioned a listener survey to
determine the sources of Sirius XM listeners and
the destinations to which they would migrate if
Sirius XM were not available. The Lenski survey is
discussed infra, section VII.D.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
and then to consciously NOT select that
service as an alternative.
The Judges’ foregoing critique should
not be understood as a finding that
Professor Hauser’s Modified Dhar
Survey is without defects. Professor
Hauser altered the composition of the
survey population by excluding
respondents who had recently taken a
music survey (in an attempt, he
claimed, to eliminate respondents who
participated in the original Dhar
Survey). Hauser WRT ¶ 96. Professor
Hauser’s different population renders
the Modified Dhar Survey less than
perfectly analogous to the original Dhar
Survey. The record does not reflect that
this alteration of the survey population
biased the results; nor is there any
evidence that the change was in any
way material. Consequently, the Judges
do not find this defect to render the
Modified Dhar Survey unreliable.
In addition, 24 participants in the
Modified Dhar survey said they would
listen to an on-demand service to which
they already subscribe, even though
they had answered the ‘‘pricing
question’’ by stating that they were not
then subscribing to such a service.96 See
5/8/17 Tr. 2822 (Dhar); Trial Ex. 293, at
1. In his defense, Professor Hauser
explained that he used Professor Dhar’s
non-switching (i.e., pricing) questions
verbatim in order to tease out any
differences arising from the switching
questions, and that the non-switching
questions listed only Spotify and Apple
Music as interactive services, and
Pandora, then a noninteractive service.
See Dhar CWDT, App. D at 61, 63.
Professor Hauser testified that, in his
opinion, the anomaly could be
explained by the fact that respondents
who used other interactive streaming
services, such as those offered by
Amazon or Google, might have thought
the ‘‘pricing’’ question about existing
subscriptions to interactive services was
limited to Apple Music and Spotify.
Thus the respondents indicated they did
not subscribe to either of them, but
could respond affirmatively that they
would listen to another On-Demand
service to which they subscribed. 5/9/17
Tr. 3104–05 (Hauser). While that
explanation is plausible, it is
unsupported by record evidence.97 As
Professor Dhar demonstrated, this
96 Professor Dhar identified a potential similar
problem with regard to respondents who indicated
they would switch to an existing noninteractive
service, but had previously indicated they did not
subscribe to such a service. However, he did not
make any adjustments to correct this problem.
97 Professor Dhar posited a different explanation
for this anomaly. See 5/8/17 Tr. 2814–16 (Dhar). In
light of Professor Hauser’s failure adequately to
explain the anomaly, the Judges need not consider
Professor Dhar’s alternative explanation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
anomaly materially affected the survey
results: If one were to re-categorize
those 24 responses as having stated that
they would subscribe to a new ondemand service, the percentage of
respondents who would switch to a new
interactive service would increase from
15% to 19%. 5/8/17 Tr. 2822–23
(Dhar).98 The Judges adopt Professor
Dhar’s re-categorization to correct this
anomaly in the Modified Dhar Survey.
Finally, Professor Hauser did not
identify confidence intervals around his
survey results which could have been
estimated by use of the ‘‘bootstrap’’
method. Such a subsequent subsampling and calculation would have
bolstered Professor Hauser’s weighting
based on the Modified Dhar Survey. Cf.
Dhar CWDT ¶ 90. There is no
evidentiary requirement that an on-line
survey that, by its non-random nature,
fails to produce a statistical random
sample must be subjected to a
bootstrapping approach to carry
evidentiary weight. Indeed, the
requirements for precise statistical
reliability that exist in the academic
world should not constrain Judges from
accepting and relying on evidence that
is otherwise probative when considered
in the context of the entire evidentiary
record. See, e.g., Matrixx Initiatives, Inc.
v. Siracusano, 563 U.S. 27, 44 (2011)
(demonstration of ‘‘statistical
significance’’ not required to
demonstrate reliable causal relationship
when relationship demonstrated
through ‘‘content and context’’
evidence). Moreover, the standardsetting organization for survey work, the
American Association for Public
Opinion Research (AAPOR), upon
which Professor Dhar relied to use a
bootstrapping approach, is by its
express language a ‘‘nonbinding
document,’’ and thus does not require
the use of the bootstrapping technique
through which statistical significance
could be ascertained. See Dhar WDT,
Ex. G, at 1(AAPOR Guidance on
Reporting Precision for Nonprobability
Samples).
On balance, the Judges find the
Modified Dhar Survey (corrected by
Professor Dhar, as noted supra) to be
more probative than the original Dhar
Survey. Once corrected to account for
the anomalous responses described
above, the potential deficiencies in
Professor Hauser’s Modified Dhar
Survey appear to the Judges to be of
relatively marginal significance when
98 Professor Hauser also conceded that he checked
all the numbers in Trial Ex. 293 (in which Professor
Dhar tabulated inconsistent answers in Professor
Hauser’s survey and listed the sources for the data),
and Professor Hauser found them to be correct. 5/
9/17 Tr. 3143–44 (Hauser).
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65235
compared with the defects in the
original Dhar survey. The Modified
Dhar Survey came closer to the core of
the issue at hand: Distinguishing among
the alternative distribution channels to
which erstwhile Sirius XM subscribers
would migrate if the Sirius subscription
price became so high as to dissuade
renewal.
3. Re-Weighting Opportunity Cost
Calculation With Modified Dhar Survey
Professor Farrell took Professor
Hauser’s data from the Modified Dhar
Survey and plugged them into Professor
Willig’s opportunity cost calculations.
In so doing, Professor Farrell
persuasively demonstrated that
Professor Willig’s opportunity cost fell
significantly below the $2.55 per
subscriber per month level, and thus
below the [REDACTED]% royalty rate
Professor Willig found to be implied by
that $2.55 figure.99 See 4/24/17 Tr. 636–
37 (Farrell); Farrell WRT ¶¶ 62–66.
Professor Farrell noted that the
Modified Dhar Survey had 498
respondents who self-identified as paid
Sirius XM subscribers. Among these 498
respondents, 13 answered the survey’s
pricing questions by stating that they
would continue to subscribe to Sirius
XM at any price. Therefore, like
Professor Willig, Professor Farrell
excluded these 13 from the pool used to
weight the opportunity cost calculation.
Another 22 respondents to the Modified
Dhar Survey answered ‘‘Don’t know/
unsure’’ to whether they would cancel
at various hypothetical Sirius XM
subscription prices. Again, consistent
with Professor Willig’s treatment of
respondents who answered in this
manner, Professor Farrell excluded
these 22 respondents from the pool used
to weight the opportunity cost
calculation. The remaining 463
respondents were then asked what
source of music they would switch to in
lieu of listening to Sirius XM. Farrell
WRT, App. F at F–1.
Professor Farrell presented in tabular
form (1) the options from which the 463
respondents in the Modified Dhar
Survey could choose; (2) the counts of
respondents who chose each option; (3)
the ratio by which the respondents
would divert to each option; and (4) the
creator compensation for each option.
His calculations are detailed on the
following table.
99 To be clear, Professor Farrell did not agree with
the opportunity cost values that Professor Willig
calculated, because Professor Farrell described
them as monopoly-based opportunity costs (as
noted, supra, Professor Willig called them walkaway opportunity costs). However, Professor
Farrell’s re-working of Professor Willig’s
opportunity cost analysis utilizes, arguendo,
Professor Willig’s ‘‘walk-away’’ opportunity costs.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65236
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
MODIFIED DHAR SURVEY RESPONSES—DIVERSION AND CREATOR COMPENSATION
Respondent choice
Alternate paid interactive service (e.g., Spotify/Apple Music) .....................................................
Existing paid interactive service (e.g., Spotify/Apple Music) .......................................................
Alternate paid non-interactive service (e.g., Pandora One etc.) .................................................
Existing paid non-interactive service (e.g., Pandora One etc.) ...................................................
Alternate CDs or music downloads .............................................................................................
Existing CDs or music collection .................................................................................................
AM/FM radio ................................................................................................................................
Other free options ........................................................................................................................
Free, ad-supported non-interactive service ..........................................................................
Free, ad-supported interactive service .................................................................................
Free, ad-supported music video sites ..................................................................................
Music channel included in existing cable/SAT TV subscription ...........................................
Peer-to-peer file sharing or free download sites ..................................................................
Borrow CDs, vinyl or tapes from friends or a library ...........................................................
Other free services ...............................................................................................................
Don’t know/unsure ................................................................................................................
Other ............................................................................................................................................
None ............................................................................................................................................
Don’t know/unsure .......................................................................................................................
69
57
45
30
97
240
359
184
138
92
70
59
17
52
13
9
15
8
7
Total ......................................................................................................................................
463
Farrell WRT, App. F at F–2 (Table 3).100
Professor Farrell used the above data
to calculate the opportunity cost (i.e.,
the walk-away opportunity cost). More
particularly, Professor Farrell engaged
in a nine-step calculation to compute
opportunity costs.
Professor Farrell first eliminated the
seven respondents who chose ‘‘Don’t
know/unsure,’’ noting that this was
equivalent to assuming that these seven
would divert to the different options in
the same proportions as the remaining
456 respondents.101 He calculated the
diversion ratio for each option as the
number of respondents who chose that
option divided by 456. Professor Farrell
then used the same values for ‘‘creator
compensation per subscriber per
month’’ as set forth in Table 2 of
Professor Willig’s WDT, including
Professor Willig’s adjustments for
intensity of use.102 See Farrell WRT,
App. F at F–2.
Professor Farrell noted that in both
the Dhar Survey and the Modified Dhar
Survey, many respondents chose
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Count
100 Professor Farrell used the creator
compensation figures from Table 2 in the Willig
WDT whenever available. However, Professor
Willig had not covered in his Table 2: Peer-to-peer
file sharing or free download sites, borrowed CDs,
vinyl or tapes from friends or a library, other free
services, don’t know/unsure regarding free options,
and ‘‘other.’’ Professor Farrell discounted this point,
noting that (with the exception of ‘‘Don’t know/
unsure’’ under free options), these other services
not in Professor Willig’s Table 2 have zero creator
compensation value.
101 Professor Willig adopted the same approach
when treating ‘‘Don’t know/unsure.’’ Willig WDT at
B–3.
102 Professor Farrell did not opine on the
appropriateness of Professor Willig’s adjustment for
intensity of use. Farrell WRT at F–2.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Diversion ratio
(%)
Creator comp/
subscriber/mo.
15.10%
12.50
9.90
6.60
21.30
52.60
78.70
........................
30.30
20.20
15.40
12.90
3.70
11.40
2.90
2.00
3.30
1.80
$[REDACTED]
0.00
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
0.00
0.00
........................
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
[REDACTED]
0.00
0.00
multiple nonsubscription options.
Professor Farrell generally matched
Professor Willig’s approach, assuming
equal intensity of use for the multiple
options chosen by a given
respondent.103 Professor Farrell
calculated the overall intensity of use
for a given option across all respondents
who selected that option as equal to the
average intensity of use for that option
across all respondents who selected that
option. See Farrell WRT, App. F at F–
3. Applying this foregoing approach for
each option, Professor Farrell calculated
an ‘‘intensity-adjusted creator
compensation.’’ 104 Professor Farrell’s
calculation generated an opportunity
cost of $1.44 per subscriber per
month.105 (Professor Farrell also applied
the diversion data from the Lenski
Survey (discussed later in this
Determination) and arrived at a similar
opportunity cost estimate of $1.43.
Farrell WRT ¶ 66.106)
Professor Farrell used the same
methodology for survey respondents
who were Sirius XM free trial
subscribers. See id., App F at F–3–F–4.
However, the Judges do not find the trial
subscriber population to be an
appropriate universe from which to
calculate opportunity cost because trial
subscribers have not demonstrated a
positive WTP.
SoundExchange failed to raise
persuasive objections to Professor
Farrell’s opportunity cost calculation
103 See Willig WDT at B–3 and B–4. Unlike
Professor Willig, Professor Farrell assumed equal
intensity of use percentages whenever individuals
selected combined free options and paid services in
in their multiple option choices, whereas Professor
Willig assigned 50% to alternate CD or music
downloads, and 25% to each of the free options.
According to Professor Farrell, this difference did
not have a large impact on the size of the
opportunity cost.
104 Professor Farrell assumed that creator
compensation for the option ‘‘Other’’ to be zero. See
Farrell WRT, App. F, at F–3. Professor Willig
appeared to make the same assumption. See Willig
WDT at B–8.
105 Professor Farrell recognized that the value
(unweighted) of the monthly ‘‘unit creator
compensation $ per subscriber’’ could decrease if a
lower intensity of use (fewer plays) among those
who selected multiple options also reduced the
overall revenue base under a per play royalty
structure as calculated under Professor Willig’s
assumptions. The $1.44 opportunity cost set forth
in the accompanying text assumes (in favor of the
licensors) that creator compensation for paid
services and paid non-interactive services does not
decrease for decreased intensity of use. Professor
Farrell opined that—if noninteractive services alone
would pay a lower royalty (because their royalty
payments are based on a per-play/intensity-based
formula), but interactive service royalties would not
be similarly reduced because of a reduction in
intensity of use (i.e., if they more likely to pay
royalties on a per-subscriber or percent-of-revenue
basis)—his opportunity cost calculation would
generate a lower opportunity cost of $1.35. See
Farrell WRT, App. F, at F–3. However, Professor
Farrell does not provide in his written or oral
testimony a basis to make this ‘‘creator
contribution’’ adjustment based on relative changes
in intensity, and the Judges therefore do not credit
his argument that—under his reworking of
Professor Willig’s opportunity cost calculations—
the opportunity cost can be reduced from $1.44 to
$1.35.
106 As explained elsewhere in this Determination,
the Lenski Survey did not provide pricing
information to respondents, making it a less
valuable tool for estimating opportunity cost.
Accordingly, the Judges do not rely on Professor
Farrell’s $1.43 opportunity cost calculation that is
based on the Lenski Survey as an independent basis
to calculate opportunity cost, but rather consider it
as confirmation that Professor Willig’s opportunity
cost calculation (based on the original Dhar Survey)
was too high.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
based on the Modified Dhar Survey. In
its PFF, SoundExchange asserts only:
Professor Farrell also revised Professor
Willig’s opportunity cost calculations to
show what the industry-wide opportunity
cost would be if one used diversion ratios
from the Hauser and Lenski surveys. Trial Ex.
10 at 17–21 (Farrell WRT); 4/24/17 Tr. 636:2–
7 (Farrell). It is not clear what the point of
this exercise was — neither the Lenksi nor
the Hauser survey can reliably be used to
calculate opportunity costs, as Sirius XM’s
own experts admit.
SEPFF561. Likewise, in its RPFF,
SoundExchange does not attack any
aspect of Professor Farrell’s application
of the Modified Dhar Survey, but rather
renews its attack on the underlying
work of Professor Hauser:
Professor Farrell’s recasting of Professor
Willig’s calculations using the Hauser survey
is invalid since the Hauser survey entirely
misstated the switching question, see SE FOF
¶¶614–22, and since Professor Hauser
conceded unequivocally that the economists
should not rely on his survey, see SE FOF
¶619 (citing Hauser testimony).
SERPFF, Response to ¶ 408 at 266.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
SoundExchange’s objection to the use
of Professor Farrell’s approach is
dependent on its antecedent criticism of
Professor Hauser’s analysis. As
discussed, however, the Judges have
found the Modified Dhar Survey results
to be more accurate and probative than
the results produced by the Dhar
Survey. Accordingly, SoundExchange’s
criticism is without merit.107
Using Professor Dhar’s corrected
calculation indicating that 19% of Sirius
XM subscribers would switch to a new
interactive subscription service, the per
Sirius XM subscriber opportunity cost
increases from $1.44 to
$[REDACTED].108 Given Sirius XM’s
107 In its RPFF, SoundExchange added to its
argument: ‘‘Professor Hauser conceded
unequivocally that the economists should not rely
on his survey.’’ However, Professor Hauser made
this comment because he also objected to other
aspects of the Dhar Survey, particularly with regard
to its ‘‘pricing’’ questions, that he nonetheless
retained in the Modified Dhar Survey. Thus, he
argued that these antecedent deficiencies in the
Modified Dhar Survey precluded reliance on the
results derived from his modified ‘‘switching’’
questions in the Modified Dhar Survey. The Judges
disagree with Professor Hauser’s characterization of
the deficiencies he identified in the Dhar Survey
that were unrelated to the ‘‘switching’’ questions.
Thus, the Judges can and do give considerable
weight to the Modified Dhar Survey, which they
find sufficiently credible and probative.
108 15.1% of the ‘‘creator contribution’’ value of
$[REDACTED] equals $[REDACTED]. 19% of
$[REDACTED] equals $[REDACTED]. The
difference is $[REDACTED] ($[REDACTED] ¥
$[REDACTED] = $[REDACTED]). When that
$[REDACTED] is added to the $1.44 calculated by
Professor Farrell, the full opportunity cost based on
the Modified Dhar Survey (as adjusted for the
foregoing anomaly in the Hauser survey answers) is
$[REDACTED].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
ARPU of $[REDACTED], the percent-ofrevenue royalty rate derived from the
$[REDACTED] per subscriber per month
opportunity cost is 15.5%.109
C. Opportunity Cost Model and Effective
Competition
In Web IV, the Judges reconfirmed
that a statutory willing-buyer, willingseller royalty rate is one that would
emerge in a market that is effectively
competitive. See Web IV, 81 FR at
26334. Both SoundExchange and Sirius
XM acknowledged that the rate set in
this proceeding must reflect a market
with such effective competition. 4/26/17
Tr. 1103 (Orszag) (agreeing that ‘‘the
rates to be set here by the Judges . . .
must reflect the workings of effective
competition’’); Shapiro CWDT at 21
(‘‘My approach here is consistent with
the one taken by the Judges in Web
IV . . . . I use the terms ‘workably
competitive’ and ‘effectively
competitive interchangeably.’’); 4/20/17
Tr. 366 (Shapiro) (‘‘prices . . . at a
complementary oligopoly level [are] not
[at] a workably competitive level.’’).
The Judges defined an effectively
competitive market In Web IV as one
that ‘‘mitigate[s] the effect of
complementary oligopoly on the prices
paid by . . . services . . . .’’ Web IV, 81
FR at 26366. To obtain the rate that is
effectively competitive, the Judges
considered the services’ ability to
‘‘steer’’ listeners as a sufficient
counterweight to the Majors’
complementary oligopoly power. Id. at
26343. The Judges also noted in Web IV
that SoundExchange had correctly
described the concept of effective
competition as ‘‘fuzzy’’ and that ‘‘no
‘bright line’ can be drawn between
effectively competitive and
noncompetitive rates.’’ Id. As the Judges
further noted, the implication of this
‘‘fuzziness’’ was not that the principle of
effective competition should be
discarded, but rather that this ‘‘fuzzy
line’’ needs to be drawn on a case-bycase basis, from the evidence and
testimony adduced at the hearing.’’ Id.
(emphasis added).
In the present proceeding, the parties’
economists proposed that the Judges
once again adjust for improper market
power by applying a steering
adjustment. SoundExchange proposed
109 Professor Willig attempted to corroborate
Professor Dhar’s diversion ratios with a regression
analysis seeking to measure relative crosselasticities. The Judges do not apply that analysis
because: (1) The Dhar Survey results are without
value (as discussed previously) and therefore
cannot be ‘‘corroborated’’; and (2) there were
significant disputes regarding the accuracy of
Professor Willig’s regression that rendered the value
of that analysis inconclusive. See Shapiro WRT at
27–37.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65237
that the Judges select from one of three
possible adjustments: (1) The 12%
steering adjustment revealed by the
specific steering evidence in Web IV; (2)
a [REDACTED]% steering adjustment
allegedly implied by the provisions of
‘‘Mid-tier’’ agreements 110 between
record companies and streaming
services, see 4/25/17 Tr. at 1053
(Orszag); or (3) a [REDACTED]%
steering adjustment implied by rates in
direct licenses between Sirius XM and
certain Indies. See Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Jonathan Orszag, Trial Ex.
43, ¶ 70 (Orszag WRT). However, in this
proceeding, these proposed adjustments
are unacceptable.
The Judges cannot simply import the
12% steering adjustment from Web IV
into the satellite market; that 12% figure
was derived from highly specific
evidence presented in Web IV. There is
not an adequate basis in the present
record to support a finding that the
noninteractive market from which that
steering adjustment arose is sufficiently
similar to the satellite radio market to
render reasonable an importation of the
12% steering adjustment here. In
particular, the record shows that Sirius
XM does not steer in the satellite market
despite the ability of its human
programmers (as opposed to algorithmic
programmers) to do so in order to
potentially reduce rates in exchange for
additional plays, which is the essence of
steering. See infra, section VII.C.
For two reasons, the Judges cannot
accept the proffered [REDACTED]%
steering adjustment that
SoundExchange divined from the Midtier agreements. First, there is no
evidence in the record to indicate
whether that proposed adjustment may
reflect a premium that a Major may
impose not to prohibit a licensee from
steering away from the licensor, rather
than a discount offered to encourage a
licensee to steer toward the licensor.
Further, the rate differentials in those
agreements on which SoundExchange’s
economic expert, Mr. Orszag, relied
appear to be the product of many other
differences in those agreements in
addition to the steering/no-steering
distinction, as Mr. Orszag candidly
acknowledged. 4/26/17 Tr. 1155–56
(Orszag); see also SXM RPFF ¶¶ 85–86
(and record citations therein).
Finally, the Judges reject any steering
adjustment based on the direct licenses
between Sirius XM and various Indies.
As explained in the discussion of
110 ‘‘Mid-tier’’ services means internet streaming
services that offer only limited interactivity, and
thus offer a tier of service between a noninteractive
service and a fully interactive service. The limited
interactive functionality of the mid-tier service
offerings includes limited caching and playbacks.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65238
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Professor Shapiro’s reliance on these
direct licenses as benchmarks, the
record is clear that multiple other
provisions of those direct licenses
provided substantial consideration to
the Indie licensors to justify their
willingness to enter into those deals.
Moreover, the Indie direct licenses
contain neither legal guarantees nor
economic incentives that would compel
or motivate steering by Sirius XM in
favor of direct licensors.
Accordingly, the Judges must review
the record in this proceeding to identify
a means to establish rates that are
consistent with effective competition.
The Judges accept certain principles
regarding the nature of effective
competition. ‘‘Between the extremes of
a market with ‘metaphysically perfect
competition’ and a monopoly (or
collusive oligopoly) market devoid of
competition there exists ‘[in] the real
world . . . a mindboggling array of
different markets’ . . . all of which
possess varying characteristics of a
‘competitive marketplace.’ ’’ Web IV at
26333 (citing Web III Remand, 79 FR at
23114, n.37).111 Economists have long
understood that the ‘‘fuzzy’’ nature of
the concept of effective competition is
inescapable, yet the concept must be
applied, lest pragmatic economic
analysis be straightjacketed by rigid
textbook models such as perfect
competition and simple monopoly.112
The D.C. Circuit has recognized this
conceptual fuzziness, acknowledging in
the rate-setting context the need for
pragmatic market analysis, establishing
rates intermediate between the
pedagogical poles of perfect competition
and pure monopoly. See Intercollegiate
Broad. Sys., Inc. v. Copyright Royalty
Board, 574 F.3d 748, 757 (D.C. Cir.
2009) (IBS) (statutory provisions ‘‘do[ ]
not require that the market assumed by
the Judges achieve metaphysical
perfection in competitiveness’’
(emphasis added)).113
111 See J. M. Clark, Toward a Concept of Effective
Competition, 30 a.m. Econ. Rev. 241, 243 (1940)
(‘‘The specific character of competition in any given
case depends on a surprisingly large number of
conditions . . . .’’).
112 See A. Kahn, Antitrust Policy, 67 Harv. L.
Rev., 28, 35, (1953) (‘‘[T]here exists no generally
accepted economic yardstick appropriate for
incorporation into law with which objectively to
measure monopoly power or determine what degree
is compatible with workable competition.’’); J.
Markham, An Alternative Approach to the Concept
of Workable Competition 349, 361 (1950) (The
concepts of ‘‘market performance and workable
competition are essentially pragmatic’’); G.
Stocking, Economic Change and the Sherman Act:
Some Reflections on ‘‘Workable Competition,’’ 44
Va. L. Rev. 537, 553 (1958) (‘‘the economists’
concept of workable competition . . . is vague
. . . .).
113 The quoted language refers to section
114(f)(2)(B), which governs the compulsory license
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
D. Professor Willig’s ‘‘Fork in the Road’’
Approach and Sirius XM’s Own Market
Power
The Judges find no basis to lock
themselves into a Hobson’s choice by
which they must either adopt an
inapplicable steering adjustment as a
proxy for an adjustment to reflect
effective competition, or accept a rate
that is higher than an effectively
competitive rate.114 ‘‘Steering’’ is not
the only way the inefficient market
power of complementary oligopoly can
be offset or mitigated in order to
establish an effectively competitive rate.
In this regard, in his hearing
testimony, Professor Willig explained
how and why his opportunity cost
approach would result in a rate that is
effectively competitive. Professor Willig
described a ‘‘fork in the road’’ for the
Judges as follows:
[T]he fork in the road is whether, in
considering the comparison between the
opportunity cost and the royalty rate in the
target market, should you take the other
markets as they are or should you bring in
hypotheticals and make adjustments to the
opportunity cost based on . . . changes in
the other markets? And that to me is a very
consequential fork in the road . . . .
5/2/17 Tr. 2040 (Willig); see id. at 2047,
2153. Professor Willig opined that
attempts to adjust one rate downward,
such as the interactive rate, to account
for the complementary oligopoly effect,
would be incomplete, because other
distribution modes, such as terrestrial
radio, do not generate sound recording
royalties and thus do not create a
positive opportunity cost. Thus,
Professor Willig described as a ‘‘morass’’
any attempt to take the ‘‘fork-in-theroad’’ by which the Judges attempt to
adjust every rate that fails to reflect
market forces. See id. at 2057, 2048.
Rather, he recommends that the Judges
‘‘should take the fork in the road that
says take those markets as they are
because that’s what drives honest-togoodness opportunity cost.’’ Id. at 2057.
This is precisely what the Judges
accomplish by taking the opportunity
cost analysis that results in the 15.5%
rate.115 The Judges further note that
for eligible nonsubscription services and new
subscription services. Under the license at issue in
the present case, the D.C. Circuit has not required
the Judges to adopt market rates. However, to the
extent that the Judges choose to use market rates as
an input for the development of rates under section
801(b)(1) (as they do here), the quoted language
from IBS is instructive.
114 A third possibility would be to utilize an
otherwise appropriate market benchmark rate that
is effectively competitive. However, the Judges
cannot identify such a rate in the present record.
115 The Judges’ rate is less than the rate proposed
by Professor Willig, because the Judges give less
probative weight to the Dhar Survey, not because
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Sirius XM did not challenge Professor
Willig’s ‘‘fork in the road’’ concept,
either in cross-examination or in its
post-hearing proposed findings and
replies to proposed findings.
Accordingly, the Judges find that the
15.5% opportunity-cost derived rate: (1)
Reflects the offsetting market forces of
higher complementary oligopoly rates
and lower (zero) opportunity costs
attributable to listeners who otherwise
would migrate to terrestrial radio; and
(2) is consistent with Professor Willig’s
opinion regarding the need for a
consistent treatment of market forces, as
described in his ‘‘fork in the road’’
analysis.
This ‘‘fork in the road’’ approach is
also consistent with a recognition of the
countervailing downstream market
power that Sirius XM, the sole SDARS
licensee, possesses as a monopolist in
that downstream market, narrowly
defined as the market for the sale of
subscriptions to satellite radio. To be
sure, this narrow definition of the
market ignores various other forms of
music distribution, such as terrestrial
radio and all other alternative
distribution channels identified in the
survey analyses. However, as that
survey evidence makes clear, even
terrestrial radio, which is free to the
listener, cannot attract sufficient
listeners to deprive Sirius XM of the
substantial profits it realizes from its
unique position as the only supplier of
satellite radio in the market. Further,
Sirius XM is priced higher than
interactive (and noninteractive)
streaming services. Yet, despite their
differentiated features, those services to
date have been unable to convince
enough Sirius XM subscribers to convert
to a new paid subscription service to
reduce the revenues and profits realized
by Sirius XM. Clearly, Sirius XM’s
uniquely differentiated service has
struck a chord with music listeners—
particularly those who listen to Sirius
XM in the car. This point was made
clearly by Professor Shapiro, who
testified:
Sirius XM spends substantial sums of
money on its infrastructure and satellites. In
doing so, it creates a unique differentiated
service. That is quite valuable to consumers.
That’s why they are willing to pay for the
service and, of course, most of the listening
is in the car.
5/4/17 Tr. 2550 (Shapiro).116
they disagree with Professor Willig’s opportunity
cost approach.
116 Sirius XM is both a monopolist, in the sale of
satellite radio subscriptions, and a competitor
among the various distribution channels more
broadly. This is not an inconsistency. Since 1933,
economists have recognized that a firm may be a
‘‘monopolistic competitor,’’ with the power of a
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Correspondingly, Sirius XM bears all
the hallmarks of a ‘‘natural monopoly.’’
A natural monopoly develops when ‘‘it
is cheaper for [an] entrepreneur to
produce q units than it is to have those
units produced by two [or more] smaller
firms . . . .’’ A. Schotter,
Microeconomics: A Modern Approach
416 (2009); see also W. Baumol and R.
Willig, Fixed Costs, Sunk Costs, Entry
Barriers, and Sustainability of
Monopoly, 96 Q.J.Econ. 405, 409, 418
(1981) (‘‘[A]n industry has been called
a natural monopoly if . . . industry
outputs can be produced more cheaply
by a single firm than by any
combination of several firms. These per
unit costs arise from relatively large
sunk costs (compared to marginal costs)
and those sunk costs act as ‘‘barriers to
entry [that] . . . impede the
establishment of new firms [because]
[t]he need to sink money into a new
enterprise, whether into physical
capital, advertising, or anything else
imposes a difference between the
incremental cost and the incremental
risk that are faced by an entrant and an
incumbent’’); H. Varian, Intermediate
Economics: A Modern Approach at 453
(‘‘When there are large fixed costs and
small marginal costs, [that] situation is
referred to as a natural monopoly.’’). As
a natural monopolist in the satellite
radio market, Sirius XM can, and does,
realize substantial profits, as
demonstrated in fine detail by Professor
Lys. The history of Sirius XM bears out
this point. When there were only two
satellite firms—Sirius and XM—both
were on the brink of bankruptcy. See
SDARS II, 78 FR at 23069. After they
merged, they were transformed from
two pumpkins into a single coach, as it
were, realizing profits across many
financial measures. See Lys WDT,
passim.
In the hypothetical market the Judges
construct in this proceeding, they
identify significant power on both the
licensor side and the licensee side. On
the licensor side, that power is reflected
in the opportunity cost analysis—the
‘‘creator contribution’’ values identified
by Professor Willig. Those values
embody the complementary oligopoly
features that flow from the ‘‘must have’’
nature of the Majors’ repertoires. On the
licensee side, there are profits that flow
from two sources: (1) The highly
differentiated nature of Sirius XM’s
offerings that permits it to attract
monopoly (as reflected in the downward sloping
demand curve it faces) but the restraints of
competition (making that demand curve relatively
elastic compared to the demand curve for the
product of a full-fledged monopolist). See E.
Chamberlin, The Theory of Monopolistic
Competition (1933).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
listeners who otherwise would listen to
free terrestrial radio; and (2) the
entrepreneurial ability by which Sirius
XM has harnessed the natural monopoly
structure of satellite radio delivery to its
financial benefit.
The Judges find from this record that
the hypothetical upstream market
negotiations between such economically
powerful entities would resemble a
bilateral monopoly. Thus, as Professor
Willig testified, the record companies
would be expected to recover their
opportunity costs (inclusive of any
complementary oligopoly profits).
Through its own market power, Sirius
XM could afford to pay those
opportunity costs because, as Professor
Lys explained,117 it earns sufficient
profits to pay those opportunity costs
and still earn a significant profit.
Thus, Professor Willig’s ‘‘fork in the
road’’ approach, and Sirius XM’s
capacity to pay the market-based
opportunity costs, taken together or
separately, are supportive of the 15.5%
rate determined by the Judges.
E. The ‘‘Efficient Component Pricing
Rule’’
Professor Willig identified another
approach to rate-setting: The Efficient
Component Pricing Rule (ECPR). As he
described this approach:
The ECPR rates would be calculated by
adding on to the direct cost of providing
access the opportunity cost of the
competitive entry; i.e. the margin on the
competitive business that the copyright
owners would lose if the entrant won that
business away. In short, ECPR prescribes
rates for access equal to direct plus
competitive opportunity costs.
Willig WDT ¶35.
Professor Willig testified that the
ECPR could be ‘‘somewhat relevant here
since the statutory royalty at issue can
be construed as the price of access to the
copyrights protecting the sound
recordings, and since the various modes
of distribution of the sound recordings
do compete with each other to various
extents.’’ Willig WDT ¶14. Moreover,
Professor Willig noted that ‘‘by its very
design, ECPR is arguably consistent
with the policy objectives (a), (b), and
(c) of section 801(b)(1).’’ Id. At first
blush, it is puzzling that Professor
Willig did not include in his written
testimony an explicit application of the
ECPR model.118 However, in a colloquy
117 Professor Lys’s detailed examination of Sirius
XM’s profitability is discussed later in this
Determination.
118 The absence of a more explicit application of
the ECPR approach by Professor Willig in his
Written Direct Testimony is also somewhat
surprising because Professor Willig has been
identified by his colleagues as the economist who
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65239
with the Judges, Professor Willig
acknowledged that his ‘‘opportunity
cost’’ model constituted an application
of the ECPR model.119
Professor Willig testified that he was
reluctant to rely solely on the ECPR
approach because it is intended to
establish rates that correct for the case
in which an owner of an upstream
essential (‘‘must have’’) input also
competes downstream in the retail
market (i.e., a vertically-integrated firm)
but refuses to make the essential input
available to would-be competitors (i.e.,
the upstream firm engages in what is
known as ‘‘foreclosure’’).
The Judges find the Opportunity Cost/
ECPR approach to be more applicable
here than Professor Willig suggested.
Although the Judges do not constitute
an ‘‘antitrust court,’’ the parties
acknowledge that the Judges must
establish rates that are effectively
competitive, i.e., that adjust or offset
sufficiently for any complementary
oligopoly power in the benchmark
markets or in the markets from which
opportunity costs arise. Whereas an
‘‘antitrust court’’ would seek to remedy,
ex post, pricing that was in excess of an
ECPR-derived price, the Judges here are
charged with setting a rate, ex ante, that
reflects an effectively competitive rate.
There is no reason why an ECPR rate
could not accommodate ex ante ratesetting as well provide an ex post
remedy.120
Moreover, a particular limitation of
the Opportunity Cost/ECPR approach is
expressly accounted for in the present
statutory and regulatory structure. That
is, some economists have questioned
whether the ECPR truly models for an
efficient and competitive price, because
the opportunity cost of the upstream
supplier(s) that must be covered by the
rate has embedded within it
supracompetitive profits that are not the
consequence of more efficient
operations. See generally C. Decker,
Modern Economic Regulation 151
(2015) (‘‘[T]he ECPR does not seek to
first developed the ECPR approach, also known as
the ‘‘parity pricing’’ principle. See W. Baumol, J.
Ordover, and R.D. Willig, Parity Pricing and Its
Critics: A Necessary Condition for Efficiency in the
Provision of Bottleneck Services to Competitors, 14
Yale J. Reg. 145, 148 n.4 (1997) (‘‘So far as we have
been able to determine, the ECPR proposal stems
from Willig’s work. Robert D. Willig, The Theory of
Network Access Pricing, in Issues in Public Utility
Regulation 109 (1979).’’).
119 See 5/2/17 Tr. at 2107.
120 One of Professor Willig’s colleagues and
frequent co-authors, and a developer of the ECPR
approach, the late Professor William Baumol,
explicitly noted the appropriateness of applying the
ECPR approach to the setting of royalties for
licenses in the music industry. W. Baumol, The
Socially Desirable Size of Copyright Fees, 1 Rev.
Econ. Res. on Copyright Issues 83 (2004).
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65240
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
address concerns about monopoly
pricing . . . . [T]he ECPR approach
effectively guarantees the pre-entry
profits of the incumbent, including any
inefficiency associated with its historic
activities.’’).121 In rate-setting
proceedings, when presented with
sufficient evidence, the Judges can and
do expressly adjust or offset
marketplace rates in order to reduce the
royalty to a level that better reflects
effective competition, rather than
simply allowing the rate to incorporate
(without a downward adjustment or
offset) the full complementary oligopoly
effect baked into the opportunity cost.
On balance, the Judges find Professor
Willig’s discussion of the ECPR
approach to be persuasive confirmation
of the Judges’ finding that his
Opportunity Cost approach provides an
appropriate basis for setting a
reasonable rate when the proper survey
data are used as inputs.122
F. Professor Willig’s Nash Bargaining
Solution Approach
Professor Willig asserted that the
walk-away opportunity cost he
calculated, $2.55 per subscriber per
month, represented only the minimum
that each label would accept in
unregulated negotiations with Sirius
XM. As he further explained, in an
unregulated market, even after receiving
the full walk-away opportunity cost, the
label would still negotiate with Sirius
XM for a portion of the surplus value
(revenue over costs) that remained. In
order to quantify this surplus, and to
calculate and then add the label’s share
of the surplus to the label’s walk-away
opportunity cost, Professor Willig
applied what is known in game theory
and in economics as the ‘‘Nash
Bargaining Solution,’’ which he
described as a type of price discovery
engaged in by an ‘‘unregulated profitmaximizing firm.’’ Willig WDT ¶38. The
Nash Bargaining Solution is an analytic
approach that identifies a price agreed
to in a bilateral negotiation between one
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
121 The
inefficiently high downstream price is set
when, in the usual situation, the verticallyintegrated supplier sells at a monopoly retail price.
In the present context, the Majors, as
complementary oligopolists, price their sound
recordings in the unregulated interactive market
above even the monopoly level and the retail
interactive services must cover their input costs
through retail prices higher than they would be in
the absence of such inefficiently high input prices.
See Web IV, 81 FR at 26343.
122 As discussed in connection with Factor C in
the itemized 801(b)(1) factors, Sirius XM’s
development of a differentiated product through its
satellite-based network constitutes a form of
product differentiation that creates value and
profits that, under Factor C (and under an
appropriate consideration of the ECPR approach)
should continue to inure to the benefit of Sirius
XM, net of the licensors’ opportunity costs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
buyer and one seller, in which each
party will refuse to accept a value below
that which it would receive absent an
agreement (referred to as its ‘‘threat,’’
‘‘disagreement,’’ or ‘‘fallback’’ point),
and each party uses its ‘‘bargaining
power’’ to negotiate for itself the greatest
share of any surplus value (i.e., value in
excess of the sum of both parties’
‘‘threat/disagreement’’ point values).
See id. Under this model, the surplus
that can be created may be split evenly
between the parties. 5/2/17 Tr. 2116–18
(Willig). A 50:50 split of the surplus
assumes the parties have equal
bargaining power and means the parties
benefit equally by executing the
agreement.123 5/2/17 Tr. 2110 (Willig).
In this model a record label’s fallback
point would be its walk-away
opportunity cost, which Professor Willig
calculated to be $2.55 per subscriber per
month. Willig WDT ¶48; 5/2/17 Tr.
2110–11 (Willig). Sirius XM’s fallback
point would be its projected ARPU in
the absence of music programming, less
variable costs (i.e., its earnings in a
world absent an agreement with the
single seller (record company) in this
model).124 Professor Willig computed
this amount to be $[REDACTED] per
subscriber per month. See Willig WDT
¶48.
Professor Willig calculated the total
earnings created by Sirius XM’s
compulsory license (Sirius XM’s ARPU
less variable costs exclusive of royalties)
as $[REDACTED] per subscriber per
month. This resulted in a surplus from
the agreement of $2.78 per subscriber
per month.125 Assuming that the parties
would divide the surplus equally,
Professor Willig opined that the record
labels would earn from the agreement
their opportunity cost of $2.55 plus onehalf of the surplus ($1.39) for a total of
$3.94 per subscriber per month. See id.
¶49. Given a Sirius XM ARPU of
$[REDACTED], this per subscriber rate
is equivalent to a percent-of-revenue
rate of [REDACTED]%.
Based on this alternative approach,
SoundExchange concluded that
‘‘Professor Willig’s Nash Bargaining
Solution therefore appropriately
suggests a rate above the copyright
owners’ opportunity costs.’’ SEPFF ¶725
(emphasis added). As such,
SoundExchange argued that this
approach confirms the reasonableness of
its even lower $2.55 per month
subscriber royalty and the equivalent
23%-of-revenue rate implied by that
per-subscriber proposal.
Sirius XM leveled two basic criticisms
at Professor Willig’s Nash Bargaining
Solution model. First, it asserted that
Professor Willig’s Nash Bargaining
Solution posited a monopoly seller of
sound recording performance licenses,
which is antithetical to the requirement
that the statutory rate must represent the
product of a hypothetical market that is
effectively competitive. SXMRPFF ¶196
(and record citations therein).126
Second, Sirius XM noted that
SoundExchange’s proposal that the
Nash surplus be deemed split 50/50
(rather than in favor of a record
company) is irrelevant, because the
opportunity cost figure of $2.55 is
already inflated by the complementary
oligopoly effect in that opportunity cost
figure. See id. ¶197 (and record citations
therein).
As the Judges have held previously, a
significant problem with a Nashian
analysis is that the bargaining power of
the respective parties is speculative and
thus the outcome of the bargain is
indeterminate. See SDARS I, 74 FR at
23058; see also id. at 23083 (dissenting
opinion) (concurring on the
indeterminacy of a ‘‘surplus-splitting’’
analysis). In the present case, the Nash
Bargaining Solution again was not
developed sufficiently in the record for
the Judges to rely on that approach as
an independent useful tool for setting
the statutory rate.
123 Importantly, this does not mean each party
enjoys equal profit. The parties may not profit
equally ‘‘because their fallback values (opportunity
costs) may have been different.’’ 5/2/17 Tr. 2110
(Willig). Even if parties do not possess equal
bargaining power, and even if that disparity in
bargaining power is incorporated into a Nash
model, neither party would be compelled by the
assumptions of the model to accept less than its
fallback value, i.e., its opportunity cost. Id. at 2110–
11 (Willig).
124 Professor Willig based his projection on the
finding in the Boedeker Survey that 70% of Sirius
subscribers would leave in the absence of music
programming. See Willig WDT ¶48 & n.22. He
computed variable costs as [REDACTED]% of
ARPU, based on Professor Lys’s testimony. See id.
¶48 & n.21.
125 Professor Willig computed the surplus as the
total earnings from the agreement less the sum of
the parties’ fallback points. See Willig WDT ¶48.
G. Professor Willig’s ‘‘Ramsey Pricing’’
Approach
In another pricing approach, Professor
Willig applied the economic concept of
‘‘Ramsey Pricing.’’ This approach is
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
126 Sirius XM also relies on Professor Farrell’s
‘‘Nash-in-Nash’’ model, as a counterpoint to
Professor Willig’s Nash Bargaining Solution.
Professor Farrell injects a second record company
to the Nash approach, as contrasted with the single
record company assumed by Professor Willig.
However, Sirius XM acknowledged that Professor
Farrell’s ‘‘Nash-in-Nash’’ approach was not
intended to provide a separate rate proposal, but
rather to demonstrate the fact that the absence of
competition would inflate the rate above an
effectively competitive rate. Id. ¶¶198–200 (and
record citations therein).
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
designed to address the economic issue
of ‘‘[h]ow to price various products or
services whose supply draws on
common assets in a fashion that
maximizes consumer welfare while also
providing enough net revenue to meet
an overall financial target.’’ Willig WDT
¶13.127 In the context of this proceeding
the ‘‘common assets’’ are the sound
recordings supplied by the record
labels. Professor Willig did not look to
the Ramsey Pricing approach to
recommend an SDARS royalty rate;
rather, he used the Ramsey Pricing
approach as ‘‘directional’’ guidance to
substantiate his conclusion that the
SDARS royalty rate should be higher
than the current statutory rate. 5/2/17
Tr. 2086 (Willig).
Ramsey pricing requires that for
different modes of distribution of sound
recordings, price-cost margins should be
inversely proportional to each
distributor’s own price elasticity of
demand. See Willig WDT ¶32; 5/2/17
Tr. 2094 (Willig). In setting prices to
meet the Ramsey financial target, ‘‘the
Services that should contribute
relatively more, relative to their cost, on
a percentage basis are the Services with
the relatively low own price elasticities
of demand.’’ 5/2/17 Tr. 2095 (Willig).128
When demand for a music service is
relatively less sensitive to price, that
suggests that the service is relatively
more valuable to its users. Willig WDT
¶33. Accordingly, it follows that
Ramsey prices should be relatively
higher for users of that service, to allow
for greater contributions toward
compensation to the producers of the
recorded music (i.e., the common asset
used by all distribution channels).
Willig WDT ¶32. Services with
relatively lower elasticities of demand
will lose relatively less downstream
revenue, so higher royalties, even if
passed on to subscribers or advertisers,
will have less impact on usage decisions
made by those distribution modes and
their consumers, as compared to
services with higher elasticities of
demand. See Willig WDT ¶¶32–33.
Ramsey pricing reasonably assumes
there is a target amount of money that
the producers of the common assets
need to realize. In the present context,
127 Ramsey pricing is frequently employed as an
analytic framework for such applications as sales
taxes levied to raise sufficient revenue to meet a
government financial target, prices for various
telecommunications services that all are enabled by
the same underlying electronic network, and prices
for various railroad services that all make use of the
same track infrastructure. Willig WDT ¶13 n.4.
128 Shorn of economic jargon: For certain
distribution channels, subscribers will be relatively
less likely to cancel their subscriptions if their
subscription charge increases, as compared with
other distribution channels.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Professor Willig identified that financial
target as equal to the monetary value of
download sales lost by the labels due to
the increase in streaming. Willig WDT
¶31. To identify his Ramsey target,
Professor Willig measured the amount
of creator compensation lost as a result
of the movement toward streaming and
away from paid downloads since 2010.
Willig WDT ¶22. Based on his
econometric analysis, he concluded that
substitution of streaming services for
downloads has cost the recording
industry about $800 million per year
from 2010 through 2016. Willig WDT
¶¶22–28, & App. B. Professor Willig
concluded that the Ramsey Pricing
across distribution channels must be
sufficient to offset these shortfalls, and
that, specifically, SDARS royalties must
be increased.
Professor Willig then estimated the
relevant upstream elasticity of Sirius
XM’s demand for sound recordings,
factoring in both downstream and
upstream effects. He opined that, at
current royalty rates, Sirius XM’s
upstream demand for sound recordings
is much more inelastic than the
upstream demand of interactive
services. Given this finding, Professor
Willig concluded that ‘‘even at royalty
rates proposed by SoundExchange, the
music input would still be a
significantly smaller percentage of the
downstream price for Sirius, meaning
that upstream [price] elasticity is not
going to be bigger, probably lower than
the upstream elasticities for the other
Services that we’re talking about.’’ 5/2/
17 Tr. 2099–2100 (Willig). Thus,
Professor Willig estimated that Sirius
XM could pay a royalty of
$[REDACTED] per subscriber per month
and still achieve the same margin as the
interactive streaming services. Willig
WDT ¶50. According to Professor Willig
the upshot of that conclusion is that
Ramsey pricing principles suggest that
Sirius XM should pay a substantially
higher royalty in order to contribute
appropriately (under his Ramsey
approach) to meet the Ramsey revenue
target. Willig WDT ¶50.
Sirius XM noted the facial
‘‘theoretical attractions’’ of an
appropriately specified Ramsey pricing
approach, but finds Professor Willig’s
approach not to constitute an actual
Ramsey pricing analysis. Sirius XM
found two essential elements of the
Ramsey pricing approach missing from
Professor Willig’s analysis. First, he did
not identify a financial target sufficient
to provide for the creation of the sound
recordings. See 5/2/17 Tr. 2171–72
(Willig); 4/24/17 Tr. 652 (Farrell); see
also 5/2/17 Tr. 2176–77 (Willig)
(acknowledging no analysis of ‘‘how
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65241
much revenue is actually necessary to
fund the recording industry’s
investment in sound recordings’’).129
Second, Sirius XM asserted that
Professor Willig did not identify all
users of the common assets and set
prices for each that collectively would
meet the Ramsey financial target, i.e.,
cover record industry costs while
maximizing consumer welfare. Professor
Willig concedes this point. See 5/2/17
Tr. 2172 (Willig) (did not ‘‘analyze[ ] all
the different modes of distribution that
use sound recordings and determine[ ]
the Ramsey prices that would result’’);
id. at 2177–78 (Willig) (‘‘I have not done
a formal financial analysis of impacts of
royalty rates on either creation or what
you just called availability.’’).
In addition, Sirius XM noted that the
analysis takes as its starting point the
same measure of opportunity cost used
in all of Professor Willig’s approaches,
the improper $2.55 opportunity cost
inflated by complementary oligopoly
effects. See Farrell WRT ¶¶90–94; see
also 4/24/17 Tr. 653–54 (Farrell).
The Judges find Professor Willig’s
implementation of the Ramsey pricing
approach unhelpful. Professor Willig
ultimately neither derived nor proposed
a royalty rate from this analysis.130 Nor
could he do so, given that his analysis
does not establish a revenue target, and
does not factor in the contribution of
other users of the common assets. To the
extent Professor Willig’s assertion that
his Ramsey approach has value in this
proceeding because it provides
‘‘directional’’ evidence has any validity,
the Judges note that the adoption of the
15.5% rate derived from his opportunity
cost analysis is consistent with this
directional guidance.
H. Mr. Orszag’s Ratio Equivalency
Model
SoundExchange also presented expert
testimony from Mr. Jonathan Orszag.
Mr. Orszag’s approach to determining
129 While (as noted in the text, supra) Professor
Willig did offer a regression analysis purporting to
identify $800 million in annual losses to the record
industry over the past several years caused by
‘‘streaming’’ (not simply satellite radio), Willig
WDT ¶¶22–27, he acknowledged that the figure
played no direct role in any of his calculations,
including his ‘‘Ramsey’’ analysis. 5/2/17 Tr.
2167:24–2169:18 (Willig).
130 Professor Willig stated that one reason he
declined to propose the $[REDACTED] monthly per
subscriber royalty (which the Judges understand to
be equivalent to [REDACTED]% of revenue) is that
he could not evaluate how such a substantial
increase in the royalty rate would increase
subscription rates and create a loss of subscribers
and subscriber revenue. In economic terms, he
could not opine as to whether, assuming that Sirius
XM passed through to subscribers such a higher
royalty rate, the downstream elasticity at that price
point would be so high as to actually reduce Sirius
XM’s revenue.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65242
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
SDARS rates was based upon ratio
equivalencies. Specifically, he opined
that the royalties in the target market
(i.e., those paid by an SDARS) should be
set at a rate that makes the ratio between
royalties and revenues in that target
market equal to the ratio between
royalties and revenues in a benchmark
market. Mr. Orszag noted that the Judges
‘‘found this assumption to be warranted
as a matter of economic theory’’ in Web
IV. Amended Written Direct Testimony
of Jonathan Orszag, Trial Ex. 26,
¶37(Orszag AWDT).
Mr. Orszag began his analysis by
opining that in this case ‘‘[i]t is . . .
appropriate to use current marketplace
agreements in evaluating the range of
reasonable rates for the upcoming
licensing period.’’ 4/25/17 Tr. 953
(Orszag) (emphasis added). Marketplace
rates are the appropriate starting points,
according to Mr. Orszag, because ‘‘a
standard way in which economists
estimate a reasonable royalty rate for the
blanket license under consideration in
this proceeding is by examining
comparable rates generated through
arm’s length negotiations outside the
purview of the compulsory license
regime for which satellite radio
qualifies,’’ i.e., ‘‘[r]ates yielded through
. . . unfettered negotiations . . . .’’
Orszag AWDT ¶12. Accordingly, Mr.
Orszag utilized a marketplace
benchmarking approach.
Mr. Orszag’s first step was to identify
what he found to be comparable
benchmark rates that he could adjust, if
and as warranted, to determine the rates
that would apply in the target market
(SDARS) if it were unregulated. Orszag
AWDT ¶13. He looked first at royalty
rates in the interactive music streaming
services for data. Then, he analyzed
retail price data for both the interactive
and noninteractive music streaming
services. In selecting his benchmarks,
Mr. Orszag looked for agreements
entered into by record companies with
streaming services that in his opinion
are comparable to satellite radio across
pertinent dimensions. Additionally, he
considered whether the benchmark
evidence permitted him to account for
material differences, if any, between the
benchmarks and the target market.
Orszag AWDT ¶28.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
1. Mr. Orszag’s Benchmark ‘‘Approach
One’’: Ratio Equivalency With the
Interactive Market
Applying these considerations, Mr.
Orszag identified the market for the
licensing of sound recordings by record
companies to interactive streaming
subscription services as the best
available benchmark category for
satellite radio, due to what he believed
to be ‘‘the comparability of the two
types of service along key dimensions
and the availability of reasonable
methodologies with which to adjust for
pertinent differences.’’ Orszag AWDT
¶29. More particularly, Mr. Orszag
identified the following alleged
comparable qualities in the
‘‘downstream market’’ 131 between the
target and benchmark markets:
• Both categories of services offer a full
repertoire of music;
• both categories of services offer
subscription-based models, thereby
demonstrating that their listeners’ have a
positive willingness to pay;
• both categories of services face similar
downstream elasticities of demand;
• both categories of services offer products
that compete with each other;
• consumers in both categories of services
receive music digitally;
• consumers in both categories of services
obtain unlimited usage;
• both categories of services offer mobile
functionality, Sirius XM principally through
in-vehicle receivers and interactive streaming
through smartphones and other mobile
devices; and
• interactive streaming services
increasingly offer a ‘‘lean-back’’ 132
functionality (akin to the functionality of
Sirius XM listening) through playlists
generated by the services, third parties, and
subscribers, as well as algorithmic streams.
4/25/17 Tr. 968 (Orszag); Orszag AWDT ¶32.
Mr. Orszag further opined that sound
recording performance rights are
131 The ‘‘downstream market’’ is the market in
which licensees of sound recordings offer their
services to subscribers or other end users/
consumers. The ‘‘upstream market’’ is the market in
which record companies (a/k/a/labels), as licensors,
license their repertoires to services, as licensees, for
ultimate dissemination in the downstream market.
See Web IV, 81 FR at 26332 n.69.
132 Functionally noninteractive services are
generally described in the industry as ‘‘lean-back’’
services, as contrasted with ‘‘lean forward’’ services
that have varying degrees of interactivity. See Web
IV, 81 FR at 26336 n.75.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
similarly indispensable inputs in the
upstream market for both interactive
streaming services and Sirius XM. From
an economic perspective, he explains
that the upstream demand for sound
recording rights is what economists call
a ‘‘derived demand,’’ i.e., upstream
demand is derivative of downstream
consumer demand. Mr. Orszag further
opined that, because of this
indispensability, sound recording
copyright holders should receive a
material portion of the overall value of
satellite radio service, as reflected in the
prices paid by subscribers, just as they
do for interactive music services. Orszag
AWDT ¶31.
To determine the rates actually paid
by subscription interactive services, Mr.
Orszag reviewed the monthly royalty
rates and royalty payments set in 27
current license agreements between
three major record labels 133 and nine
interactive streaming services,134 from
January 2014 through June 2016. Orszag
AWDT ¶45; see 4/25/17 Tr. 985 (Orszag)
(‘‘So I got the royalty statements from
each of the . . . Services for each of the
labels by month, and I went to what
they actually were being paid, which
prong was governing.’’).135
The table below presents the actual
monthly per-subscriber royalty
payments made by the subscription
interactive services to each of the
Majors. These data produce an average
monthly per-subscriber payment of
$[REDACTED], weighted by the number
of subscribers per service. Orszag
AWDT ¶46.
133 Sony Music Entertainment (Sony), Universal
Music Group (UMG), and Warner Music Group
(WMG) are the three major record labels (together,
the Majors).
134 The nine services are listed in the table that
follows in the text, infra.
135 The agreements Mr. Orszag studied contain
royalty rate provisions that require the services to
calculate royalty obligations under separate
‘‘prongs’’: a [REDACTED] metric and a
[REDACTED] metric, and in some cases a
[REDACTED] metric, and then pay each label its pro
rata share of [REDACTED]. A label’s pro rata share
of the royalty is based on the share of the total
performances on the service accounted for by sound
recordings controlled by that label. Orszag AWDT
¶45.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
65243
ACTUAL LICENSING FEES PER-SUBSCRIBER
Sony
Apple Music .........
Beats ...................
Google Play .........
Microsoft ..............
Rdio .....................
Rhapsody ............
Slacker ................
Spotify .................
TIDAL ..................
UM
2014
2015
2016
2014
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED ...
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
WM
2015
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
2016
2014
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
$[REDACTED] ..
...........................
2015
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
2016
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
Source: Royalty payment data from Sony, UMG, and WMG.
Orszag AWDT at 19, Table One.
For the nine subscription interactive
services in the above table, over the
2014–2016 period covered, individual
subscriptions were offered to consumers
at $9.99 per month. At that monthly
price, the weighted average monthly
per-subscriber payment of
$[REDACTED] translates to a royalty
equal to approximately [REDACTED] %
of the services’ revenues ($9.99 ×
[REDACTED]). Orszag AWDT ¶ 47.136
Because Mr. Orszag’s interactive data
were limited to agreements with the
Majors, he also considered whether the
rates paid by subscription interactive
streaming services to the Indies were
lower than those paid to the Majors. He
determined that, whether the Indies’
recordings were distributed by a Major
or a Major affiliate, or were distributed
by another entity, the terms regarding
royalties were ‘‘highly similar’’ to the
rates paid to the Majors. Consequently,
Mr. Orszag made no adjustment to his
interactive benchmark to account for the
rates paid by interactive services to
independent record labels. Orszag
AWDT ¶¶ 101–105; see Written Direct
Testimony of Jeremy Sirota, Trial Ex. 36,
at 3 (Sirota WDT).
Orszag did not include in his royalty
calculation any non-rate consideration, such as
access to the services’ user data and user email
addresses; the services’ marketing and promotional
support; and the record companies’ right to offer
exclusives to services; including the right to
‘‘window’’ certain sound recordings (i.e., to offer an
initial, time-limited exclusivity). Because these
non-pecuniary items are not available under the
statutory license at issue in this proceeding, Mr.
Orszag asserts that his omission of these nonmonetary benefits renders his calculated royalty
payment lower than it otherwise would be, thus
reducing the royalty rate derived from his
benchmark in favor of Sirius XM. Orszag AWDT
¶ 106. See also SE PFF ¶¶ 119–122 (and record
citations therein).
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
136 Mr.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Mr. Orszag utilized the concept of
‘‘ratio equivalency’’ to compare his
benchmark rate for the interactive
streaming market to the target SDARS
market. He applied essentially the same
ratio equivalency approach as the
Judges applied to the noninteractive
subscription market in Web IV.137
Orszag AWDT ¶ 37. More specifically,
Mr. Orszag relied on the following
points from Web IV to identify what he
considered necessary conditions for the
application of a ratio equivalency
approach:
(1) Revenues in both markets must be
derived from subscription revenues and thus
be reflective of buyers with a positive
willingness to pay (WTP) for streamed music;
(2) Functional convergence and
downstream competition for potential
listeners must indicate a sufficiently high
cross-elasticity of demand as between
interactive and noninteractive services,
provided the noninteractive subscription rate
is reduced to reflect the absence of the added
value of interactivity; and
(3) The benchmark market rate must be
adjusted downward 138 to eliminate the
‘‘complementary oligopoly’’ effect arising
from the presence of multiple ‘‘must have’’
suppliers, thereby establishing a rate that is
‘‘effectively competitive.’’
Id. ¶ 41 (citing Web IV, 81 FR at 26353).
Mr. Orszag posited that all three of these
Web IV conditions are satisfied in this
proceeding.
137 In Web IV, the Judges stated that the ratio
equivalency concept ‘‘assume[s] equality between
two ratios: (1) subscription revenues to royalties in
the interactive market; and (2) subscription
revenues to royalties in the noninteractive market.’’
Web IV, 81 FR at 26344.
138 In Web IV, the Judges applied a ‘‘steering
adjustment’’ to reflect noninteractive services’
ability to offset the complementary oligopoly power
of the Majors by ‘‘steering’’ listeners to sound
recordings licensed from Indies at lower royalty
rates.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
He noted that in both the interactive
streaming and SDARS markets revenues
are derived from subscribers with a
positive WTP. More particularly,
subscribers to interactive services
typically pay $9.99 per month, Orszag
AWDT ¶ 36, while subscribers to Sirius
XM typically pay at least that amount.
Id. at ¶ 49 & n.40. With regard to the
second condition, Mr. Orszag cites
record evidence of functional ‘‘leanback’’ convergence and downstream
competition, particularly with regard to
the use of playlists and enhanced
mobile technology, which have allowed
interactive streaming services to gain an
increasing share of in-car listening. See
4/24/17 Tr. 605 (Farrell); Orszag AWDT
¶ 39. Finally, Mr. Orszag testified that
changes in the interactive market after
Web IV had obviated the need for a
complementary oligopoly adjustment.
Nonetheless, he provided three
alternative potential steering
adjustments in the event the Judges
disagreed with his conclusion regarding
complementary oligopoly: (1) A
[REDACTED]% steering adjustment
derived from Sirius XM’s direct
licenses; (2) a 12% steering adjustment
borrowed from Web IV; or (3) a
[REDACTED]% steering adjustment
identified in a comparison of two ‘‘Midtier’’ services contracts, one with a
prohibition on steering and the other
without.139
The interactive market benchmark
ratio equivalency approach is welldepicted in algebraic form: 140
139 These potential steering adjustments are
discussed in detail infra.
140 The ratios are sometimes expressed
reciprocally, with royalties in the denominator and
revenues in the numerator. Because royalty rates in
this proceeding are expressed as a percent-ofrevenue, it is more intuitive to state the ratio as set
forth in the text, supra.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65244
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Benchmark Ratio
(A)
Royalty Payment (in $) in
Benchmark Market
Target Market Ratio
(C)
Royalty Payment (in $) in
Target Market
=
(B)
Downstream Revenue (in $) in
Benchmark Market
(D)
Downstream Revenue (in $)
in Target Market
(Rates and revenues to be calculated on a per-subscriber per month basis.)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
By inserting the known (i.e.,
calculable) values for (A) and (B), Mr.
Orszag was able to calculate a ratio, or
percentage, that—under the ratio
equivalency approach—he opined
would also be applicable to the target
market. That is, the royalty payment (C)
in the Target Market would be the same
percent of (D) as (A) is a percent of (B)
in the Benchmark Market.
In this, his ‘‘Approach One,’’ Mr.
Orszag calculated the royalty payments
of interactive subscription services as a
percentage of their subscription
revenues by dividing the effective
monthly per-subscriber royalty payment
by the monthly consumer subscription
price of the benchmark services. Orszag
AWDT at ¶ 43. Applying the theory of
ratio equivalency, Mr. Orszag then
proposed that the record companies
receive the same percentage of Sirius
XM’s subscription revenue as they
receive from the interactive services.
See 4/25/17 Tr. 985–86 (Orszag).
Because Sirius XM provides listeners
with both music and non-music content,
Mr. Orszag opined that his Benchmark
Market Ratio must be adjusted to be
comparable to the Target Market Ratio.
Relying principally on a survey by
Stefan Boedeker, Mr. Orszag determined
that the music content on Sirius XM
constituted 50% of the value of total
content.141 Orszag AWDT ¶54.
141 Mr. Boedeker surveyed subscribers to Sirius
satellite radio packages that contain both music and
non-music programming, (i) to measure the degree
to which these subscribers value the music versus
non-music content; (ii) to examine subscribers’
willingness to accept a hypothetical Sirius XM
package that contains just music programming or
just non-music programming; and (iii) to identify
the discounts they would demand for such a
hypothetical product. Written Direct Testimony of
Stefan Boedeker, Trial Ex. 21, ¶¶7, 19 (Boedeker
WDT); 5/8/17 Tr. 2933, 2947–49 (Boedeker). Mr.
Boedeker concluded from the survey results that
Sirius XM subscribers value music content
significantly more than non-music content.
Boedeker WDT at ¶¶ 14, 97; 5/8/17 Tr. 2933–34,
2963 (Boedeker). More precisely, 70.1% of all
survey respondents said they would no longer
subscribe to Sirius XM satellite radio at their
current subscription rates if music programming
were no longer offered, while only 32.4% said they
would no longer subscribe at their current
subscription rates if non-music programming were
no longer offered. Boedeker WDT ¶77; 5/8/17 Tr.
2951 (Boedeker). Even if discounts were offered for
a non-music service, 42.7% of respondents still
would no longer subscribe to their Sirius XM
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Additionally, SoundExchange asserted
that the pricing structure reflects Sirius
XM’s understanding that its customers
value music at least as much as nonmusic content. Id. ¶ 49 & n.40
(discussing Sirius XM monthly pricing
of $10.99 for News, Sports & Talk versus
$12.52 for Mostly Music). Moreover, as
SoundExchange noted, in the previous
SDARS proceeding, Sirius XM itself
took the position that music accounts
for more than 55% of Sirius XM’s
content value. SDARS II, 78 FR at
23064–65 (Sirius XM’s expert Roger
Noll attributed 55% of value to music
content). Both parties and the Judges
agreed on this issue. See id. at 23063,
23088 (noting SoundExchange’s expert
Dr. Ordover conservatively assumed
music accounts for at least 50%); id. at
23065, 23089 (Judges finding ‘‘the
success of Sirius XM is dependent upon
its access to music’’ citing testimony of
Sirius XM witnesses). The Judges take
note that Sirius XM provided no
evidence or argument to support a
different position that might place in
doubt Mr. Orszag’s reliance on the
Boedeker survey. Mr. Orszag reasonably
and conservatively utilized an
assumption that at least 50% of the
value of a Sirius XM subscription is
derived from music offerings. Applying
this assumption, Mr. Orszag divided the
benchmark ratio result, [REDACTED]%
of revenue, by two to arrive at a
proposed percentage-of-revenue rate of
[REDACTED]% for Sirius XM. Orszag
AWDT ¶ 54.
Mr. Orszag opined that a benefit of his
‘‘Approach One’’ is that it avoids the
need to account explicitly for
differences between the target and
benchmark services. Rather, he stated
package, compared with only 10.0% of respondents
would no longer subscribe to their current package
if non-music programming were no longer offered
(even with a discount). Boedeker WDT ¶¶83–84;
see also 5/8/17 Tr. 2952–53 (Boedeker). In a critique
of Mr. Boedeker’s survey, Professor John Hauser, a
Sirius XM expert witness, identified several
inconsistencies in Mr. Boedeker’s survey results.
Nonetheless, it was undisputed by Sirius XM that
Mr. Boedeker’s results are generally consistent with
other available evidence. See SEPFF ¶¶ 252–258
(and record citations therein). Thus, Mr. Orszag
opined that his use of the 50% figure was
conservative, in the sense that it favored Sirius XM
rather than the party for whom he testified,
SoundExchange. Orszag AWDT ¶ 54.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that the differences are implicit in the
formula and thus revealed by the
market. A service’s retail (subscription)
revenues are a direct function of
consumer subscription prices. Those
prices should reasonably reflect
consumer valuation of the features and
functions of the benchmark and target
services, respectively. In turn, according
to Mr. Orszag, percentage-of-revenue
royalty rates should reflect such
differences, because the sound
recordings performed by the services in
the benchmark and target markets are
identical. Id. ¶ 55.
As noted, SoundExchange is
proposing a greater-of statutory rate
with a per-subscriber prong as well as
a percent-of-revenue prong. To obtain
what Mr. Orszag described as an
equivalent per-subscriber rate, he
applied the [REDACTED]% of revenue
rate (derived from his benchmark ratio
equivalency analysis) to the ARPU. Mr.
Orszag adjusted the Sirius XM ARPU of
$[REDACTED] (as gross revenue is
calculated using the statutory license
terms) using the same ratio he applied
to reach a percent-of-revenue rate.142
This resulted in a per-subscriber rate of
$[REDACTED] (i.e., $[REDACTED] x
[REDACTED]). See id. ¶ 54.
2. Mr. Orszag’s ‘‘Approach Two’’: Retail
Price Comparison
Mr. Orszag’s Approach One implicitly
accounted for the different values of
interactive and noninteractive services
by utilizing retail prices in the
denominators that reflected the marketbased differences in those values. In
‘‘Approach Two,’’ Mr. Orszag applied
an alternative methodology designed to
142 Mr. Orszag calculated ARPU using Sirius XM’s
regulatory revenue base for the first six months of
2016. See Orszag AWDT ¶¶ 58–60 and Table Three.
Professor Shapiro, on behalf of Sirius XM, initially
identified a monthly ARPU of $[REDACTED] per
subscriber, apparently using Sirius XM’s 10–Q
filing with the SEC and an internal Sirius XM
planning document. See Lys WRT ¶¶ 151–152
nn.174, 177 & Fig. 18. However, the parties
apparently reached agreement that, under the
current definition of ‘‘Gross Revenues,’’ the
appropriate monthly ARPU is $[REDACTED]. See
SX RPFF ¶ 392 (‘‘That $[REDACTED] figure was
used directly by economists from both parties to
convert monthly per-subscriber fees into proposed
percent-of-revenue rates.’’); see also Lys WRT
¶¶ 149–155.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
account explicitly for the absence of
interactivity in the target SDARS
market. Orszag AWDT ¶ 56.
In Approach Two, Mr. Orszag
continued to use the interactive market
as his polestar. In this approach,
however, he compared the interactive
retail subscription price not to the target
SDARS market, but to the market for
noninteractive services, on the
assumption that an SDARS functionally
is a noninteractive service.143 In this
manner Mr. Orszag was able to isolate
explicitly the value of interactivity by
comparing the retail prices of interactive
and noninteractive subscription
services. See 4/25/17 Tr. 986 (Orszag).
Mr. Orszag opined that this approach is
sensible because these two categories of
service differ only with respect to the
distinguishing feature: Interactivity. See
id.144
To determine the monthly retail price
in the noninteractive market, Mr. Orszag
used the retail prices of three noninteractive subscription services:
Pandora One, Rhapsody (Napster)
unRadio, and Slacker Radio. He
calculated their weighted average
monthly retail price to be $4.91. See
Orszag AWDT ¶ 56 & Table Two.
As noted before, the monthly retail
price for interactive subscription
services was $9.99. Accordingly, the
ratio of the subscription price from the
noninteractive market to the
subscription price from the interactive
market was $4.91/$9.99, or 0.49. Mr.
Orszag then used the ratio of 0.49 to
convert the interactive subscription
services monthly per-subscriber royalty
rate of $[REDACTED] to an equivalent
per-subscriber rate for Sirius XM of
$[REDACTED] (0.49 × $[REDACTED]).
See id. ¶ 57.
The final step in Mr. Orszag’s
Approach Two is the calculation of a
percentage-of-revenue rate that
corresponds to this $[REDACTED] persubscriber rate. Applying the same
$[REDACTED] ARPU 145 to the persubscriber rate of $[REDACTED], Mr.
Orszag derived a percentage-of-revenue
rate of [REDACTED]%. See id. ¶ 60.
3. Adjustment for Lack of Effective
Competition in Benchmark Market
In his attempt to apply the Web IV
prerequisites for use of a ‘‘ratio
equivalency’’ benchmarking approach,
Mr. Orszag considered whether to apply
a downward adjustment to reflect any
alleged lack of ‘‘effective competition’’
in his benchmark interactive market. He
acknowledged that in Web IV the Judges
found that the market for subscription
interactive services (i.e., Mr. Orszag’s
benchmark market here) was not
effectively competitive. The Judges,
therefore, adjusted downward the rate
SoundExchange’s economic expert
calculated using an interactive services
benchmark. Web IV, 81 FR at 26344.
In this proceeding, however, Mr.
Orszag concluded that the record
establishes that more recently the
market for subscription interactive
services has become effectively
competitive. Mr. Orszag concluded that
he need not adjust to offset a lack of
effective competition. Mr. Orszag’s
opinion is based on:
• The presence in the market of larger
interactive streaming services, such as
Amazon, Apple, Google, and Spotify, which
has injected countervailing ‘‘substantial
bargaining power and leverage’’ on the
licensee side of the equation, offsetting any
relative disproportionate power that the
record companies might have previously
possessed. Written Rebuttal Testimony of
Aaron Harrison, Trial Ex. 49, ¶¶3–5
(Harrison WRT); 5/16/17 Tr. at 3953–57
(Harrison).
• The increasing importance of interactive
services as a revenue source to the record
companies, which gives the services leverage
strengthen their bargaining position in
negotiations for sound recording performance
licenses. Written Rebuttal Testimony of
David Blackburn, Trial Ex. 39, ¶¶18, 20
(Blackburn WRT).
• The treatment of Spotify’s licensing
agreement with the Majors when it expired,
by not [REDACTED], but rather [REDACTED].
5/01/17 Tr. 1703–04, 1804–05 (Blackburn).
• The additional bargaining power of
individual services because they have
differentiated their offerings, based on
platform preference ([REDACTED]); catalog
size ([REDACTED]); and payment terms
([REDACTED]), meaning that the withdrawal
of any differentiated service from the market
would result in customer ‘‘churn’’ that would
negatively affect record companies
financially. 5/16/17 Tr. 3942–45 (Harrison).
• The lack of market evidence of: (1)
Suppression of the output of recorded music;
(2) supracompetitive profits achieved by the
record companies; or (3) ready alternatives to
which downstream consumers might turn.
SEPFF ¶¶ 305–322 (and record citations
therein).
• The inability of the Majors to act as
price-setters, [REDACTED]. 5/16/17 Tr.
3926–27, 3946–47 (Harrison).
• The Majors’ agreements in the Mid-Tier
limited interactivity sector to rates as low as
[REDACTED] % of revenue when the
licensing agreement includes [REDACTED].
SEPFF ¶ 356 (and record citations therein).
• The agreements between Indies and
interactive streaming services that
[REDACTED]. SEPFF ¶¶ 335–340 (and record
citations therein).
Mr. Orszag maintained that the
interactive streaming rates reflect an
‘‘effectively competitive’’ market. He
nonetheless offered three alternative
‘‘steering adjustments’’ to apply to those
benchmark rates, should the Judges find
the interactive market to be not
effectively competitive. Mr. Orszag first
presented a [REDACTED]% steering
adjustment, reflecting his calculation of
an arguable steering effect arising from
Sirius XM’s direct licenses with certain
Indies.146 Next, Mr. Orszag proposed a
12% steering adjustment, simply
adopting the adjustment the Judges
made in Web IV. See Web IV, 81 FR at
26404–05. Finally, he presented a
[REDACTED]% steering adjustment,
that reflects the differences in royalty
rates in the mid-tier market, depending
upon whether the license agreement has
a [REDACTED] (and an attendant lower
rate) or [REDACTED] (with an attendant
higher royalty rate). See 4/25/17 Tr.
1054 (Orszag). The Table below
summarizes Mr. Orszag’s alternative
rates based on the absence of a steering
adjustment and on all three of the
alternative steering adjustments.
Approach One
Steering adj
%
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
None ................................................................
[REDACTED] ...................................................
12 .....................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Approach Two
Rev.
%
Per sub
Rev.
%
28.0 ....................................
[REDACTED] .....................
24.6 ....................................
$ 3.00 .................................
$[REDACTED] ...................
$ 2.64 .................................
25.7 ....................................
[REDACTED] .....................
22.7 ....................................
143 A noninteractive service is one that meets the
statutory definition and pays statutory royalties
calculated under 17 U.S.C. 114(f)(2)(B). An SDARS
service may be described as functionally a
noninteractive service because the listener cannot
interact with the service to select, repeat, skip, or
cache specific sound recordings. See supra, n.73
and accompanying text.
144 Approach Two avoids the need to adjust for
non-music content because streaming services are
music-only services. It also avoids any purported
need to adjust for the separate value of a satellite
network because streaming services are internetbased. See Orszag AWDT at ¶56. The Judges
address later the question Sirius XM raises relating
to whether its satellite network creates an
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
65245
Sfmt 4700
Per sub
$ 2.76
$[REDACTED]
$ 2.43
additional value that should reduce the statutory
royalty rate.
145 See supra note 142 and accompanying text.
146 These direct licenses are discussed in more
detail in the Judges’ consideration of Sirius XM’s
reliance on these licenses as potential benchmarks.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65246
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Approach One
Steering adj
%
[REDACTED] ...................................................
Approach Two
Rev.
%
Per sub
Rev.
%
[REDACTED] .....................
$[REDACTED] ...................
[REDACTED] .....................
SE PFF ¶ 361 (Sirius XM did not dispute
the accuracy of this summary table
derived from record evidence.).
4. The Mid-Tier Agreements as
Corroboration
According to Mr. Orszag, the
applicability of the theory of ratio
equivalency is further supported by
agreements between record companies
and Mid-tier services. These Mid-tier
Agreements’’ are comprised of recently
executed voluntary direct licenses for
subscription mid-tier services, between
Pandora and iHeart, respectively, as
Per sub
$[REDACTED]
licensees, and the Majors and Merlin, a
digital rights agency representing Indie
record companies, as licensors.147
The Table below provides a
breakdown of rates contained in Midtier Agreements that were admitted into
evidence in this proceeding: 148
[RESTRICTED]—MID-TIER AGREEMENTS
Pandora plus ($4.99)
Per sub
Sony ...................................
[REDACTED] ......
$[REDACTED] ....
UMG ...................................
[REDACTED]–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED]–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED] ......
$[REDACTED]–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED]–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED] ....
WMG ..................................
Merlin ..................................
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Pandora premium ($9.99)
% of Revenue
% of Revenue
[REDACTED],
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED]–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],
[REDACTED].
iHeart plus ($4.99)
iHeart all access ($9.99)
Per sub
% of Revenue
Per sub
% of Revenue
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED]–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED]–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED] ......
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED] ......
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
Per sub
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
[REDACTED],–
[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED],–
$[REDACTED]
These Mid-tier Agreements bundled
terms for separate tiers offered by
Pandora and iHeart, respectively,
including the actual mid-tier services
identified as Pandora Plus and iHeart
Plus, respectively, with limited
interactive functionality, and a tier
providing fully interactive functionality.
Orszag WDT ¶ 38.
Mr. Orszag found confirmation for his
benchmarking approach in the rates at
which Pandora and iHeart will license
from major and independent record
companies, i.e., at rates ranging from
$[REDACTED]–$[REDACTED] per
subscriber per month. These rates are
similar to the per subscriber rates
SoundExchange proposes in this
proceeding. Trial Exs. 112–114. Mr.
Orszag also noted that these Mid-tier
Agreements include [REDACTED]. See
Orszag AWDT at ¶ 38. When these
percent-of-revenue rates are halved (as
in his Approach One) to reflect that
50% of the value of Sirius XM’s service
is attributable to non-music content, the
percent-of-revenue rates in these Midtier Agreements lie in the range of
[REDACTED]–[REDACTED]%,
‘‘strikingly similar’’ to the 23% royalty
rate SoundExchange has proposed. See
SXPFF ¶¶ 845–847.
Mr. Orszag found the rates in these
Mid-tier Agreements to be instructive
and corroborative of SoundExchange’s
rate proposal. SoundExchange conceded
that the mid-tier services of iHeart and
Pandora offer some interactivity,
whereas Sirius XM’s satellite service
offers no interactivity. Mr. Orszag
opined, however, that it is not plausible
that the differential would have a
significant impact on consumer
valuations and, consequently, on persubscriber rates. In support of that
argument, he noted that subscriptions to
the mid-tier services offered by Pandora
and iHeart are priced at the same $4.99
per month as Pandora’s prior
noninteractive offering. See Harrison
WDT at ¶ 19. Further, Mr. Orszag noted
that his highly conservative estimate of
the value of music content on Sirius
XM, is even higher, at $[REDACTED].
See Orszag WRT ¶ 55 & n.68.
More particularly, Mr. Orszag noted
that Pandora’s offering of increased
skips, rewind capability, and limited
caching to convert its noninteractive
service into a mid-tier service did not
cause Pandora to increase its monthly
subscription price above the $4.99 it
charged previously for its noninteractive
service. Mr. Orszag testified that this
suggests that consumers’ valuation of
the increased functionality is not so
high as to allow Pandora to increase its
mid-tier retail subscribership price off
the $4.99 per month and closer to the
$9.99 monthly price for fully interactive
services. 4/25/17 Tr. 1063–64 (Orszag).
Mr. Orszag concluded that these facts
demonstrate that the mid-tier services
have a value commensurate with a
noninteractive service.
Finally, Mr. Orszag recognized the
hypothetical possibility that, because
these Mid-tier Agreements bundle fully
interactive services, the record
companies could have applied their
market power in that segment to extract
higher rates and better terms in the midtier segments. To test that hypothetical,
Mr. Orszag reviewed the negotiation
documents relating to the Mid-tier
Agreements and concluded that they
contained no evidence that the Majors
used their alleged market power in the
fully-interactive services market to
obtain concessions on mid-tier terms.
Orszag WRT ¶ 55. To the contrary, the
evidence suggests that Merlin obtained
147 The agreements executed by Pandora and
iHeart also covered fully interactive tiers and, in the
case of Pandora, an ad-supported tier. See, e.g.,
Trial Exs. 112–114. For ease of exposition, the
Judges use the term ‘‘Mid-tier Agreements’’ to refer
to the portion of each agreement that relates to the
subscription service offered to consumers for $4.99
and providing limited on-demand functionality.
148 The agreements in the table were made a part
of the record. See Trial Ex. 112–16B at sec. 11
(SoundX_000107538–39) (Pandora Plus and
Pandora Premium royalty provisions); Trial Ex.
112–16A at Service Schedule #1 sec. 7(a) (SoundX_
000107458) (iHeart Plus royalty provisions); Trial
Ex. 112–16A at Service Schedule #2 sec. 7(a)
(SoundX_000107492) (iHeart All Access royalty
provisions); Trial Ex. 113–017B at Schedule 1 sec.
3.1(a)(i)–(ii), sec. 3.2(a)(i)–(ii), sec. 4.1 and sec. 4.2
(SoundX_000107051–52, 056); (Pandora Plus and
Pandora Premium Royalty provisions); Trial Ex.
113–017A at Schedule 1 sec. 1.1 and sec. 1.2
(SoundX_000106973) (iHeart Plus and iHeart All
Access royalty provisions). Trial Ex. 113–017B at
Schedule 1 sec. 3.2(a)(iii) (SoundX_000107052,
056). Trial Ex. 114–018B at 11–14 (SoundX_
000107127–30) (Pandora Plus and Pandora
Premium royalty provisions); Trial Ex. 114–018A at
sec. 3(a) and sec. 3(b) (SoundX_000107206–07)
(iHeart Plus and iHeart All Access provisions). Trial
Ex. 243 at sec. 3(b) and sec. 3(c) (SoundX_
000477169–170) (Pandora Plus and Pandora
Premium royalty provisions); Trial Ex. 272 at
Schedule 3 (SoundX_000488916) (iHeart Plus and
iHeart All Access).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
rates similar to those negotiated by the
Majors in its licensing agreements with
[REDACTED]. Id. Sirius XM did not
proffer any evidence that the record
companies leveraged their alleged
interactive market power to obtain
better terms in the mid-tier market.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
5. Evaluating Orszag Ratio Equivalency
Benchmarking Approaches
Sirius XM asserted that Mr. Orszag
incorrectly emphasized an economically
unimportant point, i.e., that ‘‘there is no
difference between interactive streaming
services and satellite radio in terms of
the music content they deliver to
subscribers.’’ See 4/26/17 Tr. 1190–91
(Orszag) (emphasis added). According to
Sirius XM, similarity ‘‘at this high level
of generality’’ is meaningless. SXM
RPFF ¶11.
The Judges agree. Although markets
in which sound recording performances
are licensed (upstream) and delivered
(downstream) to subscribers may be
considered as potential benchmarks for
each other, that broad brush of
comparability does not indicate whether
the benchmark is suitable on the whole.
Mr. Orszag was correct that the
benchmarking approach can commence
at a high level of generality, even though
that basic level of comparison is by no
means probative or dispositive.149 Not
every market in which sound recording
performances are licensed could serve
as a benchmark for every other sound
recording performance market.
Sirius XM argued that the common
use of digital transmissions and the
allowance of unlimited usage by
listeners are not illuminating
similarities. SXM PFF ¶ 12. Once again,
the Judges agree; these basic points are
not probative of the usefulness of the
interactive market as a benchmark.
Nonetheless, Mr. Orszag’s reliance on
such common elements is helpful in
identifying and then narrowing the
range of potential benchmarks.
Sirius XM criticized as superficial Mr.
Orszag’s assertion that the target and
benchmark markets are similar because
each offers ‘‘mobile functionality.’’ SXM
RPFF at 19; Orszag AWDT ¶ 32. The
Judges find this criticism to be without
merit.150 The majority of Sirius XM
listening occurs in the car, Meyer WDT
¶ 21 n.5, and the improved mobile
149 In fact, a market in which some product other
than music is delivered could be a useful
benchmark market if it is otherwise comparable in
terms of economic structure. For example, patents,
as a form of intellectual property, may be found to
have similar economic characteristics as copyrights,
rendering relevant information from the market for
patent licenses.
150 The Judges address the value of Sirius XM
mobile functionality elsewhere in this
Determination.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
functionality of interactive streaming
through ‘‘connected cars’’ and more
complete cellular coverage allows
listeners to access streaming services in
the car. SE PFF ¶¶ 156–159 (and record
citations therein). Thus, the Judges do
not agree with Sirius XM that Mr.
Orszag’s reliance on the interactive
services’ mobile functionality is
superficial; indeed, the issue of whether
their respective mobile functionalities
are substitutional for each other bears
on the Opportunity Cost/ECPR analysis
undertaken by Professor Willig.
Nonetheless, the Judges decline to
adopt Mr. Orszag’s reliance on evidence
he claimed suggested a ‘‘growing’’ use of
streaming services, including interactive
services, in the car. Orszag AWDT
¶ 39(C). Although the evidence on
which he relied is somewhat supportive
of this point, it is not sufficiently
persuasive. The Judges are reluctant to
adopt or extrapolate from potential
market trends or rates of change and use
them as a basis for a fixed five-year rate.
As the Judges have noted on other
occasions, the adoption of market
predictions is a fraught exercise. More
probative in the Judges’ opinion are the
results from the survey experts who
have appeared for both parties. These
experts have attempted to measure
present intentions regarding the
substitutability of interactive services
(and other services) for Sirius XM.
While their surveys yield starkly
different results when attempting to
elicit whether Sirius XM listeners
would switch to interactive services if
Sirius XM were nonexistent or too
expensive, none shows anything close
to a 1:1 substitutability of interactive
services for Sirius XM.151
The survey results highlight a related
criticism by Sirius XM of Mr. Orszag’s
ratio equivalency approaches. Sirius XM
correctly argued that the economic
rationale that supports a ratio
equivalency approach requires
‘‘significant competition, or a high
cross-elasticity of demand, between
Sirius XM and subscription
services. . . . [A] limited degree of
head-to-head competition . . . will not
suffice.’’ Shapiro CWRT at 12; see also
Web IV, 81 FR at 26353; 4/26/17 Tr.
1198 (Orszag).
In Web IV, the Judges stated that the
ratio equivalency approach might be
appropriate if the record reflected that
functional convergence and downstream
competition for potential listeners indicate a
sufficiently high cross-elasticity of demand
as between interactive and noninteractive
services, provided the noninteractive
151 The Judges analyze these survey results in
detail, supra, sections VI.B.1–VI.B.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65247
subscription rate is reduced to reflect the
absence of the added value of interactivity[.]
81 FR at 26353. In the present case, Mr.
Orszag did not provide either qualitative
or quantitative evidence of a sufficiently
high cross-elasticity. In fact, it is
noteworthy that even the survey results
reported by SoundExchange’s own
survey witnesses, Professors Ravi Dhar
and Itmar Simonson, indicated that
there is no such high substitutability
between subscribership to interactive
services and to Sirius XM. These survey
conclusions negate any complete or
overwhelming ratio equivalency Mr.
Orszag has posited. Moreover, even
Professor Willig, another
SoundExchange economic expert, relied
on and adopted Professor Dhar’s survey,
which revealed a substitutability of
interactive services for Sirius XM at
significantly less than 1:1. See Willig
WDT ¶ 41.
Sirius XM also challenged
SoundExchange’s predicate that there is
‘‘increasing convergence of the
interactive services and Sirius XM’’
because of ‘‘some ‘lean back’
functionality’’ offered by the interactive
services (in the form of pre-programmed
playlists). Sirius XM noted that Mr.
Orszag acknowledged on crossexamination that, if the rate-setting
exercise were based solely on his
posited convergence, any increased use
of playlists by interactive services
would suggest that interactive services
were becoming more like noninteractive
services, rather than vice versa. If any
purported convergence is in the
direction of lean-back service, then
interactive services’ rates should be
falling in an effectively competitive
market, rather than noninteractive or
satellite services’ rates increasing. 4/26/
17 Tr. 1191–92 (Orszag).
Sirius XM’s criticism in this regard is
well-taken. There is insufficient
evidence in the record to show that
interactive services’ royalty rates have
fallen in response to any asserted
increase in listener use of playlists.
Indeed, as Sirius XM correctly noted,
[REDACTED]. See, e.g., 5/16/17 Tr. at
3939 (Harrison); 5/15/17 Tr. at 3836
(Walker).152
Ultimately, the Judges place no
weight on the alleged corroboration of
the Mid-tier Agreements identified by
Mr. Orszag, for several reasons. First, as
152 Playlists could engender price competition. As
the Judges noted in Web IV, services could lower
royalty rates with playlist steering. Further, the
possibility of steering could result in lower
industrywide rates without any actual steering
taking place. See Web IV, 81 FR at 26367. In the
present case, there is no evidence of any such price
competition through playlist-based steering in the
fully interactive market.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65248
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
a SoundExchange industry witness
testified, UMG requires [REDACTED].
Harrison WDT ¶ 20 (‘‘Even if mid-tier
subscription services succeed in
drawing some consumers away from
poorly-monetized free ad-supported
streaming services, there is also a danger
that they could to a degree cannibalize
the premium on-demand subscription
services. [REDACTED].
Second, the mid-tier services include
interactive features which the record
companies recognize are valuable to
subscribers. Id. Absent evidence in this
record of an interactivity adjustment
specifically related to the valuable but
limited interactive functionality of the
mid-tier services, the probative value of
the mid-tier rates in this proceeding is
compromised.
In sum, the Judges agree with Sirius
XM that the record does not provide
sufficient evidence to support Mr.
Orszag’s ratio equivalency approaches
to rate-setting in this proceeding.153
VII. SDARS Performance License—
Sirius XM Proposal
In its specific proposed rate
regulations, Sirius XM advocated a
single royalty fee—8.1% of ‘‘Gross
Revenues.’’ See Second Amended
Proposed Rates and Terms of Sirius XM
. . . at § 382.12(a) (2d APR). However,
more broadly, Sirius XM proposed a rate
range of 8.1% to 11% of relevant
revenue, which it claims is consistent
with the evidence. 2d APR at 1. The
existing rate, for 2017, is 11%.
Sirius XM’s expert witness, Professor
Carl Shapiro, analyzed three possible
starting points for setting the
performance royalty rates in this
proceeding. Professor Shapiro began
with an analysis of the existing rates. He
also analyzed two potential
benchmarks: Direct licenses negotiated
between Sirius XM and 498 Indie record
labels and the rates determined by the
Judges for noninteractive digital
performances over the internet
(webcasting).154
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
153 Therefore,
Mr. Orszag’s attempted steering
adjustments are moot with regard to his approaches.
The applicability of those adjustments, vel non, is
addressed in connection with the establishment of
effectively competitive rates elsewhere in this
Determination. Also, because Mr. Orszag did not
present the mid-tier royalties as benchmarks in
their own right, but rather as corroborative evidence
supporting his (now rejected) ratio equivalency
approach, the Judges do not accept Mr. Orszag’s use
of mid-tier royalties as corroborative or probative.
154 Professor Shapiro did not label the existing
rate as a ‘‘benchmark’’ per se. Rather, he opined that
the existing ‘‘11 percent of revenue rate that Sirius
XM will pay in 2017 can be viewed as an upper
bound on the reasonable royalty level for the 2018–
2022 period.’’ Shapiro WDT at 34. The Judges
consider Professor Shapiro’s use of the existing rate
as an ‘‘upper bound’’ is functionally similar to a use
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
A. Current Rates
Professor Shapiro noted that the
current statutory rate is 11% of ‘‘Gross
Revenues,’’ as defined by the relevant
regulations. See 37 CFR part 382,
subpart B. The Judges configured the
SDARS rates for the period 2013 to 2017
to increase from 9% to 11% over the
five-year period. Before recommending
adoption of the extant rate for the
ensuing rate period, Professor Shapiro
analyzed the state of the music industry
to determine whether any changes in
the marketplace might warrant a
deviation from the current rate. See
Shapiro WDT at 27. Evidence in this
proceeding overwhelmingly supports a
finding of increased use of streaming,
both interactive and noninteractive, as
the preferred method of ‘‘consuming’’
music. Professor Shapiro’s testimony
was no exception. Id. at 28. As Professor
Shapiro noted, in 2012, streaming
accounted for approximately 12% of
record industry revenues; whereas in
the first half of 2016, streaming
accounted for 43% of record industry
revenues.155 Id. Analogously, Sirius
XM’s subscribership grew from
approximately 24.9 million subscribers
in 2014 to 28.3 million subscribers in
2015. Id. at 29.156 This growth in
subscribers increased satellite radio’s
share of music industry revenues during
the period from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%. Id. at 28, Fig. 5.
Professor Shapiro proposed
continuing the current percent-ofrevenue rate structure. He concluded
that, when using percent-of-revenue
rates, any increase in Sirius XM’s
relevant revenue would redound to the
benefit of the record companies
obviating a need to change the rate. See
Shapiro WDT at 29–30.
He further argued that the relevant
starting consideration for the Judges
would be the rate that would emerge in
an effectively competitive marketplace.
5/3/17 Tr. 2479–80 (Shapiro). Professor
Shapiro asserted that Sirius XM’s
of that rate as a ‘‘benchmark.’’ That is, he is urging
a similarity between: (1) The description of the
SDARS market as it was presented to the Judges in
SDARS II in 2012, and the rates that were set in that
Determination (the de facto benchmark); and (2) the
description of the SDARS market (the target market)
as it has been presented to the Judges in this 2017
proceeding.
155 Professor Shapiro defined revenue from
streaming services as that derived from subscription
and on-demand services as well as webcasting.
Music industry revenues included those streaming
services, physical sound recording sales, digital
downloads, synchronization royalties, and satellite
radio. Shapiro WDT at 28.
156 Sirius XM predicts [REDACTED] during the
upcoming rate period from an estimated
[REDACTED] million subscribers in 2018 to
[REDACTED] million subscribers in 2021. Shapiro
WDT at 29.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
overall profits would be irrelevant to the
negotiation. Shapiro WRT at 51–52. He
opined that, in an effectively
competitive market, the negotiating
parties would look only to the licensee’s
‘‘contribution margin’’; that is, ‘‘the
percentage of Sirius XM’s receipts from
a subscriber . . . that drops to their
bottom line.’’ Id. This contribution
margin is the measure of sales revenue
available for fixed costs and profit after
paying variable costs. See Lys WDT
¶ 83. According to Professor Lys, Sirius
XM includes in variable costs
[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 85. Professor
Shapiro and Professor Lys agree that
Sirius XM’s contribution margin has
remained ‘‘remarkably consistent’’ over
time. See id. ¶ 87; Shapiro WRT at 5.
Professor Shapiro focused on the
stability of the Sirius XM contribution
margin to argue for a like stability in
royalty rates. Countering that
proposition, Professor Lys looked at an
economic bargaining model and
concluded that with greater overall
profitability, Sirius XM and any licensor
would negotiate to divide those overall
profits, which would result in a higher
percentage royalty rate.
Neither expert’s opinion in this
regard, however, is persuasive. Professor
Lys may well be correct that record
companies, given their ‘‘must have’’
status, i.e., in the absence of effective
competition, would seek in unregulated
market negotiations to appropriate a
portion of the additional profits
(through a rate increase in addition to
the automatic increase from a larger
pool of revenue), notwithstanding that
the profits accrued via Sirius XM’s scale
and growth rather than through an
increase in the contribution margin. On
the other hand, as discussed elsewhere
in this Determination, the growth of
Sirius XM’s profits allows it to
compensate the record companies for
the opportunity costs the latter incur
when licensing to Sirius XM. But
neither of these factors is relevant to the
appropriateness of adopting the extant
rate in the forthcoming rate period.
SoundExchange opposed reliance on
the current, SDARS II royalty rates,
asserting that the current rates do not
capture the effect of the expansion of
music streaming on the labels’
opportunity cost. SoundExchange
contended that Professor Shapiro’s
analysis of current rates fails to
acknowledge or address changes (1) in
opportunity cost, (2) in Sirius XM’s
financial performance, (3) in the
upstream market for digital sound
recording rights,157 and (4) in current
157 For this third point of criticism,
SoundExchange focused on the direct licenses
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
circumstances as opposed to those
prevailing at the time of the SDARS II
determination.
SoundExchange’s arguments
regarding opportunity cost relied on the
assumption that Sirius XM and
streaming services are closely
substitutable for one another. However,
that assumed close substitutability is
contradicted by the survey results as
analyzed by the Judges, supra, in
connection with Professor Willig’s
opportunity cost analysis.
SoundExchange also does not take into
account Sirius XM’s unique position of
being the only satellite radio provider—
resulting in a remarkable growth in
subscribers—as well as the fact that
changes in Sirius XM revenues have
resulted from additional factors, i.e.,
lower non-music content costs and
lower royalty rates in negotiated direct
licenses.158 Thus, to the extent
discussed above, changes in the overall
market do militate against using current
rates as an appropriate starting point.
Moreover, the current rates as set in
SDARS II were a function of the
deficiencies in the proffered evidence in
that proceeding, evidence that, by
comparison, made the then extant rates
a relatively superior guide to an
appropriate rate. The Judges were
dissatisfied with a benchmark derived
from licenses in the interactive
streaming business. Further, the Judges
found it necessary to allow for a
downward adjustment (within the zone
of reasonableness) to account for the
enormity of Sirius XM’s satellite launch
and replacement costs. See SDARS II, 78
FR at 23069. SoundExchange argued
that the ‘‘incredible financial success’’
enjoyed by Sirius XM during the current
license period obviates the need for
consideration of Sirius XM’s costs of
doing business for the license period at
issue in this proceeding. See Lys WRT
¶ 56. The Judges agree; in fact, that
financial success is a basis for
increasing the royalty rate in this
proceeding, as indicated above.
For the reasons highlighted by
SoundExchange and its experts, the
Judges will not use the extant rates as
a starting point (or benchmark or upper
bound) for determination of appropriate
rates for the period 2018 through 2022.
The SDARS II rates were derived on a
Sirius XM negotiated with Indie labels. The
criticism is better directed at the direct license
benchmark and the Judges will discuss it in that
portion of the Determination, section VII.B.
158 The Judges do acknowledge Sirius XM’s
increased profitability in a different context, i.e.,
whether Sirius XM should contribute to the
legitimate opportunity costs incurred by the record
companies without disruption that would threaten
the viability of Sirius XM. See infra, section X.D.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
record much less robust than the record
in this proceeding. The participants in
this proceeding have presented
sufficient facts and analysis to inform
the Judges and to lessen the value of the
current rates as a desired starting point
for analysis in these changed
circumstances.
B. Current Direct Licenses Negotiated by
Sirius XM
Professor Shapiro proposed a
benchmark derived from direct licenses
Sirius XM has negotiated in the market
at issue in this proceeding, i.e., the
satellite radio music streaming
(upstream) market. In 2012, when the
Judges established rates for the 2013
through 2017 rate period, direct
licensing was in its infancy, with
approximately 100 direct licenses
executed at the time of the
determination. Shapiro WDT at 34. By
2016, Sirius XM had negotiated almost
500 direct licenses with record labels.
Id. at 35. Because of its direct license
effort, Sirius XM has access to
approximately 23,000 music catalogs
containing as many as 5 million tracks,
or 6.4% of the tracks on the Sirius XM
playlists. Shapiro WDT at 35 (citing
White WDT). Professor Shapiro
promoted the direct licenses as ideal
benchmarks, asserting that they
represent market outcomes involving
the same sellers (record labels), the
same buyer (Sirius XM), and the same
rights (digital performance of sound
recordings) and effectively competitive
conditions for the negotiations. Id. at 37.
Professor Shapiro reasoned that these
negotiations reflect an effectively
competitive marketplace because Sirius
XM controls such a small share of the
record industry’s overall revenues
(approximately [REDACTED]%). See
Shapiro WDT at 37. Measuring Sirius
XM’s royalties against the entirety of
music industry revenues, however,
ignores the fact that Sirius XM
dominates the market for paid services
that listeners use in a vehicle. As the
primary alternative to (non-royalty
paying) terrestrial radio in cars, Sirius
XM in fact wields tremendous
bargaining power, which would tend to
drive down the negotiated rates.
Professor Shapiro contended that, in
fact, direct license rates negotiated in an
unregulated market would be lower
because based on recent trends, he
believes the statutory license rates act as
a ‘‘magnet’’ to pull directly negotiated
rates up to the statutory rates. Id. at 45.
Professor Shapiro’s endorsement of
direct licenses as a benchmark ignored
the difficulties inherent in determining
the effective royalty rates the parties
negotiated. With the direct licenses,
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65249
Sirius XM receives the same rights it
would under the statutory license and
additional benefits, such as a relaxation
of the statutory performance
complement rule, allowing Sirius XM to
rely more heavily on the (lower priced)
directly-licensed tracks. Id. at 35–36.
Licensors also benefit from
consideration negotiated in direct
licenses that is not available under a
statutory license. Licensors might
receive more exposure for their
recordings, might benefit from direct
payment of both recording and artist
royalties, and could avoid the
SoundExchange administrative fee. No
expert in this (or any similar)
proceeding has attempted to value the
considerations behind the headline
percent-of-revenue rates in direct
licenses, let alone determine which
party enjoys the net benefit.
Looking at the upstream market
(record labels to streaming services),
Professor Shapiro anticipated more
negotiation of direct licenses influenced
by the noninteractive streaming
services’ ability to ‘‘steer’’ listeners to a
particular catalog of music. Id. at 30. As
Professor Shapiro noted, in the
webcasting market, the availability of
steering resulted in negotiation of direct
licenses with headline rates below the
statutory rates based on the potential
benefits of greater streaming frequency
of the labels’ music. Id. at 30.
SoundExchange was critical of
Professor Shapiro’s reliance on direct
licenses primarily because more recent
direct license agreements have omitted
steering incentives or have included
anti-steering alternatives that recognize
the prospect of steering but muddy the
analytical waters with regard to the
effect steering might have on their
negotiated rates. Even Professor Shapiro
conceded that he could not ‘‘quantify
the value of steering.’’ 4/20/17 Tr. 488
(Shapiro). Furthermore, the direct
licenses involve exchanges of
consideration apart from the headline
royalty rate that no party has attempted
to value.159
The Judges do not accept Sirius XM’s
direct licenses as sufficiently probative
of the relevant market to accept them as
a meaningful benchmark. Direct licenses
cover only a small portion of the sound
recordings on Sirius XM’s playlists.
159 The record labels also derive benefit from the
direct licenses. See Shapiro WDT at 36. Notably,
Sirius XM is able to distribute both the label’s share
and the artists’ share of performance royalties
directly to the contracting label. Sirius XM provides
administration of the royalties without charging the
fee that would be payable to SoundExchange under
the statutory scheme. Under the direct license
agreements with Sirius XM, some licensors also
benefit from a more generous methodology for
calculating the label’s royalty pool. Id.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65250
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
They are uninformative of any effect of
steering on royalty rates because none of
them contain steering guarantees or
economic incentives to promote (or
avoid) steering. There is no basis for the
Judges to segregate consideration in
these licenses that is properly attributed
to elements that are unavailable under
the compulsory license.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
C. Web IV Rates
Professor Shapiro offered as a final
benchmark the rates established by the
Judges in Web IV. The Judges used
benchmarks in Web IV, including direct
licenses,160 and considered interactive
market (non-statutory) negotiated direct
license rates to determine the Web IV
rates. See Shapiro WDT at 49. Professor
Shapiro converted the Web IV perperformance rate of $0.0022 to derive a
percentage-of-revenue rate applicable in
this proceeding of 8.1%. Id. at 55.
Professor Shapiro used a figure of 469
performances per subscriber per month
for his conversion. Id. at 54.161
Anticipating questions regarding
whether webcasting and satellite radio
are too different to warrant this
benchmark, Professor Shapiro analyzed
the Web IV benchmark to resolve the
differences. According to Professor
Shapiro, there are two key differences to
examine. First is the possible difference
between a label’s full marginal cost of a
Sirius XM satellite performance and a
webcast performance. Specifically,
Professor Shapiro defined the marginal
cost difference, if any, as one of relative
promotional or substitutional effects.
Second, Professor Shapiro looked at
differences in the ability to steer as
between Sirius XM and a webcaster.
Noting that Sirius XM relies on human
programmers while webcasters rely
more heavily on algorithms, Professor
Shapiro felt Sirius XM might be more
able to steer without losing listeners. On
the other hand, he noted that webcasters
(using Pandora as an example) have the
ability to and the practice of allowing
listeners to create individualized
‘‘stations’’ giving Pandora greater
flexibility to steer without alienating
listeners. See Shapiro WDT at 56–57.
In the end, Professor Shapiro
concluded that Sirius XM and
webcasters are ‘‘quite comparable along
160 Professor Shapiro opined that the direct
licenses, such as the Pandora/Merlin agreement,
‘‘reflected the forces of competition at work,’’
namely the leveling power of steering. Shapiro
WDT at 49.
161 In a similar exercise, Professor Willig used a
weighted average figure of [REDACTED]
performances per subscriber in his calculation of
creator compensation cannibalization (opportunity
cost). The higher opportunity cost would result in
a higher percentage-of-revenue rate. See Willig
WDT at B–7.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
both dimensions.’’ Shapiro WDT at 50.
When he combined the favorable
comparison of satellite radio and
webcasting with the fact that the sellers
in both markets are the same, the rights
at issue are the same, and that the Web
IV benchmark accounts for the forces of
competition, ‘‘it becomes clear that the
Web IV benchmark is a very good
benchmark for rate setting in this
proceeding.’’ Id.
Sirius XM witness, Steven Blatter,
detailed anecdotal evidence of the
promotional effects of sound recording
plays on Sirius XM. See Written Direct
Testimony of Steven Blatter, Trial Ex. 5,
passim (Blatter WDT). Mr. Blatter touted
Sirius XM’s subscription model as
supportive of its ability to broaden the
listening (and presumably consumption)
habits of its subscribers. Freed of the
commercial demands of ad-supported
radio, Mr. Blatter contended, Sirius XM
can cultivate a broader audience than
the ‘‘Top-40’’ stations. Listeners to
Sirius XM’s curated playlists and niche
channels thus discover music that might
otherwise have gone unnoticed. Id. ¶ 2.
Mr. Blatter recited ‘‘thank-you’’ letters
from artists and labels, trade publication
reporting and analysis, and sales
statistics on selected titles as evidence
of Sirius XM’s promotional value to
licensors. In addition to artist
testimonials and press coverage, Mr.
Blatter noted that ‘‘many musicians and
record labels’’ grant Sirius XM waivers
of statutory limitations relating to
frequency of play under a statutory
license (i.e., the ‘‘sound recording
performance complement’’) in order to
enjoy the benefits of promotion on
Sirius XM. Id. ¶ 36.
Countering Mr. Blatter’s assertions,
SoundExchange expert, Dr. George Ford,
opined that promotional effects of a
particular platform are irrelevant to the
Judges’ task in this proceeding. See
Written Direct Testimony of George S.
Ford, Trial Ex. 23, at 3–4 (Ford WDT).
Dr. Ford pointed out most notably that
no ‘‘broad inter-platform analysis’’ of
promotion and substitution is in
evidence. Id. Further, he asserted
promotional effect is meaningless unless
it is net of substitutional effects. In the
current music marketplace, Dr. Ford
asserted, given the dramatic decline in
sales of permanent music media, a
streaming service’s promotion of CD
sales and downloads is outdated. Id. at
4. Professor Willig actually performed
econometric analyses looking at all
streaming services (including Sirius
XM) and found a net substitutional
effect when compared to permanent
sales. Willig WDT ¶¶ 24–27. According
to Professor Willig, the substitution of
streaming for permanent sales
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contributed to a dramatic drop in
creator compensation, meaning the
opportunity cost to artists and labels of
streaming is significant. Id. ¶ 30.
Mr. Orszag likewise disputed
Professor Shapiro’s reasoning relating to
the relative ability to steer in satellite
radio and webcasting. As Mr. Orszag
reasoned, the Judges relied on direct
licenses and their steering provisions to
make an adjustment to bring the
webcasters’ marketplace in line with a
hypothetical effectively competitive
market. See Orszag WDT ¶¶ 64–66.
Direct licenses negotiated by Sirius XM
are [REDACTED], however. Id. ¶ 67. Nor
is there any record evidence of any
actual steering by Sirius XM. As the
Judges noted elsewhere in this
Determination, [REDACTED].
The most salient criticism of Professor
Shapiro’s Web IV benchmark came from
Professor Willig. Professor Willig
discounted use of the Web IV rates,
specifically the Pandora noninteractive
rates, for various reasons, but the most
telling was his uncontradicted assertion
that not even [REDACTED] uses the
statutory rates. After the Web IV
determination, [REDACTED] negotiated
direct licenses with [REDACTED]. Using
the renegotiated rates as a benchmark,
Professor Willig calculated the SDARS
rate resulting from Professor Shapiro’s
methodology would be [REDACTED]%
of revenue, approximately [REDACTED]
the 8.1% of revenue proposed by
Professor Shapiro. See Willig WRT ¶ 57.
The Judges are troubled by the
implicit assumption in Professor
Shapiro’s use of the Web IV per play
rate, given that Sirius XM, as opposed
to noninteractive streaming, is listened
to predominantly in the car. As Mr.
Orszag testified, any per play analysis
implicitly starts with the questionable
assumption that each play has an
equivalent value in both distribution
channels. Orszag WRT ¶ 53. Further
diminishing the value of a per play
analogy, the Judges note that the parties’
use of a percent-of-revenue form of
royalty is inconsistent with the idea that
there is a single per play value that cuts
across all distribution channels
Further, the Judges agree with Mr.
Orszag that there is no valid reason—
and certainly no proof in the record—
that would permit the Judges to
conclude or presume an equal per play
value for a Sirius XM play—usually in
the car—and a play of a noninteractive
song. In fact, the Judges find that, as a
matter of common sense, there is likely
greater utility in a sound recording
played in an automobile. A driver (in
particular) has a limited set of options
for entertainment, given his or her need
to remain attentive to the road and to
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
traffic. In the car, therefore, radio
listening is a scarce form of
entertainment and therefore more
valuable product than it is elsewhere,
where it competes with all other forms
of utility and diversion (market and
non-market).162
The participants have not provided
evidence sufficient for the Judges to
reach any conclusions regarding a
conversion of the Web IV per-play rates
to a Sirius XM percent-of-revenue rate.
Even if the parties had provided
sufficient evidence to make the
conversion, the Judges are unconvinced
that the characteristics of webcasting
and satellite radio are sufficiently
similar to transfer, without adjustment,
the royalty rate from one platform to the
other.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
D. Lenski Survey Data
Sirius XM engaged Mr. Joe Lenski of
Edison Research to collect empirical
data regarding the sources of Sirius XM
satellite radio listeners and to evaluate
where those listeners might turn for
music consumption if Sirius XM were
unavailable. See Written Direct
Testimony of Joe Lenski, Trial Ex. 7, 2
(Lenski WDT). Sirius XM also asked Mr.
Lenski to develop similar data for
Pandora listeners.163 See id. Mr. Lenski
conducted a national random digit dial
telephone survey, using both landline
and cellular telephone contacts (Lenski
Survey). He employed a survey
methodology ‘‘widely recognized as the
most reliable form of survey research
and . . . used by most major polling
organizations. . . .’’ Id. at 3. The survey
queried 983 Sirius XM listeners and
1,323 Pandora listeners. Of the total
respondents, 350 identified themselves
as listeners to both Sirius XM and
Pandora. The surveyors asked
respondents in the two groups (Sirius
162 Sirius XM asserted that Mr. Orszag did not
undertake any empirical analysis in support of this
argument. SXM RPFF ¶¶ 273–274. However, Mr.
Orszag explained sufficiently that this value is a
particular form of ‘‘access’’ value, whereby the
driver knows he or she has the option of listening
to music on Sirius XM in the car, a particular value
given the limited alternatives for entertainment and
diversion behind the wheel. See SE PFF ¶¶ 1228–
1229 (and record citations therein). Moreover, the
limited nature of alternatives for entertainment and
diversion for a driver are matters of common
knowledge, and that point is not dependent upon
expert testimony. Further, because Sirius XM
advanced the argument that the per play values are
equivalent across these two distribution channels,
it should have proffered evidence to support the
assertion that consumers value access and per play
values provided by Sirius XM the same as they
value such benefits when provided by a
noninteractive service, given the greater use of
Sirius XM in the car.
163 At the time of the Lenski Survey, Pandora had
not yet launched its fully interactive subscription
service. It operated only lean-back or Mid-tier
services that were not fully interactive.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
XM and Pandora) separate sets of
questions. Respondents identifying as
listeners to both Sirius XM and Pandora
answered both sets of questions.
A large majority—62%—of Sirius XM
listeners responded that they migrated
from terrestrial radio, with 20% of
respondents answering that before
Sirius XM they listened to ‘‘CDs or your
own music downloads.’’ See id. at 5.
Online streaming services, AM/FM
stations streaming on the internet, and
interactive streaming services in the
aggregate accounted for 7% of Sirius
XM’s current listeners. Id. As for
alternatives to Sirius XM, survey
respondents indicated they would turn
to terrestrial radio (74%), CDs or music
downloads (65%), online streaming
services (49%) and interactive streaming
services (32%).164 Id. Once survey
respondents identified all possible
alternatives to Sirius XM, the surveyors
asked respondents to distribute their
possible alternatives by frequency. In
this cut, a plurality of respondents’
listening time, 40.8%, would be to
terrestrial radio. Id. at 6. CDs and digital
downloads would capture 23.1% of
former Sirius XM listening time. In the
aggregate, 22.1% of listening time
would be to noninteractive (14.3%) and
interactive (7.8%) streaming services.
By contrast, Pandora listeners
reported migrating slightly more
frequently from ‘‘CDs or your own
music’’ (35%) than from terrestrial radio
(33%).165 As alternatives, if Pandora
were no longer available, survey
respondents chose CDs or music
downloads (67%), terrestrial radio
(59%), interactive streaming services
(47%), noninteractive streaming
services (46%), and Sirius XM (23%).166
When asked to allocate their time
among the alternatives, Pandora
listeners allocated their listening time to
CDs or music downloads (26.3%),
terrestrial radio (24.4%), interactive
streaming services (16.6%) and other
noninteractive streaming services
(11.7%). Id. at 7.
These survey results showed that
Sirius XM competes most directly with
terrestrial radio, whereas Pandora’s
noninteractive service competes almost
164 At this juncture, listeners could choose more
than one potential alternative to Sirius XM; hence
the percentages exceed 100%. Notably, 28% of
survey respondents answered they would listen to
less audio overall if Sirius XM were unavailable.
See Lenski WDT at 5.
165 Sixteen percent of Pandora respondents
answered that their Pandora listening was new
listening time, not diverted from other sources.
Lenski WDT at 6–7.
166 As they did with Sirius XM, the surveyors first
established all alternatives (adding to more than
100%) before having respondents allocate their time
by preference. Id. at 6.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65251
equally with CDs and downloads,
interactive streaming services, and
terrestrial radio. Professor Shapiro
applied these conclusions to support his
assertion that Sirius XM is mostly
substitutional for terrestrial, non-royalty
paying, radio. See Shapiro WRT at 14.
In other words, Sirius XM is not
cannibalizing creator compensation
from other sources; it is augmenting
creator compensation with an alternate
source of royalties. Id. at 37. Professor
Shapiro pointed out that, using the
Modified Dhar Survey, Professor Farrell
calculated a much lower opportunity
cost than Professor Willig, viz., $1.35
per subscriber per month as compared
with $2.55 per subscriber per month.
See id. The Farrell conclusions, he
testified are ‘‘notably closer’’ to the
results Professor Shapiro obtained using
the Lenski Survey. Id.
Professor Dhar criticized the Lenski
Survey as having ‘‘no scientific value.’’
Dhar WRT ¶ 9. Professor Dhar criticized
the methodology, the response order,
and the word choices in the Lenski
Survey. See Dhar WRT passim. In
essence, Professor Dhar concluded the
Lenski Survey could not be of any value
in reflecting ‘‘marketplace reality.’’ See,
e.g., id. ¶ 16. The thrust of the Dhar
criticisms revealed the differences in the
assignments the parties gave their
survey experts. Sirius XM asked
Professor Lenski to gather listener
preference information, whereas
SoundExchange tasked Professor Dhar
with looking at a defined, limited
marketplace.
Professor Willig acknowledged that
the ‘‘the structures of these two surveys
[Dhar and Lenski] are fundamentally
different: they ask fundamentally
different questions.’’ Willig WRT ¶ 41.
Professor Willig also criticized the
Lenski Survey because it purported to
measure listeners’ assessments of their
use of time whereas the Dhar Survey
measures listeners’ assessment of their
spending, or more precisely, their
willingness to pay. See Willig WRT ¶¶
13, 46. Professor Willig asserted that the
latter would be a more appropriate
measure to determine creator
compensation cannibalization. Id.
Professor Willig, at bottom, criticized
Professor Shapiro’s reliance on the
Lenski Survey data to evaluate relative
substitutional effects of webcasting and
satellite radio because the Lenski
Survey did not give Professor Shapiro a
basis to quantify the effects. Professor
Shapiro testified in response to that
criticism that, nonetheless, ‘‘switching
behavior that’s not price-based is quite
useful in terms of how [economists] . . .
see things,’’ yet he cautioned that ‘‘I
would accept that because Mr. Lenski is
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65252
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
asking about where would you move
your listening, that could give a
different answer than what would you
subscribe to if Sirius XM were more
expensive.’’ 4/20/17 Tr. 3765–76
(Shapiro).
The Judges accept that the Lenski
Survey and the Dhar Survey (and even
the Modified Dhar Survey) were not
aimed at establishing the same
empirical evidence. The Judges do not
agree with Professor Dhar’s criticism of
the Lenski Survey methodology.
Without parsing every question in the
Lenski Survey for ambiguity or order
bias, the Judges also accept that both the
Lenski Survey and the Dhar Survey
were faulty. Those surveys are,
however, sources of empirical evidence
available in this proceeding. The
Modified Dhar Survey resulted in
adjustment of Professor Willig’s
analyses and conclusions. The Lenski
Survey supported Professor Shapiro’s
analyses and conclusions. But in
addition, the Judges understand the
Lenski Survey to be of limited use in
comparing the opportunity cost analyses
conducted by Professors Willig and
Farrell, as discussed supra.
VIII. GEO Music Rate Proposals for PSS
and SDARS
A. Rate Structures and Proposals
Mr. George D. Johnson testified 167 on
behalf of GEO Music and proposed that
the Judges bridge what he described as
a ‘‘gap’’ in creator compensation. See 5/
2/17 Tr. at 2203, 2209–10 (Johnson).
The premise upon which GEO relied is
that each performance of a copyrighted
work should be compensated. See
(Corrected) Testimony of George D.
Johnson (GEO), Trial Ex. 60, at 24–25
(Johnson CWDT). GEO acknowledged,
however, that for some digital services,
including the two services seeking
licenses in this proceeding,
measurement of individual
performances might not be possible.
Consequently, GEO sought rate
structures that could provide
a livable music royalty rate . . . [with which
creators] can be sure in our royalty payments,
real payments, that are guaranteed, at a rate
we would get if there were no ‘shadow’ of a
compulsory license . . . .
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Id. at 5; see id. at 14 (‘‘to know that they
are secure in their royalty income
. . . .’’).
167 As adjuncts to his testimony, Mr. Johnson
proffered numerous exhibits. Sirius XM and Music
Choice filed objections to GEO’s exhibits, citing
lack of foundation, hearsay, and relevance
objections. The Judges grant those objections in
their entirety. The GEO exhibits are not admitted
for the truth of the matters asserted therein, but are
nonetheless permitted to remain in the record as
illustrative of Mr. Johnson’s testimony.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
The solutions GEO proposed
appeared to arise from a per-work
formula.168 He began his analysis with
reference to the history of ‘‘mechanical’’
royalties paid to license musical
works.169 Mechanical royalties for
physical phonorecords and permanent
digital downloads have and continue to
be structured on a per-unit basis. To
capture a value he considered
equivalent to a per-unit royalty for
streaming services, Mr. Johnson
proposed four different rate structures:
A per-subscriber rate, a percentage of
revenue rate, a per-play rate, and a
permanent download rate.
GEO proposed a per-subscriber
SDARS rate ranging from $ 4.96 per
subscriber per month in 2018 to $ 5.58
per subscriber per month in 2022. GEO
would have this rate apply to all
subscribers except those that receive
channels with no, or incidental, music
content and free trial period subscribers
(limited to 30 days royalty free).
Proposed Rates and Terms of George D.
Johnson . . . at 10 (GEO Rates). GEO
proposed PSS per-subscriber rates
ranging from $ 0.10 in 2018 to $ 0.20 in
2022. Id. at 14.
GEO proposed a SDARS percentage of
revenue rate within a ‘‘current
marketplace’’ range of 25% to 40% of
‘‘Gross Revenues.’’ He proposed
defining ‘‘gross revenues’’ in a manner
similar to the current regulations, but to
include payments or payments in kind
to key executives or shareholders. See
id. at 12. For PSS, GEO proposed using
the same definition of ‘‘gross revenues’’
and calculating the royalty rate at 45%
of gross revenues.
For per-play rates for SDARS, GEO
relied on ‘‘anonymous, but actual’’
Sirius XM royalty rates and adjusted
those rates by varying the percent-ofrevenue target. Id. at 13.
As an additional revenue stream for
both the services and the copyright
owners, GEO proposed requiring both
Sirius XM and Music Choice to create
a ‘‘BUY button.’’ In this proposal, GEO
envisioned listeners acquiring (1) a
permanent download to the listener’s
device of choice, (2) a ‘‘cloud locker’’
168 Mr. Johnson has advocated in each of his
appearances before the CRB a holistic approach to
licensing music performances. See id. at 2209. In
his approach he asked the Judges to take into
account royalties for all uses of musical works
embodied in sound recordings: Royalties for the
publishers, songwriters, record companies, and
artists.
169 Section 115 of the Copyright Act creates the
compulsory license to make and distribute
phonorecords of musical works. See 17 U.S.C. 115;
106(1) and (3) (exclusive right to reproduce in
copies or phonorecords and to distribute
reproductions of musical works). The definition of
phonorecords has evolved to include digital
reproductions of embodied musical works.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
stored sound recording, or (3) a
permanent download to a purchased
content locker or paid locker service.170
GEO proposed a royalty range of $1.00
in 2018 to $2.50 in 2022 per purchase.
Id. at 15.
The economic underpinnings of Mr.
Johnson’s proposals are that streaming
and broadcasting music, i.e., the access
models of music consumption, have
substituted for (‘‘cannibalized’’) music
sales. With this shift in music
consumption, Mr. Johnson opined, users
and exploiters of the artists’ work have
continued to prosper as the artists’
revenue streams have declined. See
Johnson CWDT at 36–40.
Sirius XM did not rebut directly the
GEO proposals, but filed replies to
GEO’s proposed findings and
conclusions. See generally Sirius XM
. . . Reply to George Johnson’s
Proposed Findings . . . (Sirius XM
Reply to GEO). With one exception,171
Sirius XM disputed all of GEO’s
proposed findings and conclusions.
With respect to all other proposed
findings and conclusions, Sirius XM did
not uniformly dispute the content of
GEO’s cited material, but argued that the
citations were inapposite or irrelevant to
the SDARS/PSS rate proceeding or
without factual or legal support. Id.,
passim. Sirius XM argued that GEO’s
proposals conflated with SDARS the
rate configurations for different licenses,
e.g., Phonorecords and Webcasters,
without regard for the differences in rate
setting standards for those
configurations and without
acknowledging the separateness of the
record evidence supporting those
different rates.
Music Choice addressed directly the
GEO proposals. Mr. David Del Beccaro,
President and CEO of Music Choice,
testified that he could not parse the GEO
proposals. See Del Beccaro WRT at 65.
Mr. Del Beccaro pointed out that the
GEO rate proposals lacked explanation,
‘‘benchmark, model, or any other
evidence . . . .’’ Id. at 66.
Further, Mr. Del Beccaro took issue
with the GEO proposal that Music
Choice be required to offer a digital
download service. As Mr. Del Beccaro
observed, the digital performance sound
recording license at issue in this
proceeding does not extend to sales of
sound recordings—physical or digital.
Id. Music Choice has not licensed the
170 GEO did not clarify how a paid locker service
or purchased content locker service might be
different from a ‘‘cloud locker.’’
171 Sirius XM did not dispute GEO’s Proposed
Conclusion of Law number 24, to wit: ‘‘George D.
Johnson is an individual pro se singer/songwriter,
music publisher and independent sound recording
creator.’’ Sirius XM Reply to GEO at 27.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
rights necessary to sell phonorecords.
Further, Music Choice provided retail
sales of physical phonorecords (CDs), a
business that did not require a license
from record companies. Ultimately,
Music Choice abandoned that service
because it was not profitable. Id. at 66–
67.
The Judges agree with Sirius XM that
GEO’s proposed rates and terms are
unsupported by record evidence. The
Judges also agree with the Music Choice
criticisms of GEO’s presentations. GEO’s
arguments are primarily policy
arguments beyond the scope of this
proceeding. The GEO proposed
findings, conclusions, and rate
proposals are inadequately supported in
the record.
B. Statutory and Constitutional
Considerations
GEO referred to the constitutional
provision giving Congress the power to
provide for copyrights.172 He
acknowledged that Congress provided
for certain ‘‘exclusive rights’’ for
copyright holders in section 106 of the
Act. He argued unconvincingly,
however, that the statutory licenses
inappropriately infringe on the
exclusive rights Congress created. He
also questioned whether the Judges, or
their predecessors whose precedent the
Judges consider, were at worst
confiscating, or at best marginalizing,
copyright owners’ rights by failing to
provide for fair compensation. See
Johnson CWDT at 6, 13. GEO asserted
that current statutory royalty rates are
‘‘extremely low below-market’’ rates. Id.
at 13.
GEO made much of the ‘‘full
independence’’ of the Judges. See, e.g.,
Johnson CWDT at 7; 5/3/17 Tr. at 2244
(Johnson). Mr. Johnson appeared to
equate judicial independence for the
Copyright Royalty Judges with
disconnection from the dictates of the
law. His arguments failed to analyze the
separate licenses created by Congress or
the differing standards by which the
Judges must set those rates. By focusing
unduly on ‘‘fair market’’ considerations,
Mr. Johnson ignores the policy factors
Congress established for certain licenses
in section 801(b)(1) of the Act. Further,
in every rate setting or rate adjustment
proceeding, the Judges hear testimony
from economists and other market
experts to determine a fair rate for each
license under the circumstances extant
at each license period.
172 Article I, Section 8, clause 8 of the
Constitution gives Congress the power ‘‘to promote
the progress of science and useful arts, by securing
for limited times to authors and inventors the
exclusive right to their respective writings and
discoveries.’’ U.S. Const., Art. I, sec. 8, cl. 8.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Notwithstanding the import of Mr.
Johnson’s (and other’s) evidence of
economic imbalances in the present-day
music industry, nothing in the
Constitution or the Copyright Act
empowers the Judges to create new law
or fill in legislative ‘‘gaps’’ arising by the
course of commerce. Only Congress has
that power.
IX. Adjustment for Promotional or
Substitutional Effect
Neither SoundExchange nor Sirius
XM proposed an adjustment to the rates
that they advocated to account for any
promotional effect. Compare Shapiro
WDT at 56 (‘‘good reason’’ to conclude
promotional value from performances
on Sirius XM greater than promotional
value of performances by webcasters, ‘‘I
am not able to precisely quantify just
how much lower the royalty rate would
be, so I make no downward adjustment
to the rate) with Orszag AWDT ¶¶ 97–
100 (considered whether adjustment
was required between target market
(Sirius XM) and benchmark market
(interactive services) with respect to
promotion and concluded no
adjustment necessary).
Additionally, as the Judges explained
in Web IV:
To the extent that the Judges adopt a rate
based on benchmark evidence, it is not
necessary to make additional adjustments to
benchmarks to reflect the promotion and
substitution factors. The Judges hold in this
determination, as they have held consistently
in the past, that the use of benchmarks
‘‘bakes-in’’ the contracting parties’
expectations regarding the promotional and
substitutional effects of the agreement.
Web IV, 81 FR at 26326
The Judges have also repeatedly
found that relative promotion, not
absolute promotion/substitution, is the
relevant factor in their consideration of
statutory rates. See SDARS II, 78 FR at
23066–67 (‘‘Because only the relative
difference between the benchmark
market and the hypothetical target
market would necessitate an
adjustment, the absence of solid
empirical evidence of such a difference
obviates the need for such further
adjustment’’). Testimony from a
SoundExchange economic expert in the
present proceeding re-confirmed the
logic of these conclusions in more
formal economic terms. See 5/1/17 Tr.
1827 (Ford); see generally Ford WDT;
Written Rebuttal Testimony of George
Ford, Trial Ex. 41 (Ford WRT). In the
present case, the parties’ position is
consistent with these pronouncements
regarding relative promotion, in that
they do not propose a rate adjustment
on the basis of any relative promotional
differences.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65253
Accordingly, the Judges do not adjust
the rates they establish in this
proceeding to reflect any hypothetical,
absolute or relative promotional effects
arising from performances on Sirius
XM.173
Further, as discussed elsewhere in
this Determination, the substitution
effects arising from record company
licensing of sound recordings to Sirius
XM is a lynchpin for the setting of the
rate in this proceeding.
X. The Itemized Section 801(b) Policy
Considerations
As detailed in this Determination, the
Judges find that the 15.5% of revenue
rate arising from the Opportunity Cost
approach represents a market-based rate
that, in its entirety, mitigates the
complementary oligopoly effects of
certain positive opportunity costs
embedded within it and reflects the
parties’ existing market power. Further,
the record in this proceeding does not
support any adjustment to the resulting
rate to account for performances on
Sirius having a promotional or
substitutional effect. Accordingly, the
Judges find this 15.5% of revenue rate
to be an effectively competitive rate, and
therefore a ‘‘reasonable rate’’ under 17
U.S.C. 801(b)(1) before consideration of
the policy factors within that statutory
section.
The Judges now analyze each of the
itemized 801(b)(1) policy considerations
to determine whether they should make
any upward or downward adjustment in
this proceeding and, if so, the
magnitude of any such adjustment. In
this and prior proceedings, the Judges
have concluded that these four factors
cannot necessarily be considered
separately from one another. See, e.g.,
SDARS I, 73 FR at 4094. Moreover, in
the process of identifying the
‘‘reasonable rate’’ before specifically
applying these four itemized factors, the
Judges may have already considered
issues that overlap with the four factors,
such that any further application of the
same considerations would constitute
improper double-counting of those
considerations.
SoundExchange argued that the first
three statutory objectives promote
policies that are generally advanced
through market transactions. According
to its economic expert, Mr. Orszag,
‘‘market-based rates are consistent with
173 There is anecdotal evidence in the record
regarding promotional effect. The Judges have
previously noted the insufficiency of anecdotal
evidence to support a rate adjustment. In this
proceeding, however, they find that issue to be
moot given that the parties’ respective experts have
not proposed a rate adjustment to reflect
promotional effect.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
65254
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the first three of the 801(b) factors.’’ 4/
25/17 Tr. 954 (Orszag). If that were true,
then any attempt by the Judges to adjust
a market-based rate would be improper
or, to the extent the Judges had already
considered market principles, a form of
double-counting, were they to use those
factors again to adjust the rate.
By contrast, Sirius XM asserted that,
as a matter of law, ‘‘it is well established
that reasonable 801(b)(1) rates need not
correspond to market rates.’’ SXPFF ¶
87 (citing SoundExchange v. Librarian
of Congress, 571 F.3d 1220, 1224 (D.C.
Cir. 2009) (any ‘‘claim that [section
801(b)] clearly requires the use of
market rates is simply wrong’’);
Recording Indus. Ass’n of Am. v.
Librarian of Congress, 176 F.3d 528, 533
(D.C. Cir. 1999) (same).
Thus, Sirius XM further asserted that
in a proceeding governed by the section
801(b)(1) rate standard, ‘‘marketapproximating rates’’ must be further
evaluated against the Section 801(b)(1)
policy objectives in order to arrive at
‘‘reasonable rates’’ that comport with
the statutory command. Id. The Judges
do not agree that this construction of
their statutory charge is legally
mandated or otherwise necessary. The
Judges understand that they may
establish ‘‘reasonable rates,’’ and only
thereafter decide whether or how to
apply the four itemized factors. If the
Judges find that a market-based rate 174
is consistent with a ‘‘reasonable rate,’’
they may adopt that rate and apply the
four factors to that rate. And, if the
record does not support a further
adjustment based on an application of
the four itemized factors, or any of them
individually, then the Judges may allow
their market-based reasonable rate to
stand as the new statutory rate.
As the foregoing analysis of the
parties’ proposals makes clear, the
Judges have found that the 15.5% rate
is a ‘‘reasonable rate’’ derived from a
combination of market-based
opportunity costs, survey evidence and
countervailing considerations. Thus, the
Judges do not consider the four itemized
factors in section 801(b)(1) as bearing
upon the reasonableness of the marketbased rate they have already identified
as ‘‘reasonable.’’ Rather, in this case, the
Judges consider whether these four
factors, separately or in combination,
require any policy-based adjustments of
the 15.5% rate and whether the Judges
have already incorporated those factors
into the analysis that led them to
identify the 15.5% rate.
174 Although the Judges are not required to utilize
market-based rates, they surely are not prohibited
from doing so, as discussed supra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Before embarking on an analysis of
the parties’ separate factor arguments,
the Judges note an overarching theme in
many of those discrete arguments. The
parties argue broadly that their costs
and investments are significant (Factor
C issues) and that they are entitled to a
‘‘fair’’ income or return (Factor B issues)
that is not disruptive of their businesses
(Factor D issues), in order to maximize
the distribution of sound recordings to
the public (Factor A issues). These
arguments echo the historical ambiguity
in the creation of the itemized section
801(b)(1) factors and the debate between
Messrs. Nathan and Arnold prior to the
adoption of those factors, as discussed
supra.175 Because the historic
antecedent of the factors is the
traditional public utility rate-setting
process, the Judges cannot easily apply
the factors to a determination of rates
that is not based on a rate of return that
accounts for specified costs, invested
capital, a delineated rate base and a
return on invested capital. Rather, the
arguments in this context are by
necessity more directional in nature.
With this caveat, the Judges examine the
parties’ evidence regarding the need for
any adjustment pursuant to the four
itemized factors in section 801(b)(1).
A. Factor A: Maximizing the Availability
of Creative Works to the Public
SoundExchange construed Factor A as
calling for royalty rates that are
sufficiently high to foster the creation of
new content, but not so high as to
jeopardize the ongoing viability of a
licensee-service ‘‘that has gained
acceptance among consumers in the
marketplace.’’ SE PFF ¶1435. Based on
this understanding of Factor A,
SoundExchange asserts that the marketbased rates it has proposed do not
require adjustment to satisfy the
objectives of Factor A.
In support of this point,
SoundExchange first relied on an
explanation by Professor Willig as to
why Factor A is consistent with his
Ramsey Pricing approach. Willig WDT ¶
13 (‘‘The defining objective of Ramsey
pricing is the maximization of consumer
welfare, and this is an economic
concept fully consistent with the
portion[ ] of the Section 801(b)(1)
criteria that call[s] for the maximization
of the availability of creative works to
the public.’’); see also 5/2/17 Tr. 1981
(Willig) (‘‘Ramsey pricing by definition
. . . says the price has got to be high
enough to be financially sustainable on
the supply side, but balanced across
uses in a way that maximizes consumer
welfare.’’). However, because Professor
175 See
PO 00000
supra, section II.B
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Willig did not identify a proposed rate
under his Ramsey pricing approach, the
Judges do not find that this approach
compels a Factor A adjustment.
Nevertheless, Professor Willig did
indicate that his Ramsey Pricing
approach generally demonstrated that
the statutory rate should increase from
the present rate of 11%. Because the
reasonable market-based rate identified
by the Judges of 15.5% is 41% higher
than the present rate, the Judges see no
need to make an additional increase in
order to be consonant with Professor
Willig’s directional recommendation
arising from his Ramsey pricing
approach.
SoundExchange’s other economic
expert, Mr. Orszag, provided a separate
reason why SoundExchange’s rate
proposal was consistent with the Factor
A principles. He stated that rates that
are ‘‘market-based’’ meet the Factor A
criteria because they cause rates to be
‘‘sufficiently high to incentivize
copyright holders to create content, as
reflected in content distributors’
[licensees’]—and by extension
consumers’—willingness to pay for
sound recordings.’’ Orszag WDT ¶ 15. In
addition, Mr. Orszag opined that the
presence of streaming services operating
under market-based rates demonstrates
that those ‘‘market-based rates are not so
high as to prevent content distributors
from earning economic returns
sufficiently attractive to induce the
investments required to transmit
content to consumers, to broaden their
distribution networks, and to develop
quality enhancements and a richer
menu of features and functionality.’’ Id.
Thus, he concluded that ‘‘market-based
rates will produce rates that are high
enough to incent artists and labels to
create their product,’’ and ‘‘are high
enough for the content distributors to
earn sufficiently high returns that they
will want to distribute that content.’’ 4/
25/17 Tr. 956–57 (Orszag).
In support of this argument,
SoundExchange noted the many specific
costly ways in which labels must invest
in their businesses, incurring repeated
‘‘sunk costs,’’ in order to provide a
continuing flow of recorded music. As
SoundExchange noted, the testimony
and evidence highlight these specific
risky and costly investments incurred to
sign artists, create and produce
recordings, manufacture product,
market and distribute the music, build
an audience and fan base, and license
the copyrighted content to services such
as Sirius XM for listening by end users.
See, e.g., Written Direct Testimony of
Jason Gallien, Trial Ex. 30, at 2 (Gallien
WDT).
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
In opposition, Sirius XM correctly
argued that Mr. Orszag ‘‘merely offers
truisms,’’ such as that higher revenue
encourages record companies to make
sound recordings available to the
public. However, Sirius XM noted that
SoundExchange does not go beyond this
truism to ‘‘elucidate how properly
determined market rates fail to ensure
that record companies are fairly
compensated.’’ SXRPFF ¶ 340.
The mere (and obvious) fact that
record companies incur substantial
costs is not illuminating, because that
fact simply begs the question whether
rates are sufficient in light of those
costs. Moreover, the Judges do not
acknowledge that SoundExchange’s
position even rises to the level of a
‘‘truism.’’ An increase in the royalty rate
will not necessarily result in an increase
in revenue, if the increase causes a
downstream retail percentage reduction
in quantity demanded that is greater
than a percentage increase in
subscription prices.
The Judges find that a rate properly
crafted to reflect an effectively
competitive market rate will maximize
the availability of creative works to the
public by providing appropriate market
incentives. Lower rates, ceteris paribus,
would result in increased distribution
but less incentive to produce sound
recordings. Higher rates, ceteris paribus,
would encourage increased production
of sound recordings but discourage
distribution. Nothing in the record
indicates that, on balance, either an
increase or a decrease in the reasonable
rate of 15.5% would increase the
availability to the public of sound
recordings.
Further, because the 15.5% rate
identified by the Judges is market-based,
the Judges are advancing the general
proposition asserted by SoundExchange,
that the market, properly construed, will
balance the interests of producers
(licensors) and distributors (licensees),
without an increase in that rate under
Factor A. See 5/2/17 Tr. 1956–57
(Willig) (from economic perspective,
factor will ‘‘require rates, royalty rates
and terms generally that perform the
economic function of motivating the
record companies and the artists to
create desirable sound recordings . . .
[and] at the same time, . . . those rates
and those terms should motivate . . .
the distribution Services, to distribute
those recordings to the public in a way
that reflects consumer preferences.’’).
Sirius XM suggested that the record
supports a reduction in the royalty rate
below the present 11% rate. In support
of that point, it relied on the testimony
of Professor Shapiro, who noted that an
element of providing proper economic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
incentives to both the creators of sound
recordings and to Sirius XM to make the
necessary investments to ‘‘maximize the
availability of creative works to the
public’’ is the extent to which plays on
Sirius XM’s satellite radio service
promote or substitute for other record
label revenue streams. Shapiro WDT at
57–58. The Judges find this argument to
be as much a ‘‘truism’’ as
SoundExchange’s argument
emphasizing the incentivizing effect of
higher royalty rates, and thus equally
unavailing. Moreover, the Judges have
already incorporated into their rate
analysis survey evidence that
demonstrates the substitution patterns
between Sirius XM and other
distribution channels. In that analysis,
the Judges relied on an evidentiary
roadmap provided to them by Sirius
XM, through Professors Hauser and
Farrell, for the identification and
valuation of the substitutability of other
distribution channels for Sirius XM.
Finally with regard to Sirius XM’s
argument, although Professor Shapiro
asserted that a downward adjustment is
warranted because Sirius XM is more
promotional and less substitutional than
non-interactive webcasters for other
record label revenue streams, he found
it too difficult to measure the magnitude
of such an adjustment. Id. at 58 & App.
D. Accordingly, he declined to propose
such an adjustment. Shapiro WDT at 58.
The Judges, therefore, have no
evidentiary basis to make such a
downward adjustment, even if they had
found that a reduction was warranted.
The Judges interpret the ‘‘maximize’’
directive more broadly than either party
to this proceeding. SoundExchange
interpreted maximization as an
upstream supply issue while Sirius XM
interpreted maximization as a
downstream distribution issue. The
Judges must look at both steps in the
process. Aside from the economic issues
the parties argued, there is also simply
no record evidence that indicates a
shortfall in the overall production of
sound recordings, or in the
dissemination of sound recordings
through Sirius XM or other distribution
channels. For all these reasons, the
Judges find no basis in the record for a
policy adjustment to the 15.5%
‘‘reasonable rate’’ based on Factor A.
B. Factor B: Fair Income/Fair Return
Under Existing Market Conditions
Factor B requires the Judges to
balance fair return to licensors and fair
income to licensees. There is an
inherent tension within this factor.
Further, economic analysis cannot
identify royalty rates or a division of
revenue that is ‘‘fair.’’ See 4/25/17 Tr.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65255
957 (Orszag) (‘‘Fairness is not a welldefined term in the economics
literature.’’). Economics can, however,
provide a framework for a fair process.
Id. at 958 (‘‘Market-based rates are fair
in the sense of, as long as they are being
determined in a workably competitive
environment, they are going to produce
outcomes that are efficient.’’). Thus, the
Judges analyze the Factor B issues with
an understanding of the inherent
subjectivity of the endeavor, and an
appreciation for the nuanced distinction
between a ‘‘fair outcome’’ and a ‘‘fair
process.’’
Equating the market rate with a rate
that provides a fair return,
SoundExchange argued that the current
rate does not afford a fair return to
copyright owners because it is lower
than a market rate. Exacerbating this
problem, according to SoundExchange,
is the decline in sales of downloads and
physical products, which have made
royalty revenues from Sirius XM (and
other services that offer ‘‘access’’ rather
than ‘‘ownership’’) even more important
than in the past. See Gallien WDT at 3–
6. To the extent this argument is simply
a plea by SoundExchange for rates that
subsidize declining business segments,
it is rejected. As the Judges have said
previously with regard to services’
business models, rates are not set
merely to support a particular business
model. See Web IV, 81 FR at 26329 (the
statute ‘‘neither requires nor permits the
Judges to protect any given business
model proposed or adopted by a market
participant’’). Likewise in this
proceeding, the Judges are not obliged to
offset, mitigate, or subsidize a decline in
physical or download sales by setting
higher royalty rates for satellite radio.
Moreover, as Sirius XM correctly
argued, in this proceeding there is no
record evidence that the decline in
revenues from other distribution
channels can be laid at the doorstep of
Sirius XM and, further, any such
decline cannot automatically mean that
the current level of income received by
the record companies is not ‘‘fair.’’ See
SXM RPFF ¶ 344.
SoundExchange refined its argument
by reformulating its substitution/crosselasticity argument as a basis to raise
rates pursuant to Factor B. More
particularly, noting the self-evident fact
that consumers have a limited amount
of time to listen to music,
SoundExchange pointed out that, when
subscribers tune in to Sirius XM, they
forego other direct revenue generating
services, like Apple Music or Spotify,
and that may also diminish their
purchases of physical product and
downloads because they spend their
music-listening time tuned in to Sirius
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65256
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
XM. Gallien WDT at 7. The Judges reject
this argument as a basis to adjust the
rates pursuant to Factor B. In setting the
‘‘reasonable rate’’ of 15.5% for an
effectively competitive market, the
Judges examined the survey evidence
that demonstrated the relevant
substitution patterns. The Judges cannot
gainfully pursue that same issue a
second time by reconfiguring it as a
basis for making adjustments under
Factor B.
Approaching the Factor B issue from
the other side of the ledger, so to speak,
SoundExchange argued that ‘‘Sirius XM
earns far more than a fair income under
the current 11% rate, and will continue
to do so under SoundExchange’s rate
proposal.’’ SE PFF at 605. In support of
this conclusion SoundExchange pointed
to several facts proffered by Professor
Lys that demonstrate how and why
Sirius XM has realized substantial and
profitable growth: 176
(a) At the time of SDARS I, Sirius and XM
were two separate companies competing for
subscribers based on price, and likewise
engaged in price competition for non-music
content such as sports leagues and talk show
personalities. However, in July 2008, Sirius
and XM merged, and the merged entity,
Sirius XM, became the sole provider of
satellite radio in the United States, holding
a monopoly in this market segment. Lys
CWDT ¶ 43.
(b) The merger eliminated price
competition between the two pre-merger
satellite radio services for subscribers and for
non-music content, and also allowed the
combined company to take advantage of the
economies of scale that are central to its
business model. Lys CWDT ¶ 44.
(c) Sirius XM’s operating costs are
predominantly fixed with respect to
subscriber revenue. These fixed costs include
programming and content, satellite and
transmission, sales and marketing,
engineering and design, subscriber
acquisition costs, and general and
administrative costs.177 Id. ¶ 45.
(d) Sirius XM’s variable operating costs
(i.e., costs that do vary with subscriber
revenue) are small in comparison, and
include royalties, customer service, and cost
of equipment. See id ¶ 46; see also id. ¶ 46
n.17 (citation omitted).
(e) Because of its largely fixed cost
structure and its post-merger market share
growth, Sirius XM’s profits increased
dramatically once its sales reached its
‘‘break-even point,’’ i.e., the point at which
its fixed costs are covered. Id. ¶ 47.
(f) This growth in profits is reflected in
Sirius XM’s high contribution margin (i.e.,
the fraction of each additional revenue dollar
that covers fixed costs or increases profits).
Specifically, by 2015, Sirius XM achieved a
contribution margin of [REDACTED] %,
meaning that each additional dollar of
revenue increases pre-tax net income and
cash flows by $[REDACTED]. Id.
(g) Sirius XM’s ‘‘free cash flow’’ (FCF) (a
metric commonly used to assess a company’s
performance and value), captures the amount
of cash that is available, after necessary
business investment (including satellite
investments), that can be used to pay
dividends and repurchase shares. In 2012,
Sirius XM’s FCF was [REDACTED]% of
EBITDA,178 a higher percentage than other
large entertainment-media companies. That
is, Sirius XM can distribute [REDACTED]%
of its EBITDA to its shareholders without
affecting its operations.
(h) Looking at FCF over a longer period,
over the past decade Sirius XM has generated
$2.6 billion in such FCF. Since the merger,
starting in 2009 Sirius XM has recorded
seven straight years of positive FCF and has
over that seven-year period generated $4.91
billion of FCF. Lys CWDT ¶¶ 91–92. Sirius
XM’s FCF has increased from a deficit of
$1.23 billion in 2006 (meaning that the
company was not generating sufficient cash
and needed to rely on external funding
sources for its operations and investments) to
a positive $1.32 billion in 2015. This means
that after it satisfied its investment needs, its
operations generated $1.32 billion in cash
that it could distribute to its investors. Id. ¶
55. Cumulatively, from 2006–2015, Sirius
XM earned $5.9 billion in operating cash
flows. Id. ¶ 90.
(i) Sirius XM’s executives trumpet the
company’s more recent performance as ‘‘one
of the best growth stories in media,’’ and
conclude that its ‘‘business is thriving’’—a
claim confirmed by Professor Lys’s analysis.
Id. ¶ 52 & nn.24–25.
(j) In the 2009–2015 post-merger period,
Sirius XM earned a total of $5.6 billion in
EBIT.179 Similarly, in the period since the
merger, Sirius XM has generated over $7
billion in adjusted EBITDA, an increase from
negative $690 million in 2006 to positive
$1.66 billion in 2015. Lys CWDT ¶ 54.
(k) Turning from financial to volume
metrics, over the past decade, Sirius XM has
substantially increased its number of
subscribers, even as it has increased the
prices and fees it charges. Lys CWDT ¶ 57;
see also 4/26/17 Tr. 1323 (Lys) (Sirius XM’s
historic revenue base). Specifically, over the
past decade Sirius XM’s subscriber base has
grown on average [REDACTED]% per year,
more than doubling from [REDACTED]
million subscribers in 2006 to [REDACTED]
million subscribers at the end of 2015. Lys
CWDT ¶ 59. As of March 2016, Sirius XM
had over 30 million subscribers. Id. ¶ 58 &
n.34.
(l) Sirius XM’s total revenue has grown
even faster than the growth in the number of
its subscribers—from $1.57 billion in 2006 to
$4.57 billion in 2015—a 12.6 percent
compounded annual growth rate (CAGR). Lys
CWDT ¶ 65. This higher revenue growth
resulted from Sirius XM’s increase in its
subscription prices and fee charges that
occurred contemporaneous with the growth
of its subscriber base, allowing Sirius XM to
realize a 15.8% increase in its ARPU between
2008 and 2015, corresponding to a
compounded annual growth rate of 1.6%. See
id. ¶ 66, Fig. 11. The table below presents the
increase in the total effective monthly cost of
subscribing to Sirius XM’s most popular
subscription package, the ‘‘Select’’ package),
i.e., combining the subscription fee and the
U.S. Music Royalty Fee:
SIRIUS XM HISTORICAL EFFECTIVE MONTHLY TOTAL SUBSCRIPTION COST
[Select subscription package]
Nominal
subscription
Date
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
1–Jan–06 .............................................................................
29–Jul–09 .............................................................................
6–Dec–10 .............................................................................
1–Jan–12 .............................................................................
1–Feb–13 .............................................................................
1–Jan–14 .............................................................................
5–Jan–15 .............................................................................
27–Apr–16 ............................................................................
176 The summary of Professor Lys’s exhaustive
analysis of Sirius XM’s financial success lays out
SoundExchange’s Factor B analysis and also
demonstrates that the 15.5% rate set by the Judges
cannot be construed as ‘‘unfair.’’ The rate provides
the record companies with their opportunity costs,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
U.S. Music
royalty fee
$12.95
12.95
12.95
14.49
14.49
14.99
14.99
15.99
$0.00
1.98
1.40
1.42
1.81
1.81
2.08
2.22
a form of return that Professor Willig acknowledged
to be appropriate, while allowing Sirius XM to
realize ongoing profits.
177 Alternatively, these costs are the same
whether one person is listening to a Sirius XM
broadcast, or millions.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Total
effective
subscription
$12.95
14.93
14.35
15.91
16.30
16.80
17.07
18.21
Increase
n/a
1.98
(0.58)
1.56
0.39
0.50
0.27
1.14
% Increase
n/a
15.3
¥3.9
10.9
2.5
3.1
1.6
6.7
178 EBITDA means earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization.
179 EBIT means earnings before interest and taxes.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Id. ¶ 70, Fig. 12; see also Summary of
U.S. Music Royalty Fees by Package,
Trial Ex. 321 (excerpt from Sirius XM
website). As this figure shows, Sirius
XM’s pricing on its Select subscription
package has increased by 41% over the
past decade, from $12.95 in 2006 to
$18.21 as of April 2016, corresponding
to a total increase of $5.26 or a
compounded annual increase of 3.5%.
Lys CWDT ¶ 71.
According to Professor Lys, Sirius
XM’s pricing increases appear to have
had little effect on demand for its
services, as evidenced by the essentially
non-existent impact of the price
increases on subscriber ‘‘churn’’
(defined by Sirius XM as ‘‘the monthly
average of self-pay deactivations for the
period divided by the average number of
self-pay subscribers for the period’’).
Sirius XM Holdings, Inc., Proxy
Statement & 2015 Annual Report, Trial
Ex. 372, at 21 (Sirius XM 2015 Annual
Report).180
Sirius XM’s most recent annual
performance has been consistent with
its past post-merger growth and
profitability, as evidenced by the
following points.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
In 2016 Sirius XM set records for
subscribers, revenue, adjusted EBITDA, and
free cash flow, beating its guidance on all of
those metrics. 5/15/17 Tr. 3759–60 (Meyer).
In 2016, Sirius XM added more than 1.7
million net subscribers, outperforming
expectations. It added 1.66 million ‘‘self-pay
net subscribers,’’ also exceeding expectations
(Sirius XM’s original guidance was 1.4
million). Trial Ex. 25, Figs. 43 at 56.
In 2016, Sirius XM’s subscriber level
increased by 6%, raising its subscribership
level to 31.346 million. Lys WRT ¶ 164.
In 2016, Sirius XM’s 2016 revenue grew by
10% compared to 2015, to more than $5
billion; EBITDA grew by 13% to $1.9 billion;
FCF per share grew 26% to $0.30; and net
income grew 46% to $746 million. Lys WRT
¶ 166.
In sum, SoundExchange argued that
there is abundant and undisputed
evidence that Sirius XM’s profitability
has grown dramatically—and
significantly faster than its revenue—
indicating an improved ability to
monetize the operational gains and
scale.
Accordingly, SoundExchange’s
critical conclusion from Professor Lys’s
exhaustive analysis was this: Sirius XM
has been facing a relatively inelastic
demand, enabling it to increase prices to
180 The only noticeable bump is an increase in
churn from 1.8% to 2.0% in 2009 when Sirius XM
introduced the U.S. Music Royalty Fee, resulting in
the largest percentage increase in the effective
subscription price, and coinciding with the 2008–
09 recession. Lys CWDT ¶ 73.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
consumers without causing a loss of
subscribers. Lys CWDT ¶ 74.181
Sirius XM did not challenge the
wealth of evidence demonstrating its
economic, market, and financial
success. Rather, Sirius XM contended
that these measures of Sirius XM’s
economic position are ‘‘entirely
irrelevant to the rate-setting task at
hand.’’ Shapiro CWRT at 5. More
specifically, Sirius XM argued that
‘‘Professor Shapiro has demonstrated’’
through his direct and rebuttal
testimony ‘‘that Sirius XM’s overall
profitability would not be among the
variables impacting the outcome of a
license negotiation in a workably
competitive market.’’ See Shapiro
CWRT, App. D. & 24–26.
Professor Shapiro explained that, in
his opinion, it is not the overall profits
that are relevant in a Factor B analysis,
but ‘‘the incremental profit f[rom]
additional Sirius XM customers, as
measured by the contribution margin
(which takes into account only variable
costs) that enters the analysis. Shapiro
CWRT at 52 (emphasis added). Sirius
XM noted that its ‘‘contribution margin’’
has been essentially unchanged over
time, and that even Professor Lys
acknowledged that the contribution
margin had ‘‘remained remarkably
consistent over time.’’ See Lys WDT
¶ 87) (emphasis added).
Sirius XM sought to impeach
Professor Lys with excerpts from his
testimony in Web IV:
From the standpoint of economics, a
company’s ability to pay royalties, while still
remaining profitable, and the ‘‘willing buyer/
willing seller’’ standard are two very distinct
concepts.
See 4/27/17 Tr. 1592–93 (Lys).
It ‘‘is wrong to suggest that [a service’s]
current or past profitability should be used
to determine the royalty rate a willing buyer
and a willing seller would agree upon.’’
See 4/27/17 Tr. 1593 (Lys).
It was ‘‘incorrect’’ to ‘‘suggest[ ] that
Pandora’s current profitability and financial
performance determine its ability to pay
royalties, and that Pandora’s ability to pay
determines the rates the Judges should
adopt.’’
See 4/27/17 Tr. 1592 (Lys).
181 Professor Lys also opined that Sirius XM will
continue to grow across these metrics for all of 2017
and into the foreseeable future. See Lys CWDT
¶¶ 152–198. As the Judges have stated previously,
they are less than sanguine about projections and
forecasts given the inherent speculative nature of
such a process. However, as Professor Lys pointed
out, his projections in SDARS II regarding the future
financial performance of Sirius XM were accurate,
and prior financial forecasts, as well as Sirius XM’s
own internal forecasts, [REDACTED]. See id. These
facts suggest that there is no present reason to
project a scenario in which Sirius XM’s current
level of profitability will fall or will not be
maintained.
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65257
Sirius XM also pointed out that its
non-music content costs have declined,
demonstrating that there is no positive
correlation between its profitability and
its content costs. See Shapiro CWDT at
52–53 & Fig. 4.
In sum, Sirius XM concluded that its
potential ability to pay higher royalties
out of increasing profits is simply
irrelevant to the question whether it is
receiving a ‘‘fair return’’ pursuant to
Factor B.
The Judges find that Sirius XM’s
increased profitability does not provide
an independent basis to adjust the
15.5% identified by the Judges. Sirius
XM earns sufficient profits, as the only
satellite radio provider, to allow it to
pay the opportunity costs of its service
to the record companies. Those
opportunity costs, properly weighted,
constitute the building blocks for the
15.5% rate. The evidence, again, as
detailed by Professor Lys, makes it
abundantly clear that Sirius XM,
through its monopoly of the satellite
radio distribution channel, has the
financial capacity to pay higher rates
and still maintain a high level of
profitability.
The Judges find no inconsistency with
regard to Professor Lys’s Web IV
testimony and his testimony in this
proceeding. If a service were operating
at a loss rather than a profit, the record
companies would not consider that fact
relevant, especially if the service did not
add new (i.e., non-cannibalizing)
listeners who could be monetized by
subscription or advertising revenues.
However, when a service is profitable,
in an unregulated market, the record
companies, empowered by their ‘‘must
have’’ status, can and will seek to
acquire as much of the surplus (profits)
as they can through the bargaining
process. As explained in this
determination (and in Web IV), though,
the Judges reject a division of profits
based on the ‘‘must have’’ power of the
record companies, absent application of
an appropriate offsetting factor, such as
identified in the steering analysis in
Web IV or in the opportunity cost
analysis in this determination.
Beyond Professor Lys’s financial
analysis, SoundExchange made
additional arguments with regard to
Factor B that do not aid in the Judges’
analysis. SoundExchange argued
essentially that a fair allocation of the
revenue attributable to satellite radio
will arise either from: (1) A Ramsey
pricing approach as described by
Professor Willig; or (2) arm’s-length
negotiations in a benchmark market
such as the interactive market suggested
by Mr. Orszag. Neither of these points
supports a Factor B analysis. First,
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65258
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Professor Willig did not identify a rate
pursuant to his Ramsey pricing
approach, and he argued that this
approach counseled generally for an
increase in the existing rate (which the
Judges have found to be appropriate
pursuant to their reasonable rate
analysis). Mr. Orszag’s assertion that
arm’s length negotiations in the
interactive market demonstrate a fair
process (if not necessarily a fair
outcome) is belied by the fact that: (1)
The survey results reached by all survey
experts demonstrates the inapposite
nature of the interactive benchmark; and
(2) the interactive benchmark is tainted
by a complementary oligopoly effect
that cannot be mitigated, on the present
record, by a fact-based steering
adjustment.
SoundExchange, again relying on Mr.
Orszag, cautioned that the Judges
should not apply Factor B so as to
provide an unjustified ceiling on the
royalty rate, which could constitute a
subsidy to Sirius XM. The Judges’
15.5% reasonable rate does not
constitute an arbitrary ceiling or a
subsidy, because it is derived pursuant
to the ‘‘opportunity cost’’ approach that,
according to Professor Willig, resulted
in a reasonable rate.182
Sirius XM found no basis under
Factor B to change its proposed rate.
Shapiro WDT at 58. Of course, the
Judges’ 15.5% rate is above Sirius XM’s
proposed rate range that extends to 11%
(the current rate). However, Sirius XM
made no arguments that would support
a reduction of the 15.5% rate pursuant
to Factor B. See Shapiro WDT at 58.
Sirius XM limited its Factor B analysis
to the bald assertion that its
benchmarking analysis (rejected by the
Judges) led to a fair return for copyright
owners and a fair income for copyright
users.
C. Factor C: Relative Roles of the Parties
SoundExchange asserted that,
pursuant to Factor C, the statutory rate
should be above its proffered
benchmark, or at least at the high end
of its benchmark range. In support of
this argument, SoundExchange pointed
to testimony that record companies and
artists make substantial contributions
through their search for artistic talent, a
process that is long, competitive, and
often unsuccessful. See 5/11/17 Tr. at
3542–43 (Kushner). More particularly,
SoundExchange explained that Artist &
182 To be sure, Professor Willig calculated a
higher rate because he used the diversion ratios in
the Dhar Survey, but the Modified Dhar Survey (as
corrected), with its superior diversion ratios,
applies the same opportunity cost approach
advocated by Professor Willig, and even applied his
‘‘Creator Contribution’’ walk-away values.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Repertoire (A&R) representatives from
labels go to clubs and concerts
worldwide, listen to thousands of
demonstration (demo) recordings, and
search the internet to identify emerging
and undiscovered artists. According to
SoundExchange, these tasks are laborintensive, because finding musical
talent requires people with sufficient
industry knowledge and experience.
Gallien WDT at 8. SoundExchange
pointed to a 2015 RIAA study that
found the major labels spent $13.4
billion between 2003 and 2012 to find
new artists and help them reach an
audience. Written Direct Testimony of
Michael Kushner, Trial Ex. 34, ¶ 77
(Kushner WDT).
SoundExchange noted that after
record companies incur the foregoing
costs, they must also incur costs to
shape the artists’ music and image in
order to maximize their commercial
appeal. Those investments can include
the costs of dance and vocal lessons,
personal stylists, makeup artists,
trainers, and media training. Many of
those investments do not yield a
financial return. See 5/11/17 Tr. 3542–
43 (Kushner) (‘‘[I]f you look at the
totality of the number of artists we sign
and the numbers that are successful,
clearly the unsuccessful ones outweigh
the successful ones’’).
SoundExchange further noted that
recording companies incur substantial
additional costs to create recorded
works, and to market, manufacture, and
distribute recorded music.183
SoundExchange avers, for example, that
in 2015 alone, UMG spent
$[REDACTED] million on recording
costs, mastering costs, producer and
sampling fees, royalty advances, and
overhead funding to contracting parties
who provide A&R services. Gallien
WDT at 8. Mr. Kushner testified for
Atlantic Records that, on an album
basis, the recording costs for a maiden
album from a new artist typically range
from $[REDACTED] to $[REDACTED]—
and can exceed $[REDACTED] for an
established artist. Kushner WDT ¶ 36. If
the record companies cannot recoup
these expenditures and advances from
sales revenue, they—not the artists or
the music services—bear the
unrecouped cost and foregone profits.184
183 These
costs typically may include the
additional expense of a producer’s salary, studio
rental, hiring a sound engineer, paying musicians
to play with the featured artist, and preparing a
master recording. See Written Direct Testimony of
Bruce Iglauer, Trial Ex. 33, at 10–11 (Iglauer WDT);
Kushner WDT at ¶¶ 48–50.
184 For example, SoundExchange proffered
UMG’s 2015 income statement, which reflects
$[REDACTED] in (1) advances and recording costs
for new unproven artist signings and (2) write offs
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
As to marketing costs, Mr. Kushner
testified that for Atlantic Records, the
typical initial U.S. marketing budget for
an album cycle for a new artist is in the
range of $[REDACTED] to
$[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 68. In fiscal year
2015, UMG alone spent $[REDACTED]
specifically on gross marketing costs, as
well as $[REDACTED] in overhead costs
for its various departments that also
provided marketing services. For UMG,
marketing costs included over
$[REDACTED] in advertising,
$[REDACTED] in artists’ press and TV
appearances, over $[REDACTED] in
internet marketing & advertising, over
$[REDACTED] in radio promotion, and
over $[REDACTED] in video production
costs. With specific reference to
streaming and playlisting efforts, UMG
has also invested in the setup costs and
personnel to establish a team dedicated
to streaming marketing and playlisting
efforts. Gallien WDT at 13–14.
Regarding recording companies’
manufacturing and distribution costs,
they remain substantial in spite of the
industry’s transition away from physical
media. Because of declining physical
product sales, physical manufacturing
has been declining, but it still carries
high costs. UMG reported that its
manufacturing costs for physical
records, including costs they advance
for pressing and distribution deals, were
$[REDACTED] in fiscal year 2015. Id. at
14. Digital distribution has been
increasing, and there is misperception
that it is costless to the record
companies. The reality is that digital
distribution is highly complex and
requires expensive investments. UMG
reported that since the early 2000s, it
has invested over $[REDACTED] in IT
infrastructure and operating costs, as
well as the professionals that today
distribute the thousands of digital files
it provides to hundreds of music
services and to handle the processing of
billions of micro transactions related to
recognizing digital revenues and
calculating the associated royalty
obligations. Id. at 14. And in 2016 and
throughout 2017, UMG will be investing
in its 3rd generation of digital supply
systems and digital revenue processing
systems at an estimated cost of over
$[REDACTED]. Id. at 15–16.185
of investments in established artists, net of
recoveries. Gallien WDT at 10.
185 Indies’ costs differ in magnitude from those of
the Majors, but the categories are similar, according
to SoundExchange. Mr. Iglauer provided qualitative
testimony stating that his Indie label, Alligator
Records, spends substantial time seeking out
recording artists to sign—listening to demos,
attending shows and music festivals, reading the
music press, and taking referrals from other bands,
labels, managers, and booking agents. It also
devotes significant resources to promoting the
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
In sum, SoundExchange asserted that
major labels spend billions of dollars
finding and developing new artists,
helping them reach an audience, and
creating and marketing recorded music.
Sirius XM gave short shrift to these
lengthy descriptions of the record
companies’ various expenses. First,
Sirius XM claimed that
SoundExchange’s request for an upward
adjustment pursuant to Factor C is
inconsistent with the latter’s prior broad
proclamation that the first three
itemized 801(b)(1) factors are satisfied
by market rates. Second, Sirius XM
noted that the categories of costs that
SoundExchange has itemized ‘‘have
long prevailed in the recording
industry,’’ and that nothing set forth in
SoundExchange’s Factor C argument
provided specific reasons to suggest that
those costs have changed in a manner to
support an adjustment upward in the
statutory rate. Third, Sirius XM noted
that SoundExchange did not measure
‘‘the investments made by the record
companies’’ against ‘‘Sirius XM’s
investments ‘‘and thus did not perform
the ‘‘relative’’ analysis of costs, risks,
and other factors expressly required by
the statutory language. In this criticism,
Sirius XM also noted parenthetically
that SoundExchange did not explain
how or why particular portions of the
record industry’s costs should be
allocable to Sirius XM, rather than other
distribution channels.
Additionally, relying on Professor
Shapiro’s testimony, Sirius XM argued
that when the emphasis is placed
properly on the ‘‘relative’’ contributions
of the parties, the record companies’
cost of creating sound recordings, ‘‘is
almost certainly significantly less than
the contribution that Sirius XM plans to
make over the 2018–2022 license
period,’’ including the launching of two
new satellites and improving its
repeater network.’’ Shapiro WDT at 58.
Although he concluded that this relative
difference points toward reducing the
statutory rate, the relative balancing
‘‘does not readily lend itself to
quantifying’’ an appropriate downward
adjustment. Id.
Sirius XM also claimed that it
contributes additional value through its
‘‘delivery network.’’ As Professor
Shapiro argued: ‘‘[B]y combining music,
non-music, curation, and a delivery
platform all into one bundle, Sirius XM
is creating significant value for
consumers, with each piece of the
bundle contributing to the overall value
music and touring of artists they have signed,
including the payment of recording costs and
advances. Iglauer WDT at 9.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
of the service.’’ 4/20/17 Tr. 398–99
(Shapiro) (emphasis added).186
In response, SoundExchange, through
Mr. Orszag, asserted that Sirius XM’s
‘‘delivery platform’’ does not add
separate value, because any value
created by that platform flows
principally to Sirius XM; that is, even
under the SoundExchange proposal the
record companies receive only 23% of
Sirius XM’s revenue. Therefore, he
noted, most of the gains flow to Sirius,
‘‘but there is a portion that goes to the
labels which [provide] a necessary
input,’’ 4/25/17 Tr. 1034 (Orszag),
which is ‘‘consistent with sound
economics.’’ Id. at 1034–35 (Orszag)
(emphasis added).
In reply, Sirius XM argued that Mr.
Orszag’s justification for the labels’
sharing of any value added (via revenue)
from Sirius XM’s unique inputs begs the
question as to ‘‘what the split should
be,’’ and fails to ‘‘address whether an
adjustment to the [interactive]
benchmark is warranted to account for
Sirius XM’s independent contributions
to the value of its service offerings.’’
SXM RPFF ¶ 62.
The Judges agree with Sirius XM that
the value of its unique inputs (relative
to interactive and other services), such
as its expensive satellite and ancillary
technical equipment 187 and its use of
live ‘‘on-air’’ talent and other
specialized personnel,188 are intended
to—and do—create a product that is
differentiated from interactive services.
However, SoundExchange is correct that
inputs do not have independent value
per se.189
Rather, Sirius XM incurs the cost of
these inputs to create a differentiated
and thus more profitable service. If it
succeeds, the benefits will be evidenced
by higher revenues (in excess of those
input costs) and will, therefore, result in
higher profits. A separate accounting of
the costs of the Sirius XM satellite radio
platform would constitute a clear
double-counting of value.
By contrast, if the cost of Sirius XM’s
investments in its unique inputs failed
to differentiate its output (i.e., its
service) from, say, interactive services,
186 Sirius XM did not address its contribution of
this additional network value in its Factor C
argument. However, the Judges find that this issue
is best considered in the context of Factor C, which
broadly addresses relative contributions.
187 See, e.g., Written Direct Testimony of James E.
Meyer, ¶ 12 (Meyer WDT); Written Direct
Testimony of Bridget Neville, passim (Neville
WDT); Written Direct Testimony of Terrence Smith,
passim (Smith WDT).
188 See Blatter WDT ¶¶ 9–10.
189 As Professor Orszag asserted, David Frear,
Sirius XM’s CFO, conceded this point during the
SDARS II proceeding: [REDACTED] See Orszag
WRT ¶ 53 n.65.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65259
then there would be no justification for
Sirius XM to obtain any recompense for
its investments, either through an
adjustment to the revenue (royalty) base
or to the royalty rate. As the Judges
noted previously, a party is not entitled
to a rate simply to preserve its particular
business model. See, e.g., Web IV, 81 FR
at 26329 (‘‘the statute neither requires
nor permits the Judges to protect any
given business model proposed or
adopted by a market participant.’’). If
Sirius XM’s unique and expensive
inputs have marketplace value, those
inputs will differentiate its service in an
attractive manner, resulting in relatively
low cross-elasticities and ownelasticities, lower opportunity costs for
the labels in licensing to Sirius XM, and
higher profits for Sirius XM. It is
through this economic transmission
mechanism that Sirius XM may extract
value from its unique inputs—not from
a separate valuation of the inputs.
This argument does not fully address
Mr. Orszag’s point that the labels, as
providers of a ‘‘necessary input’’ would,
in an unregulated market, command a
portion of the value created by these
unique Sirius XM inputs. Again, Mr.
Orszag concluded that such ‘‘sharing’’ is
simply ‘‘sound economics.’’ However,
that reasoning is ‘‘sound’’ only to the
extent the Judges would find it
appropriate to reject Professor Willig’s
opportunity cost approach and adopt
instead his Nash Bargaining Solution
model. For the reasons set forth at
length supra, the Judges have done
precisely the opposite: Accepting his
opportunity cost approach and rejecting
his Nash Bargaining Solution
approach.190
D. Factor D: Minimizing Disruptive
Impact on Structure of the Industries
Involved and Generally Prevailing
Industry Practices
The Judges’ long-standing test for
whether a rate is ‘‘disruptive’’ pursuant
to Factor D provides that a rate change
would be disruptive if it ‘‘directly
190 The Judges’ finding appears consistent with
Sirius XM’s position: ‘‘SoundExchange’s attempt to
expropriate a portion of the value that Sirius XM
alone creates is entirely at odds with the section
801(b) factors.’’ SXM RPFF ¶ 64. However, Sirius
XM’s claim of expropriation is hyperbolic. By its
logic, Sirius XM’s use of the labels’ music likewise
would constitute expropriation—of the sound
recording value that the labels created. The difficult
issue is the application of the statutory and
economic factors to allocate the value of the output
created by a production function (containing sound
recordings and a delivery network) that utilizes
these separate inputs in combination, to cover all
costs (including opportunity costs) while rewarding
the investment in technology that leads to
innovative product differentiation. The Judges’
15.5% rate addresses these various and competing
factors in a reasonable manner.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65260
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
produce[s] an adverse impact that is
substantial, immediate, and irreversible
in the short-run because there is
insufficient time for either the SDARS
or the copyright owners to adequately
adapt to the changed circumstances
produced by the rate change and, as a
consequence, such adverse impacts
threaten the viability of the music
delivery service currently offered to
consumers under this license.’’ SDARS
II, 78 FR at 23069 (quoting SDARS I, 73
FR at 4097). Accordingly, the Judges
apply this standard to the 15.5% rate
they have found to be reasonable in this
proceeding to determine whether the
15.5% rate would be disruptive.191
SoundExchange relied on the
testimony of Professor Lys, who
demonstrated that Sirius XM would still
earn substantial returns (compared to
other companies in closely-related
industry sectors), even if the Judges
were to increase the statutory royalty
rate to 24%. See 4/26/16 Tr. 1321–23
(Lys).192 First, Professor Lys calculated
that the pre-tax incremental impact of
even a 24% royalty payment (based on
2015 figures available to him when
preparing his direct testimony) was
$[REDACTED] million and the net aftertax impact would be $[REDACTED]
million. Lys CWDT ¶¶ 129–30. At those
levels, Sirius XM would obtain the
following financial results:
SIRIUS XM 2015 PERFORMANCE
METRICS UNDER 24% ROYALTY
RATE VS. SIC 483
Performance
metric
SXM
(@24%
royalty)
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Return on Assets ................
EBITDA Margin ...................
Free Cash Flow Margin .......
Average
for
SIC 483
broadcast
radio/TV
(%)
5.5
27.4
23.0
3.0
19.9
6.1
191 Nothing in the record indicates that the
reasonable rate of 15.5% identified by the Judges (a
41% rate increase from 11% to 15.5%) would be
disruptive to the record companies, even though it
is below the 23% rate sought by SoundExchange.
See Shapiro WDT at Fig. 5 and p. 59 (noting
industry data showing that Sirius XM accounted for
only about 4% of overall record industry revenue
in 2016). Given the 4% figure identified by
Professor Shapiro, 23% of that percentage equals
.9%, and 15% of that 4% equals .6%. The
difference in revenue to SoundExchange between
its percent-of-revenue proposal and the rate set in
this Determination therefore is approximately .3%
of overall record industry revenue, and thus not
disruptive within the applicable standard.
Accordingly, the Judges focus on whether this
increase would be disruptive for Sirius XM.
192 The Judges provide this detailed summary of
Professor Lys’s exhaustive analysis of Sirius XM’s
financial picture not only to demonstrate the proper
application of an itemized factor, but also to
underscore that Sirius XM can easily afford to pay
the market-based reasonable rate of 15.5% crafted
by the Judges.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Lys CWDT ¶¶ 132–42 & Fig. 33; see 4/
26/17 Tr. 1321–22 (Lys).
Professor Lys also analyzed Sirius
XM’s forecasted performance, again
assuming arguendo that the Judges set
the statutory rate at 24% of revenue. His
analysis shows that, at that rate, the
incremental after-tax impact on Sirius
XM would range between
$[REDACTED] million in 2018 and
$[REDACTED] million in 2021.
Professor Lys noted that Sirius XM is
expecting to perform so well in the
future that it could easily absorb this
higher rate for the SDARS III period,
2018 through 2022. Lys WRT ¶ 219.
More particularly, under this scenario,
Professor Lys testified that Sirius XM:
Would earn between $[REDACTED] and
$[REDACTED] in EBITDA in every year of
the forecast, and would continue growing. Id.
¶ 220.
Would earn over $[REDACTED] in net
income each year of the forecast, and would
continue growing. Id. ¶ 221.
Would generate over $[REDACTED] in free
cash flow almost every year of the forecast
and would continue growing. Id. ¶ 222.
Professor Lys further noted that, even
under Sirius XM’s own internal
forecasts, with a royalty rate of 24%, it
would remain extremely profitable
throughout the SDARS III term (2018–
22), earning $[REDACTED] in EBITDA,
$[REDACTED] in net income, and
$[REDACTED] in free cash flow. Id.
¶ 223. Additionally, Sirius XM’s 2016
[REDACTED] indicates that, at the end
of the forecasted period (2022), it would
have a strong balance sheet, with
$[REDACTED] in cash and equivalents,
total assets of $[REDACTED], and
shareholder equity of $[REDACTED]. Id.
¶ 224.193
For these reasons, SoundExchange
argued that Sirius XM can comfortably
afford a rate increase from the current
11% to its proposed 23% of revenue. As
Professor Lys colorfully and
emphatically opined: [REDACTED].
4/27/17 Tr. 1391–92 (Lys).
Professor Lys also examined in great
detail Sirius XM’s growth in equity
value compared to broader market
metrics such as the S&P 500 and the
Dow Jones Industrial Average, and
noted that Sirius XM far outpaces those
indices. He further noted that Sirius XM
outperforms other firms in the
noninteractive markets. From these
facts, Professor Lys concluded that
Sirius XM enjoys an ‘‘unfair advantage
over competing digital music services
193 The Judges place much less emphasis on
projections compared with current facts, absent
additional proof that the entity making the
projection has a track record that makes its
projection credible. However, the Judges note that
these projections are consistent with [REDACTED].
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
that pay higher royalty rates.’’ SE PFF
¶ 1584; see Lys CWDT ¶¶ 117–124.
To provide yet another perspective on
the financial success of Sirius XM,
Professor Lys calculated how its
performance would have changed in
2015 if the statutory rate had been
increased above the 10% applicable in
that year. His calculations demonstrated
that:
Sirius XM could have afforded to have its
2015 statutory royalty rate increased from
10.0% to up to 41.9%, 35.9% or 31.4% and
still earned an average EBITDA level of
$735.7 million . . . , $909.5 million . . . , or
$1.037 billion . . . , respectively. While this
level of the royalty rate would have reduced
Sirius XM’s EBITDA profitability by $921
million, $747 million, and $620 million,
respectively (from the actual $1,657 million),
would have only equated Sirius XM’s
performance with its industry peers’ EBITDA
profitability levels.
Lys CWDT ¶ 136.
Sirius XM could afford to have its 2015
statutory royalty rate increased from 10.0%
to 65.1% and still earn a free cash flow level
commensurate with SIC 483 of $278.8
million.
Id. ¶ 138.
Sirius XM could afford to have its 2015
statutory royalty rate increased from the
actual 10.0% to 35.0% and still earn an
average SIC 483-level (in terms of return on
assets) net income level of $39.6 million.
Id. ¶ 142.
In sum, SoundExchange made a
compelling case that an increase in rates
far greater than the 15.5% identified as
a reasonable rate by the Judges would be
easily sustainable for Sirius XM, and
therefore not disruptive under the
Factor D standard as quoted supra.
Moreover, Sirius XM did not provide
any evidence sufficient to question
Professor Lys’s analysis, which
indicated that Sirius XM could afford a
much larger rate increase. Accordingly,
the Judges find that, a fortiori, Professor
Lys’s analysis indicates that Sirius XM
could also afford a smaller increase, to
the 15.5% rate determined by the
Judges.194
XI. Terms
Besides seeking a revision of the
royalty rates for the 2018–22 rate period,
the participants proposed certain
additional changes to the extant
regulations. The final regulations
appended to this determination reflect
194 SoundExchange also asserts that Sirius XM
has paid less than an appropriate rate in previous
rate terms. See SEPFF ¶¶ 1598–1606 (and record
citations therein). However, the Judges do not
conclude that, as a matter of law, they can set rates
for a forthcoming period that reimburse a licensor
for any alleged underpayments caused by a
purported error in the statutory rate for a past rate
period.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
the Judges’ decisions on points that
were in controversy. For the reasons
detailed below,195 the Judges adopted
some of the proposed changes and
declined to adopt others, as indicated in
the final regulatory language.
A. Generally Applicable Terms
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
1. Advance Payment and Minimum Fee
SoundExchange did not propose any
substantive change to the current
ephemeral royalty minimum fee of
$100,000 per year, which is creditable to
ephemeral royalty payments for the
relevant year (37 CFR 382.3(b)). SE PFF
85. SoundExchange sought to designate
the $100,000 annual advance payment
as the minimum fee for use of the
section 112 Ephemeral License by
SDARS and PSS. Under
SoundExchange’s proposal, the advance
payment would be applied first to
section 112 royalties due, and the
balance, if any, would be nonrefundable
and not applicable to a subsequent
year’s license. Music Choice argued
rightly that section 114 does not provide
for a minimum fee for SDARS or PSS.
Compare 17 U.S.C. 114 (f)(1)(A) with
section 114(f)(2)(A).196 Section 112
does, however, require the Judges to set
a minimum fee for ‘‘each type of service
offered by transmitting organizations’’
using the ephemeral license. See 17
U.S.C. 112(e)(3).
By agreement of the parties and in
conformity with prior rate periods, the
section 112 ephemeral license royalty
fee is set at a five percent portion of the
total bundled royalty for both section
112 and section 114 and is included in
that bundled royalty payment. Music
Choice contended that in SDARS II,
SoundExchange and Music Choice
stipulated to advance payment language
that would have allowed the full
advance payment to be creditable to the
PSS’s entire royalty payment, rather
than to its ephemeral payment only.
MC PFF ¶ 554. According to Music
Choice, the stipulated language was
changed in the final rule (i.e., the
advance payment is creditable only to
the ephemeral royalty payment) with no
explanation or justification. Music
195 The Judges do not provide narrative
discussion about every detail of the regulatory
changes; rather, they concentrate on the areas of
legally significant controversy.
196 The extant regulation setting the PSS advance
payment does not mention a ‘‘minimum fee’’ but it
does limit application of the advance payment to
ephemeral license royalties and prohibit rollover of
any portion of the advance payment to subsequent
royalty years. See 37 CFR 382.3(b) (2016).
Perversely, the current regulation establishing the
$100,000 advance payment by SDARS is entitled
‘‘Ephemeral Recordings Minimum Fee.’’ See 37 CFR
382.12(c) (2016). Nothing in the subsection
mentions a minimum fee, however. Id.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Choice asserted that the language
SoundExchange and Music Choice
stipulated to in SDARS II should be
adopted and SoundExchange provided
no rationale for retaining the current
language. MC PFF ¶¶ 556–57.
SoundExchange did not appear to
dispute Music Choice’s assessment that
the extant recoupment provision differs
from what the parties had stipulated to
and has not provided a compelling
reason to retain the current offset
provision for PSSs. See, e.g., 5/10/17 Tr.
3308–13 (Bender). Therefore, the Judges
adopt the minimum fee language Music
Choice proposes.
It would seem incongruous to require
an advance payment for section 114 and
section 112 royalties in the aggregate but
to require the entirety of that payment
to be applied as a ‘‘minimum fee’’ for
the ephemeral license. No participant
objects to the $100,000 advance royalty
payment. The Judges have no basis
upon which they could allocate 100% of
that payment to the ephemeral license.
To comply with the statutory
requirement that they set a minimum
fee for use of the section 112 ephemeral
license by transmission services, viz.,
SDARS and PSS, the Judges set the
section 112 minimum fee at five percent
of the advance payment, or $5,000, for
each type of SDARS or PSS service for
which the Judges establish a different
section 114 performance royalty.
SoundExchange must, thereafter, apply
the remaining amount of the advance
payment, after application of $5,000 per
type of service to ephemeral licenses, to
section 114 royalties.
2. Definitions
Music Choice objected to the
placement of ‘‘Definitions’’ at the end of
each subpart of the regulations. The
Judges agree with Music Choice that the
placement seems counterintuitive.
Definitions will migrate to the beginning
of each subpart. In addition, Gross
Revenues calculations will migrate from
the Definitions section to the services’
respective subparts.
a. GAAP
The parties were in essential
agreement regarding imposing a U.S.
geographical limitation in the definition
of GAAP. Sirius XM asked the Judges to
apply a temporal element to the
definition requiring application of the
version of GAAP in effect ‘‘during the
month when the performances giving
rise to a Licensee’s royalty payment
obligation were transmitted.’’
SoundExchange countered that a more
definite time limit would be preferable,
viz., ‘‘on the last day of the accounting
period to which the subject payment
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65261
relates’’ or ‘‘the date payment [was]
due.’’ The Judges adopt the definitive
date for choosing GAAP principles as
the date payment was due.
b. Qualified Auditor
In prior iterations of royalty rate
regulations relating to various licenses,
the Judges noted the repetition of the
phrase ‘‘independent and qualified
auditor.’’ In their Web IV determination,
the Judges cut the verbiage by 50% by
defining a Qualified Auditor to be one
that is independent. In this proceeding,
the parties have proposed language to
assure both the qualification and the
independence of any auditor working to
verify royalty payment and distribution.
In a slight departure from the Web IV
language, the Judges eliminate the Web
IV requirement for an auditor to be
licensed in the state in which the audit
is conducted. In this proceeding, the
Judges accept that Certified Public
Accountants are governed by a code of
ethics that permits them the ‘‘mobility’’
to practice across state lines. To remove
any doubt, the Judges refer to the Code
of Professional Conduct adopted by the
American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants.
c. Additional Definitions
On their own motion, the Judges
added ‘‘Payor’’ and ‘‘Verifying Entity’’
as defined terms. These terms were
added during the revamping of
regulations following the Web IV
proceeding because they clarified that
auditing rights did not reside
exclusively in the Collective. In this
iteration, the Judges clarify the terms
they added to convey this reciprocal
audit right.
The Judges also amended
SoundExchange’s proposed definition of
‘‘Licensee’’ for clarity.
3. Regulatory Terms
a. Section 382.3(a) 197—Payment to the
Collective
In general, any due date in federal
litigation that falls on a Saturday,
Sunday, or federal holiday is tolled
until the next following business day.
The Judges regulations currently adopt
this convention as a general procedural
rule when discussing litigation filing
deadlines. See 37 CFR 350.5. The Judges
see no reason not to adopt the
suggestion of Sirius XM to enunciate the
same rule when referring to royalty
payment due dates.
197 Section references are to the new numbering
system that results from reorganizing the
regulations in part 382.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65262
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
b. Section 382.4(a)(3)—Signature
In updating the royalty regulations
after the Web IV proceeding, the Judges
clarified the capacity of signers of
Statements of Account. Music Choice
objected to reconfiguration of the Web
IV language suggested by
SoundExchange. The Judges agree with
Music Choice that the language in the
Web IV regulation is more appropriate
for these participants.198
c. Section 382.5(a)(2)—Best Efforts
SoundExchange is obliged to use
‘‘best efforts’’ to locate Copyright
Owners and Performers entitled to
receive a distribution of royalty
payments. The Judges’ regulations need
not specify the specifics of those ‘‘best
efforts.’’
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
d. Section 382.5(b)—Unclaimed Funds
At the conclusion of the Web IV
proceeding, the Judges adopted
language proposed by one of the
Licensees directing SoundExchange to
treat unclaimed funds in accordance
with federal, state, or state common law.
SoundExchange argued against this
provision seeking to retain permission
to apply unclaimed funds to
administrative expenses. The Judges
conclude that governance of applicable
law will provide more transparency
regarding the disposition of unclaimed
funds.
e. Section 382.6(c)(3)—Outside Counsel
SoundExchange proposed a change to
the rule regarding dissemination and
use of confidential information relating
to royalty collection and distribution.
Music Choice objected to the additional
language SoundExchange proposed and
the Judges agree with Music Choice.
SoundExchange is required to use and
analyze sensitive business information
in its administration of royalty
collection and distribution. On
occasion, SoundExchange might employ
consultants or experts to assist in that
effort or in the auditing of the
administrative systems.
SoundExchange sought to allow
outside counsel access to confidential
information ‘‘for the purpose of
performing their duties during the
ordinary course of their work.’’ This
dissemination of confidential
information is not sufficiently
constrained to limit it to collection and
distribution of royalty payments. The
notion of outside counsel obtaining the
198 The
Judges are not swayed by Music Choice’s
plaint that it could not have an authorized signer
because Music Choice is a partnership made up of
corporations. Music Choice’s sophisticated
representatives can figure out how the partnership
may designate an authorized signer.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
sensitive information ‘‘in the ordinary
course of their work’’ is too broad. The
Judges will not grant that privilege.
Outside counsel has express authority to
see confidential information when
acting on behalf of the Collective for
‘‘verification of a . . . statement of
account’’ or on behalf of a Copyright
Owner or Performer for purposes of
‘‘verification of royalty
distributions . . . .’’ This permission is
sufficient.199
f. Section 382.7(c)—Notice of Intent To
Audit
SoundExchange requested that the
Judges change the requirement that a
Verifying Entity ‘‘deliver’’ a copy of its
filed Notice of Intent to Audit to the
Payor to a requirement that the
Verifying Entity ‘‘send’’ the notice.
Music Choice defended the term
‘‘delivery’’ because it provides
‘‘protections’’ to the PSS. See MCRFF at
323. The Judges conclude that this
language issue is a solution in search of
a problem. The language will remain
unchanged.
g. Section 382.7(d)—The Audit
Music Choice and SoundExchange
disagreed regarding language
SoundExchange sought to add to the
provision that permits a licensee to
perform its own, independent audit.200
SoundExchange asked the Judges to add
the qualifier ‘‘with respect to the
information that is within the scope of
the audit’’ to describe an acceptable
‘‘defensive audit.’’ This qualifying
language is in the current regulation
relating to audits of SDARS and
webcasters. The Judges see no reason
not to make it equally applicable to PSS.
A report of a Qualified Auditor will
include a description of the scope of the
audit and if the scope of the defensive
audit is too narrow to meet the specific
needs of SoundExchange, then
SoundExchange should be permitted to
round out the findings with its own
audit, limited to the points omitted from
the scope of the defensive audit.
h. Section 382.7(f)—Issuance of Audit
Report
On their own motion, the Judges
change the word ‘‘rendering’’ to the
word ‘‘issuing’’ for clarity.
199 Further, in a litigated rate proceeding, outside
counsel are entitled to obtain confidential
information without signing a non-disclosure
agreement pursuant to a Protective Order specific
to each proceeding.
200 Music Choice uses the term ‘‘defensive audit’’
for this procedure.
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
i. Section 382.7(g)—Interest on
Underpayments Discovered by Audit
The current regulations do not
provide for a specific interest accrual on
underpayments discovered by audit.
Sirius XM requested that the Judges add
a provision setting interest on
underpayments discovered by audit at
the federal post-judgment rate in 28
U.S.C. 1961. SoundExchange urged
applying the late payment interest rate
of 1.5% per month, compounded
monthly. Sirius XM requested that the
federal post-judgment rate that it seeks
to be applied to late payments also be
applied to underpayments and
overpayments discovered by audit.
However, Sirius XM opposed as
punitive the use of SoundExchange’s
proposed 1.5% per month interest rate,
noting that audits may be delayed by up
to three years, while interest accrues.
Barry WDT ¶ 8.
The proposed regulations the Judges
adopt in this proceeding utilize the
federal post-judgment rate rather than
the more punitive 1.5% per month rate.
Audits can uncover good faith errors as
well as bad faith manipulations, and the
Judges do not find that a punitive
interest rate, spanning up to three years
on underpayments, is appropriate in
such a circumstance.
j. Section 382.7(h)—Cost Shifting
Current SDARS/PSS regulations
provide that the Verifying Entity bears
the cost of an audit, unless the auditor
finds an underpayment of sufficient
magnitude to justify shifting
responsibility for payment to the Payor.
For PSS, the underpayment that triggers
cost-shifting currently is 5%. For
SDARS, the underpayment that triggers
cost-shifting is 10%.201 Music Choice
sought to equalize the cost-shifting
threshold, making all services liable if
an audit discrepancy reaches 10%.
SoundExchange argued that costshifting should occur when an auditor
discovers underpayment of 5% for PSS
or SDARS. The rationale is that the
absolute value of SDARS royalty
payments justifies reducing the trigger.
The Judges are unconvinced that
absolute payment amounts are a
sufficient basis to change the costshifting trigger. Further, the Judges can
find no evidentiary basis to change the
cost-shifting threshold when all
participants in this proceeding indicate
that cost-shifting has yet to occur at the
current thresholds.
201 For Webcasters, the costs of the audit shift to
the Payor when an underpayment equals 10% or
more.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
k. Sections 382.23(a) and (b)
SoundExchange proposed changes to
the methodology for Sirius XM to
calculate the direct license share and
the pre-1972 license share. Besides
inserting language relating to Aggregate
Tuning Hours (ATH) data,
SoundExchange sought to impose a
requirement on Sirius XM to report that
usage data for every eligible track it
claims as a directly licensed or pre-1972
sound recording for which Sirius XM
seeks a royalty adjustment. Sirius XM
contended that current reporting
requirements, based on Reference
Channel metrics are sufficient to
support the royalty adjustments it takes
for these exempt sound recordings.
As the Judges decline to adopt the
additional ATH language requested by
SoundExchange, they see no basis to
impose the additional reporting
requirements on Sirius XM at this time.
m. Proposed Section—Finality of Audit
Results
B. Gross Revenues
In this proceeding, SoundExchange
proposed a per-subscriber rate structure
for PSS and proffered PSS regulations
consistent with its proposed rate
structure. Accordingly, SoundExchange
proposed to place its definition of
‘‘Gross Revenues’’ only in ‘‘Subpart C,’’
the subpart regarding SDARS. The
Judges have determined that PSS rates
shall continue to be calculated on a
percent-of-revenue basis. Because the
business models of SDARS and PSS are
different, however, the Judges maintain
separate elements for the calculation of
the respective Gross Revenues bases for
PSS and SDARS.
Neither Music Choice nor
SoundExchange proposed a change to
the current definition of Gross Revenues
applicable to PSS. The Judges adopt that
term to describe the method of
calculating PSS royalties for the 2018 to
2022 period.
Sirius XM and SoundExchange
proposed essentially the same definition
to establish the SDARS base for Gross
Revenues. Their substantive differences
arose in the nature and explication of
permissible exclusions from that
base.202 In adopting the definition
applicable to the license period at issue
in this proceeding, the Judges modified
SoundExchange’s proposed language to
eliminate ambiguity 203 and to effect the
decisions detailed below.
Sirius XM proposed an additional
subsection for the audit provisions to
establish the finality of disputed audit
reports. Sirius XM sought to establish a
two-year statute of limitations for
disputed audit findings after which the
Licensee’s calculations would be
deemed binding and final, unless the
Collective initiated a legal action before
the running of that proposed limitations
period.
SoundExchange objected to the
creation of this statute of limitations,
asserting that the change Sirius XM
requests would have the effect of
overriding the three-year statute of
limitations provided for in the
Copyright Act. As SoundExchange
argued, the Judges do not have the
202 Both SoundExchange and Sirius XM presented
proposals to resolve long-standing controversies
that were brought into focus by the primary
jurisdiction referral of the questions from the D.C.
District Court. The need for the referral arose in
SoundExchange v. Sirius XM, 65 F. Supp. 3d 150
(D.D.C. 2014). In September 2017, the Judges issued
their amended ruling on the referred questions. See
Amended Restricted Ruling on Regulatory
Interpretation Referred by the United States District
Court for the District of Columbia, No. 2006–1 CRB
DSTRA (20017–12) (Sept. 11, 2017). (Ruling on
Referred Questions). The Judges resolve the same
controversies in this proceeding in conformity with
that Ruling.
203 In constructing its proposed definition of
Gross Revenues, SoundExchange began with a
limited definition of what to include in the base:
Subscription revenues and ad revenues including
those categories of revenues if they were paid to a
parent, subsidiary, or division of the Licensee.
SoundExchange then listed types of revenue that
should be excluded from the base ‘‘to the extent
l. Proposed Section—Distribution of
SDARS Royalties
SoundExchange proposed a new
section 382.22 adding language to the
regulations that would permit it to
adjust its distribution model by
reference to ATH if and when Sirius XM
becomes able to track listener usage of
its satellite radio service. Sirius XM
countered that it anticipates offering
next-generation technology within the
rate period at issue, but that this
developing technology will not be
sufficiently reliable or have sufficient
market saturation to make any reports of
its usage reliable. See 5/17/17 Tr. 4358
(Barry).
Given the contingent nature of both
the launch and the saturation of Sirius
XM’s anticipated technological
advances, the Judges decline to adopt
contingency regulations at this time.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
authority to overrule a statutory
provision by regulation.
The Judges see no reason to establish
a statute of limitations in the context of
rate setting proceedings where the Act
does not provide for one. Further, any
pursuit of remedies relating to audit
findings would be outside the Judges’
jurisdiction and the Judges would be
overstepping to attempt to impose a
limitation of actions over which they
have no authority.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65263
SoundExchange proposed to amend
the definition of ‘‘Gross Revenues’’
currently found in 37 CFR 382.11 to
confirm that revenue from non-music
offerings ‘‘offered for a separate charge’’
shall be excludable only when those
offerings are ‘‘provided on a standalone
basis.’’ Bender WDT at 22.
SoundExchange did not view this new
proposed language as a substantive
deviation from the existing regulations,
but rather made the proposal ‘‘[p]urely
[as] a clarification to language that we
had previously thought was sufficient.’’
5/10/17 Tr. 3184 (Bender).
SoundExchange recounted that, since
SDARS I, it has consistently understood
that the references to a ‘‘separate
charge’’ in current paragraph (3)(vi)(A)
and (B) were unambiguous. See SDARS
I, 73 FR at 4087 (explaining that the
‘‘gross revenues’’ definition ‘‘excludes
monies attributable to premium
channels of nonmusic programming that
are offered for a charge separate from
the general subscription charge for the
service.’’). See id. at 4081 (noting that,
with regard to ‘‘data services,’’ the
‘‘separate charge’’ language was added
by the Judges ‘‘to make clear that this
portion of the definition dealing with
data services does not contemplate an
exclusion of revenues from such data
services, where such data services are
not offered for a separate charge from
the basic subscription product’s
revenues.’’). Additionally,
SoundExchange pointed out that, in
SDARS II, the Judges reiterated the
necessity of a ‘‘separate charge,’’
‘‘stress[ing] that the exclusion is
available only to the extent that the
channels, programming, products and/
or other services are offered for a
separate charge.’’ SDARS II, 78 FR at
23072 n.45.204
Subsequent to the filing of direct
cases in this proceeding, the Judges
decided that ‘‘the language in the
revenue exclusion described in
subsection (vi)(B) did not permit Sirius
XM to exclude from the Gross Revenues
otherwise included’’ in the definition of the base.
The result is in the nature of a double-negative
configuration. For example, equipment sales
income is NOT included in the revenue base, but
the exclusion of equipment sales revenues would
apply only ‘‘to the extent [those equipment sales
revenues were] otherwise included’’ in the base.
The better approach is to retain the current
regulatory language, which states simply, ‘‘Gross
Revenues shall exclude . . . .’’
204 SoundExchange asserted that its auditor
alerted it to the fact that, throughout the SDARS I
period (at least), Sirius XM was [REDACTED]. Trial
Ex. 101 at 5–6, Schedule 3. As of the time
SoundExchange filed its direct case in the present
proceeding, Sirius XM continued to assert that the
‘‘separate charge’’ language permitted deduction of
an allocated part of its Premiere package. Ruling on
Referred Questions at 17.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
65264
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
royalty base the price difference, i.e., the
Upcharge, between the Premier package
and the Basic package.’’ Amended
Restricted Ruling on Regulatory
Interpretation Referred by the United
States District Court for the District of
Columbia at 17, No. 2006–1 CRB
DSTRA (2007–12) (Ruling on Referred
Questions). Given that decision,
SoundExchange noted that its proposed
clarification may be unnecessary.
Nonetheless, in the interest of clarity,
SoundExchange urged the Judges to
‘‘confirm again’’ their position as to the
meaning of the regulatory language
concerning exclusions to gross
revenues. Bender WDT at 22.
Sirius XM, conversely, criticized the
current regulatory language that limits
the exclusion to revenue recognized for
the provision of data services and nonmusic channels, programming, products
and/or other services to those instances
in which the subject programming is
offered for a ‘‘separate charge.’’ Sirius
XM proposed to strike the longstanding
‘‘separate charge’’ requirement and add
new language to the Gross Revenues
definition allowing allocation of all
bundle revenue regardless of whether
the components of the bundle are
offered for a separate charge. That
proposed language specifies that the
exclusion to be taken in the case of any
bundle is ‘‘the difference between: (a)
the stated sale price of the bundle,
minus (b) the stated sale price of the
bundle multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the publicly
stated retail price of the standard music/
non-music package when sold on a
standalone and undiscounted basis, and
the denominator of which is the
publicly stated retail price of the bundle
when sold on a standalone and
undiscounted basis.’’ Sirius XM First
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms at
3 (Feb. 17, 2017); 5/17/17 Tr. 4342–48
(Barry); Barry WRT ¶ 21.
Sirius XM had no choice but to
acknowledge that its proposal fails to
address the ‘‘economic indeterminacy’’
of its bundling approach. In the Ruling
on Referred Questions, the Judges held
that—to use Sirius XM’s own words—
‘‘the difference between the larger
bundle price and the Select package
price may not in all cases reliably
measure the economic value of the
additional programming to consumers,
at least absent some objective evidence
of the market value of that additional
programming.’’ SXM PFF ¶ 440.
Sirius XM sought to minimize the
importance of this acknowledged
economic indeterminacy by noting the
importance of bundling to Sirius XM’s
business model and by pointing out the
ubiquity of bundling by many major
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
businesses. Barry WRT ¶¶ 12–18 & n.6.
The Judges recognize the importance of
product bundling as described by Mr.
Barry, both for Sirius XM and numerous
retailers of multiple products. As the
Judges explained at length in the Ruling
on Referred Questions, such bundling is
a common form of price discrimination
that increases revenue. That is, sellers
can induce buyers/subscribers to reveal
their Willingness to Pay (WTP) and pay
more through bundling.
In a context in which the retailers pay
for their inputs on a per unit basis,
bundled retail pricing is benign, because
input suppliers would be indifferent to
downstream pricing and bundling.
However, when the input suppler, as
here, is paid as a percent of retail
revenue, and the bundled revenue
consists of some revenue attributable to
the royalty base and other revenue
excluded from the royalty base, the
economic indeterminacy of the revenue
attributable to each bucket creates a
measurement problem, absent further
information regarding the WTP of
buyers/subscribers to the bundle.
Nonetheless, Sirius XM urged that the
‘‘practical benefits’’ of its proposal
outweigh such economic indeterminacy.
The Judges disagree and reaffirm their
conclusions in the Ruling on Referred
Questions arising from the SDARS I
proceeding. As Mr. Barry made clear,
such bundling was undertaken to
increase Sirius XM’s revenues and it
would be reasonable to assume that
Sirius XM has information relevant to
the economic allocation of the bundled
revenue. However, Sirius XM presented
no such evidence at the hearing. Sirius
XM must bear the burden of providing
evidence that might mitigate the
acknowledged ‘‘economic
indeterminacy’’ problem inherent in
bundling, because any such evidence
would be in its possession, not in the
possession of SoundExchange or the
record companies. If Sirius XM lacks
allocation information and prices its
bundles without that data, it cannot
assert ‘‘practical benefits’’ as grounds for
subjecting licensors to the
acknowledged economic indeterminacy
of the revenue split.
For all of the reasons stated, and
based upon the Judges’ analysis in the
Ruling on Referred Questions, the
Judges reject Sirius XM’s attempts to
rewrite the regulations to reach a
contrary result. Because the Judges are
reaffirming here their Ruling on
Referred Questions, which confirmed
the meaning of the present regulatory
definition of Gross Revenues, they find
(as SoundExchange itself anticipated)
no need to amend the text of the
regulatory definition. Accordingly,
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
SoundExchange’s request for a change
in that definitional language is rejected
as moot.
Finally, Sirius XM proposed a change
to the prefatory language in the
exclusion from ‘‘Revenues recognized
by Licensee for the provision of’’ to the
simpler ‘‘Licensee revenues for the
provision of.’’ (That language is set forth
in forthcoming § 382.22(b)(7)). As Mr.
Barry explained, this is not meant to
imply that Sirius XM can exclude
revenues that have not been recognized.
Rather, it is merely intended to avoid
SoundExchange’s perpetuating the
argument (as addressed and rejected by
the Judges in the recent litigation
regarding the SDARS I period) that
Sirius XM could not exclude revenue
for portions of a bundle because those
items were not separate units of
accounting under GAAP (and the
revenue for those items therefore was
not ‘‘recognized’’). Barry WRT ¶ 20 n.8.
SoundExchange argued that there is
no reason to delete the reference to
‘‘[r]evenues recognized’’ in the
preamble, and some risk in doing so. SE
Response to SXM PFF ¶ 442. However,
SoundExchange did not cite to the
record for this assertion of risk, nor did
it identify that alleged risk.
SoundExchange also noted that, at the
hearing, Mr. Barry acknowledged his
understanding that revenue would need
to be ‘‘recognized’’ to be excluded. 5/17/
17 Tr. 4401–02 (Barry). Thus,
SoundExchange concluded that deleting
the reference to revenue recognition
would create the implication that that is
not the case.
The Judges find that these differences
can be bridged. The language at
382.22(b)(7) will read, ‘‘Revenues
recognized by Licensee (or otherwise
received by Licensee if no GAAP
‘‘recognition’’ principles are applicable)
for the provision of . . . .’’
C. Ephemeral License Terms
The participants in the present
proceeding raised two issues relating to
the section 112 Ephemeral Recordings
license. The first issue was raised by
Music Choice regarding the valuation of
the ephemeral license. The second
controversy between SoundExchange
and Music Choice came to light in
response to SoundExchange’s proposed
revisions to §§ 382.3(b) and 382.12(c)
regarding advance payments and
minimum payments and is discussed
supra, section XI.A.1. SoundExchange
contended that the record in the
proceeding ‘‘unanimously’’ supports
SoundExchange’s proposal of a bundled
rate for both the Section 112(e) and 114
rights, 5% of which should be allocated
as the Section 112(e) royalty for the
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
making of ephemeral copies and the
remaining 95% of which should be
allocated as the Section 114
performance royalty. SoundExchange
stated that ‘‘[t]he parties agree in
substance concerning this matter.’’ SX
PFFCL ¶ 2369. SoundExchange
contended that ‘‘it appears that both
SoundExchange and Music Choice agree
that the Judges should set some kind of
an overall royalty payment and allocate
it 95%/5%.’’ SX PFFCL ¶ 2373.
Sirius XM mirrored SoundExchange’s
proposal. See SXM PFFCL at 1. Music
Choice argued, however, that
SoundExchange did not demonstrate
that ephemeral copies have any
independent value. See Del Beccaro
WDT at 46–47 (‘‘I am unaware of any
marketplace context in which the record
labels seek, or get, a separate payment
just for ephemeral copies.’’).
Nevertheless, Music Choice
acknowledged that the ephemeral
license has been and can be bundled
with the sound recording performance
license, and took no position on
SoundExchange’s proposal to continue
the current apportionment between the
performance and ephemeral copying
license. MC PFF ¶551.
SoundExchange, Sirius XM, and
Music Choice agreed that a portion of
the overall PSS royalties should be
attributed to the ephemeral copying
license. None of them suggested that the
overall PSS royalty rate should be
increased to account for ephemeral
copying royalties. SoundExchange and
Sirius XM proposed that the current 5%
allocation of overall royalties to the
section 112(e) license should continue
in the upcoming rate period, and Music
Choice took no position on the
allocation. The only apparent issue
concerning the ephemeral reproduction
license is that Music Choice asserted
that that license has no ‘‘independent
value,’’ MC PFF at ¶550 (emphasis
added), while SoundExchange
contended that ephemeral copies do
‘‘have economic value . . . .’’
Designated Web III Written Direct
Testimony of Dr. George S. Ford, Trial
Ex. 51, at 9 (Ford Web III WDT). Music
Choice did not contend that the
ephemeral copies have no economic
value—only that the ephemeral copies
have no economic value independent of
the Section 114 license. Music Choice’s
position was inconsistent with neither
SoundExchange’s contention that the
ephemeral copying does have economic
value, nor a bundled rate allocated
between the two licenses.
To support both the bundled rate and
the proposed 5% allocation to the
ephemeral license, SoundExchange
relied on the designated testimony of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Dr. George Ford from the Web III
proceeding. See generally Ford Web III
WDT; see also Web III, 76 FR at 13042
(‘‘The testimony offered by
SoundExchange supports this proposal
and we adopt it.’’). According to Dr.
Ford, ‘‘ephemeral copies have economic
value to services that publicly perform
sound recordings because these services
cannot as a practical matter properly
function without those copies.’’ Ford
Web III WDT at 9. Dr. Ford noted that
‘‘marketplace benchmarks show that the
royalty rate for ephemeral copies, if
directly established, is almost always
expressed as a percentage of the overall
royalty rate for combined activities
under Section 112 and 114.’’ Id. at 9–10.
As to the specific allocation between
the two licenses, Dr. Ford noted that it
is not the services, but the ‘‘[r]ecord
companies and artists [who] care about
what portion of royalty payments are
allocated to ephemerals because the
higher the portion allocated to
ephemerals, the lower the portion paid
directly to artists per the terms of the
Section 114 license.’’ Id. at 4. Dr. Ford
concluded that, in light of the purported
disinterest by the willing buyer (or
licensee) in the allocation between the
Section 112(e) and 114 licenses, an
agreement between the artists and the
copyright owners (i.e., the licensors) is
the best measure of how a willing buyer
and willing seller would allocate
royalties between the performance and
ephemeral licenses. Id. at 10. As
evidence of such an agreement, Dr. Ford
was informed that ‘‘the recording artists
and the record companies have reached
an agreement that five percent (5%) of
the payments for activities under
Section 112(e) and 114 should be
allocated to Section 112(e) activities.’’
Id. at 15. He concluded that ‘‘that
appears to be a reasonable proposal.’’ Id.
Upon examination in Web III, Dr. Ford
clarified that he was informed by
counsel for SoundExchange that the
SoundExchange board, which includes
representatives from record labels and
artists, had approved a recommendation
that 5% of royalties should be allocated
to the ephemeral license. Designated
Hearing Testimony of George S. Ford,
Trial Ex. 51, at 434 (Ford Web III Hrg.
Test.).205
205 Dr. Ford represented that he reviewed the
minutes of the board meeting that referenced the
agreement, and it appears that the Judges in Web
III admitted the board minutes into evidence. Ford
Web III Hrg. Test. at 434, 438. Those minutes were
not introduced into evidence in the current
proceeding, rendering hearsay Dr. Ford’s testimony
concerning the agreement between artists and
record companies. The Judges exercise their
discretion under 37 CFR 351.10(a) to admit
Professor Ford’s hearsay testimony.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65265
The Judges find SoundExchange’s
proposals concerning the bundling of
performance and ephemeral Royalties,
as well as the 95%/5% allocation of
royalties between the two licenses, to be
reasonable and supported by the
evidence, and therefore adopt them for
both PSS and SDARS.
XII. Conclusion
For all of the foregoing reasons, the
Judges issue this Determination of Rates
and Terms in the captioned proceeding.
The Register of Copyrights may review
the Judges’ Determination for legal error
in resolving a material issue of
substantive copyright law. The Librarian
shall cause the Judges’ Determination,
and any correction thereto by the
Register, to be published in the Federal
Register no later than the conclusion of
the 60-day review period.
Dated: October 11, 2018.
Corrected: October 15, 2018.
Suzanne M. Barnett,
Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.
Jesse M. Feder,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
David R. Strickler,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 382
Copyright, Digital audio
transmissions, Performance right, Sound
recordings.
Final Regulations
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Copyright Royalty Judges
revise 37 CFR part 382 to read as
follows:
PART 382—RATES AND TERMS FOR
TRANSMISSIONS OF SOUND
RECORDINGS BY PREEXISTING
SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES AND
PREEXISTING SATELLITE DIGITAL
AUDIO RADIO SERVICES AND FOR
THE MAKING OF EPHEMERAL
REPRODUCTIONS TO FACILITATE
THOSE TRANSMISSIONS
Subpart A—Regulations of General
Application
Sec.
382.1 Definitions.
382.2 Scope and compliance.
382.3 Making payment of royalty fees.
382.4 Delivering statements of account.
382.5 Distributing royalty fees.
382.6 Handling Confidential Information.
382.7 Auditing payments and distributions.
Subpart B—Preexisting Subscription
Services (PSS)
382.10 Royalty fees for the digital
performance of sound recordings and the
making of ephemeral recordings by
preexisting subscription services.
382.11 Calculation of gross revenues for
PSS.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65266
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Subpart C—Preexisting Satellite Digital
Audio Radio Services (SDARS)
382.20 Definitions.
382.21 Royalty fees for the public
performance of sound recordings and the
making of ephemeral recordings by
SDARS.
382.22 Calculation of Gross Revenues for
SDARS.
382.23 Adjustments to royalty fee.
Authority: 17 U.S.C. 112(e), 114 and
801(b)(1).
Subpart A—Regulations of General
Application
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
§ 382.1
Definitions.
In this subpart:
Collective means the collection and
distribution organization that is
designated by the Copyright Royalty
Judges.
Copyright Owners means sound
recording copyright owners who are
entitled to royalty payments made
under part 382 pursuant to the statutory
licenses under 17 U.S.C. 112(e) and 114.
Digital Audio Transmission has the
same meaning as in 17 U.S.C. 114(j)(5).
Eligible Transmission means a Digital
Audio Transmission made by a Licensee
that is subject to licensing under 17
U.S.C. 114(d)(2) and the payment of
royalties under 37 CFR part 382.
Ephemeral Recording has the same
meaning as in 17 U.S.C. 112.
GAAP means generally accepted
accounting principles in effect in the
United States on the date payment is
due.
Licensee means the provider of an
Satellite Digital Audio Radio Service
(SDARS) or Preexisting Subscription
Service (PSS) that has obtained a license
under 17 U.S.C. 114 to make eligible
transmissions and a license under 17
U.S.C. 112(e) to make Ephemeral
Recordings to facilitate those Eligible
Transmissions.
Payor means the entity required to
make royalty payments to the Collective
or the entity required to distribute
royalty fees collected, depending on
context. The Payor is:
(1) A Licensee, in relation to the
Collective; and
(2) The Collective in relation to a
Copyright Owner or Performer.
Performers means the independent
administrators identified in 17 U.S.C.
114(g)(2)(B) and (C) and the parties
identified in 17 U.S.C. 114(g)(2)(D).
Preexisting Subscription Service (PSS)
has the same meaning as in 17 U.S.C.
114(j)(11). A service’s offering on the
internet that is available to a subscriber
outside the subscriber’s residence is not
a Preexisting Subscription Service for
purposes of this part.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
Qualified Auditor means a Certified
Public Accountant independent within
the meaning of the American Institute
Certified Public Accountants Code of
Professional Conduct.
Satellite Digital Audio Radio Service
(SDARS) means the preexisting satellite
digital audio radio services as defined in
17 U.S.C. 114(j)(10).
Transmission has the same meaning
as in 17 U.S.C. 114(j)(15).
Verifying Entity means the party
requesting an audit and giving notice of
intent to audit. For audits of SDARS and
PSS, the Verifying Entity is
SoundExchange, Inc. For audits of
SoundExchange, Inc. the Verifying
Entity is any Copyright Owner or its
authorized representative.
§ 382.2
Scope and compliance.
(a) Scope. This part codifies rates and
terms of royalty payments for the public
performance of sound recordings in
certain Digital Audio Transmissions by
certain Licensees in accordance with
applicable provisions of 17 U.S.C. 114
and for the making of Ephemeral
Recordings by those Licensees in
accordance with the provisions of 17
U.S.C. 112(e), during the period January
1, 2018, through December 31, 2027.
(b) Legal compliance. Licensees
relying upon the statutory licenses set
forth in 17 U.S.C. 112(e) and 114 must
comply with the requirements of 17
U.S.C. 112(e) and 114, this part and any
other applicable regulations.
(c) Voluntary agreements.
Notwithstanding the royalty rates and
terms established in any subparts of this
part, the rates and terms of any license
agreements entered into by Copyright
Owners and Licensees may apply in lieu
of these rates and terms.
§ 382.3
Making payment of royalty fees.
(a) Payment to the Collective. A
Licensee must make the royalty
payments due under subparts B and C
of this part to SoundExchange, Inc.,
which is the Collective designated by
the Copyright Royalty Board to collect
and distribute royalties under this part.
If any payment due date is a weekend
or a federal holiday, then the payment
is due on the first business day
thereafter.
(b) Advance payment. Licensees must
pay the Collective an annual advance
payment of $100,000 by January 31 of
each year. The Collective must credit
5% of the advance payment as payment
of the minimum fee for Ephemeral
Recordings and credit the remaining
95% to section 114 royalties. The funds
are nonrefundable. Any uncredited
portion of the funds shall not carry over
into a subsequent year.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(c) Minimum payments. A Licensee
must make any minimum annual
payment due under subpart B or C of
this part by January 31 of the applicable
license year.
(d) Monthly payments. A Licensee
must make royalty payments on a
monthly basis. Payments are due on or
before the 45th day after the end of the
month in which the Licensee made
Eligible Transmissions.
(e) Late fees. A Licensee must pay a
late fee for each payment and each
Statement of Account that the Collective
receives after the due date. The late fee
is 1.5% (or the highest lawful rate,
whichever is lower) of the late payment
amount per month. The late fee for a
late Statement of Account is 1.5% of the
payment amount associated with the
Statement of Account. Late fees accrue
from the due date until the date that the
Collective receives the late payment or
late Statement of Account.
(1) Waiver of late fees. The Collective
may waive or lower late fees for
immaterial or inadvertent failures of a
Licensee to make a timely payment or
submit a timely Statement of Account.
(2) Notice regarding noncompliant
Statements of Account. If it is
reasonably evident to the Collective that
a timely-provided Statement of Account
is materially noncompliant, the
Collective must notify the Licensee
within 90 days of discovery of the
noncompliance.
§ 382.4
Delivering statements of account.
(a) Statements of Account. Any
payment due under this part must be
accompanied by a corresponding
Statement of Account that must contain
the following information:
(1) Information as is necessary to
calculate the accompanying royalty
payment;
(2) The name, address, business title,
telephone number, facsimile number (if
any), electronic mail address (if any)
and other contact information of the
person to be contacted for information
or questions concerning the content of
the Statement of Account;
(3) The signature of:
(i) The Licensee or a duly authorized
agent of the Licensee;
(ii) A partner or delegate if the
Licensee is a partnership; or
(iii) An officer of the corporation if
the Licensee is a corporation;
(4) The printed or typewritten name
of the person signing the Statement of
Account;
(5) If the Licensee is a partnership or
corporation, the title or official position
held in the partnership or corporation
by the person signing the Statement of
Account;
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
(6) A certification of the capacity of
the person signing;
(7) The date of signature; and
(8) An attestation to the following
effect:
I, the undersigned owner/officer/
partner/agent of the Licensee have
examined this Statement of Account
and hereby state that it is true, accurate,
and complete to my knowledge after
reasonable due diligence and that it
fairly presents, in all material respects,
the liabilities of the Licensee pursuant
to 17 U.S.C. 112(e) and 114 and
applicable regulations adopted under
those sections.
(b) Certification. Licensee’s Chief
Financial Officer or, if Licensee does not
have a Chief Financial Officer, a person
authorized to sign Statements of
Account for the Licensee, must submit
a signed certification on an annual basis
attesting that Licensee’s royalty
statements for the prior year represent a
true and accurate determination of the
royalties due and that any method of
allocation employed by Licensee was
applied in good faith and in accordance
with U.S. GAAP.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
§ 382.5
Distributing royalty fees.
(a) Distribution of royalties. (1) The
Collective must promptly distribute
royalties received from Licensees to
Copyright Owners and Performers that
are entitled thereto, or to their
designated agents. The Collective shall
only be responsible for making
distributions to those who provide the
Collective with information necessary to
identify and pay the correct recipient.
The Collective must distribute royalties
on a basis that values all performances
by a Licensee equally based upon the
information provided under the Reports
of Use requirements for Licensees
pursuant to § 370.3 or § 370.4 of this
chapter, as applicable, and pursuant to
this part.
(2) Identification of Copyright
Owners. The Collective must use its best
efforts to identify and locate copyright
owners and featured artists to distribute
royalties payable to them under section
112(e) or 114(d)(2) of title 17, United
States Code, or both. Such efforts must
include, but are not limited to, searches
in Copyright Office public records and
published directories of sound
recording copyright owners when
consulting those records and directories
is likely to be helpful.
(b) Unclaimed funds. If the Collective
is unable to identify or locate a
Copyright Owner or Performer who is
entitled to receive a royalty distribution
under this part, the Collective must
retain the required payment in a
segregated trust account for a period of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
three years from the date of the first
distribution of royalties from the
relevant payment by a Licensee. No
claim to distribution shall be valid after
the expiration of the three-year period.
After expiration of this period, the
Collective must handle unclaimed funds
in accordance with applicable federal,
state, or common law.
(c) Retention of records. Licensees
and the Collective shall keep books and
records relating to payments and
distributions of royalties for a period of
not less than the prior three calendar
years.
(d) Designation of the Collective. (1)
The Judges designate SoundExchange,
Inc., as the Collective to receive
Statements of Account and royalty
payments from Licensees and to
distribute royalty payments to each
Copyright Owner and Performer (or
their respective designated agents)
entitled to receive royalties under 17
U.S.C. 112(e) or 114(g).
(2) If SoundExchange, Inc. should
dissolve or cease to be governed by a
board consisting of equal numbers of
representatives of Copyright Owners
and Performers, it shall be replaced for
the applicable royalty period by a
successor Collective according to the
following procedure:
(i) The nine Copyright Owner
representatives and the nine Performer
representatives on the SoundExchange
board as of the last day preceding
SoundExchange’s cessation or
dissolution shall vote by a majority to
recommend that the Copyright Royalty
Judges designate a successor and must
file a petition with the Copyright
Royalty Judges requesting that the
Judges designate the named successor
and setting forth the reasons therefor.
(ii) Within 30 days of receiving the
petition, the Copyright Royalty Judges
must issue an order designating the
recommended Collective, unless the
Judges find good cause not to make and
publish the designation in the Federal
Register.
§ 382.6
Handling Confidential Information.
(a) Definition. For purposes of this
part, ‘‘Confidential Information’’ means
the Statements of Account and any
information contained therein,
including the amount of royalty
payments and any information
pertaining to the Statements of Account
reasonably designated as confidential by
the party submitting the statement.
Confidential Information does not
include documents or information that
at the time of delivery to the Collective
is public knowledge. The party seeking
information from the Collective based
on a claim that the information sought
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65267
is a matter of public knowledge shall
have the burden of proving to the
Collective that the requested
information is in the public domain.
(b) Use of Confidential Information.
The Collective may not use any
Confidential Information for any
purpose other than royalty collection
and distribution and activities related
directly thereto.
(c) Disclosure of Confidential
Information. The Collective shall limit
access to Confidential Information to:
(1) Employees, agents, consultants,
and independent contractors of the
Collective, subject to an appropriate
written confidentiality agreement, who
are engaged in the collection and
distribution of royalty payments
hereunder and activities related directly
thereto who require access to the
Confidential Information for the
purpose of performing their duties
during the ordinary course of their
work;
(2) A Qualified Auditor or outside
counsel who is authorized to act on
behalf of:
(i) The Collective with respect to
verification of a Licensee’s statement of
account pursuant to this part; or
(ii) A Copyright Owner or Performer
with respect to the verification of
royalty distributions pursuant to this
part;
(3) Copyright Owners and Performers,
including their designated agents,
whose works a Licensee used under the
statutory licenses set forth in 17 U.S.C.
112(e) and 114 by the Licensee whose
Confidential Information is being
supplied, subject to an appropriate
written confidentiality agreement, and
including those employees, agents,
consultants, and independent
contractors of such Copyright Owners
and Performers and their designated
agents, subject to an appropriate written
confidentiality agreement, who require
access to the Confidential Information to
perform their duties during the ordinary
course of their work;
(4) Attorneys and other authorized
agents of parties to proceedings under
17 U.S.C. 112 or 114, acting under an
appropriate protective order.
(d) Safeguarding Confidential
Information. The Collective and any
person authorized to receive
Confidential Information from the
Collective must implement procedures
to safeguard against unauthorized access
to or dissemination of Confidential
Information using a reasonable standard
of care, but no less than the same degree
of security that the recipient uses to
protect its own Confidential Information
or similarly sensitive information.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65268
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
§ 382.7 Auditing payments and
distributions.
(a) General. This section prescribes
procedures by which any entity entitled
to receive payment or distribution of
royalties may verify those payments or
distributions with an independent
audit. The Collective may audit a
Licensee’s payments of royalties to the
Collective and a Copyright Owner or
Performer may audit the Collective’s
distributions of royalties to the
Copyright Owners or Performers.
Nothing in this section shall preclude a
Verifying Entity and the Payor under
audit from agreeing to verification
methods in addition to or different from
those set forth in this section.
(b) Frequency of auditing. A Verifying
Entity may conduct an audit of each
Payor only once a year and the audit
may cover any or all of the prior three
calendar years. A Verifying Entity may
not audit records for any calendar year
more than once.
(c) Notice of intent to audit. The
Verifying Entity must file with the
Copyright Royalty Judges a notice of
intent to audit the Payor, which notice
the Judges must publish in the Federal
Register within 30 days of the filing of
the notice. Simultaneously with the
filing of the notice, the Verifying Entity
must send a copy to the Payor.
(d) The audit. The audit must be
conducted during regular business
hours by a Qualified Auditor who is not
retained on a contingency fee basis and
is identified in the notice. The auditor
shall determine the accuracy of royalty
payments or distributions, including
whether the Payor made an
underpayment or overpayment of
royalties. An audit of books and records,
including underlying paperwork,
performed in the ordinary course of
business according to generally
accepted auditing standards by a
Qualified Auditor, shall serve as an
acceptable verification procedure for all
parties with respect to the information
that is within the scope of the audit.
(e) Access to third-party records for
audit purposes. The Payor under audit
must use commercially reasonable
efforts to obtain or to provide access to
any relevant books and records
maintained by third parties for the
purpose of the audit.
(f) Duty of auditor to consult. The
auditor must produce a written report to
the Verifying Entity. Before issuing the
report, unless the auditor has a
reasonable basis to suspect fraud on the
part of the Payor, the disclosure of
which would, in the reasonable opinion
of the auditor, prejudice any
investigation of the suspected fraud.
The auditor must review tentative
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
written findings of the audit with the
appropriate agent or employee of the
Payor in order to remedy any factual
errors and clarify any issues relating to
the audit; provided that an appropriate
agent or employee of the Payor
reasonably cooperates with the auditor
to remedy promptly any factual error[s]
or clarify any issue raised by the audit.
The auditor must include in the written
report information concerning the
cooperation or the lack thereof of the
employee or agent.
(g) Audit results; underpayment or
overpayment of royalties. If the auditor
determines the Payor underpaid
royalties, the Payor shall remit the
amount of any underpayment
determined by the auditor to the
Verifying Entity, together with interest
at the post-judgment rate specified in 28
U.S.C. 1961, accrued from and after the
date the payment was originally due. In
the absence of mutually-agreed payment
terms, which may, but need not, include
installment payments, the Payor shall
remit promptly to the Verifying Entity
the entire amount of the underpayment
determined by the auditor. If the auditor
determines the Payor overpaid royalties,
however, the Verifying Entity shall not
be required to remit the amount of any
overpayment to the Payor, and the Payor
shall not seek by any means to recoup,
offset, or take a credit for the
overpayment, unless the Payor and the
Verifying Entity have agreed otherwise.
(h) Paying the costs of the audit. The
Verifying Entity must pay the cost of the
audit, unless the auditor determines that
there was an underpayment of 10% or
more, in which case the Payor must bear
the reasonable costs of the audit, in
addition to paying or distributing the
amount of any underpayment.
(i) Retention of audit report. The
Verifying Entity must retain the report
of the audit for a period of not less than
three years from the date of issuance.
Subpart B—Preexisting Subscription
Services (PSS)
§ 382.10 Royalty fees for the digital
performance of sound recordings and the
making of ephemeral recordings by
preexisting subscription services.
(a) Royalty fees. Commencing January
1, 2018, and continuing through
December 31, 2027, Licensees must pay
royalty fees for all Eligible
Transmissions of sound recordings at
the rate of 7.5 percent of Gross
Revenues.
(b) Ephemeral recordings royalty fee.
(1) The fee for all Ephemeral Recordings
is part of the total fee payable under this
section and constitutes 5% of it. All
Ephemeral Recordings that a Licensee
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
makes that are necessary and
commercially reasonable for making
noninteractive Digital Audio
Transmission as a PSS are included in
the 5%.
(2) The minimum fee is $5,000 per
year.
§ 382.11
PSS.
Calculation of gross revenues for
(a) Gross revenues are monies derived
from the operation of the programming
service of the Licensee and are
comprised of the following:
(1) Monies received by Licensee from
Licensee’s carriers and directly from
residential U.S. subscribers for
Licensee’s programming service;
(2) Licensee’s advertising revenues (as
billed), or other monies received from
sponsors, if any, less advertising agency
commissions not to exceed 15% of those
fees incurred to a recognized advertising
agency not owned or controlled by
Licensee;
(3) Monies received for the provision
of time on the programming service to
any third party;
(4) Monies received from the sale of
time to providers of paid programming
such as infomercials;
(5) Where merchandise, service, or
anything of value is received by
Licensee in lieu of cash consideration
for the use of Licensee’s programming
service, the fair market value thereof or
Licensee’s prevailing published rate,
whichever is less;
(6) Monies or other consideration
received by Licensee from Licensee’s
carriers, but not including monies
received by Licensee’s carriers from
others and not accounted for by
Licensee’s carriers to Licensee, for the
provision of hardware by anyone and
used in connection with the
programming service;
(7) Monies or other consideration
received for any references to or
inclusion of any product or service on
the programming service; and
(8) Bad debts recovered regarding
paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this
section.
(9) Revenues described in paragraphs
(a)(1) through (8) of this section to
which Licensee is entitled but which are
paid to a parent, subsidiary, division, or
affiliate of Licensee, in lieu of payment
to Licensee but not including payments
to Licensee’s carriers for the
programming service.
(b) Gross Revenues exclude affiliate
revenue returned during the reporting
period and bad debts actually written
off during reporting period.
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
Subpart C—Preexisting Satellite Digital
Audio Radio Services (SDARS)
§ 382.20
Definitions.
In this subpart:
Directly-Licensed Recording means a
sound recording for which the Licensee
has previously obtained a license of all
relevant rights from the sound recording
Copyright Owner.
Pre-1972 Recording means a sound
recording fixed before February 15,
1972, that is not a restored work as
defined in 17 U.S.C. 104A(h)(6) or
otherwise subject to protection under
title 17, United States Code.
Reference Channels means internet
webcast channels offered by the
Licensee that directly correspond to
channels offered on the Licensee’s
SDARS that are capable of being
received on all models of Sirius radio,
all models of XM radio or both, and on
which the programming consists
primarily of music.
§ 382.21 Royalty fees for the public
performance of sound recordings and the
making of ephemeral recordings by SDARS.
(a) Royalty fees. Commencing January
1, 2018, and continuing through
December 31, 2027, Licensees must pay
royalty fees for all Eligible
Transmissions of sound recordings at
the rate of 15.5% of Gross Revenues.
(b) Ephemeral recordings royalty fees.
(1) The fee for all Ephemeral Recordings
is part of the total fee payable under this
section and constitutes 5% of it. All
Ephemeral Recordings that a Licensee
makes that are necessary and
commercially reasonable for making
noninteractive Digital Audio
Transmissions as an SDARS are
included in the 5%.
(2) The minimum fee is $5,000 per
year.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
§ 382.22 Calculation of Gross Revenues
for SDARS.
(a) Gross Revenues are:
(1) Revenue recognized by the
Licensee in accordance with GAAP from
the operation of an SDARS and
comprised of the following:
(i) Subscription revenue recognized
by Licensee directly from U.S.
subscribers for licensee’s SDARS; and
(ii) Licensee’s advertising revenues, or
other monies received from sponsors, if
any, attributable to advertising on
channels other than those that use only
incidental performances of sound
recordings, less advertising agency and
sales commissions.
(2) Revenues set forth above to which
Licensee is entitled but which are paid
to a parent, wholly-owned subsidiary, or
division of Licensee.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
(b) Gross Revenues exclude:
(1) Monies or other consideration
attributable to the sale and/or license of
equipment and/or other technology,
including but not limited to bandwidth,
sales of devices that receive the
Licensee’s SDARS and any shipping and
handling fees therefor;
(2) Royalties paid to Licensee for
intellectual property rights;
(3) Monies or other consideration
received by Licensee from the sale of
phonorecords and digital phonorecord
deliveries;
(4) Sales and use taxes;
(5) Credit card, invoice, activation,
swap and early termination fees charged
to subscribers and reasonably related to
the Licensee’s expenses to which they
pertain;
(6) Bad debt expense; and
(7) Revenues recognized by Licensee
(or otherwise received by Licensee if no
GAAP ‘‘recognition’’ principles are
applicable) for the provision of:
(i) Current and future data services
offered for a separate charge (e.g.,
weather, traffic, destination information,
messaging, sports scores, stock ticker
information, extended program
associated data, video and photographic
images, and such other telematics and/
or data services as may exist from time
to time);
(ii) Channels, programming, products
and/or other services offered for a
separate charge where such channels
use only incidental performances of
sound recordings;
(iii) Channels, programming, products
and/or other services provided outside
of the United States; and
(iv) Channels, programming, products
and/or other services for which the
performance of sound recordings and/or
the making of Ephemeral Recordings is
exempt from any license requirement or
is separately licensed, including by a
statutory license and, for the avoidance
of doubt, webcasting, audio services
bundled with television programming,
interactive services, and transmissions
to business establishments.
§ 382.23
Adjustments to royalty fee.
(a) Reduction for Direct License Share.
The royalty fee specified in § 382.21(a)
may be reduced by the percentage of
Eligible Transmissions comprising the
Direct License Share.
(1) The Direct License Share
reduction is available to a Licensee only
if—
(i) The Reference Channels constitute
a large majority of and are generally
representative of the music channels
offered on the Licensee’s SDARS; and
(ii) The Licensee provides the
Collective, by no later than the due date
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
65269
for the relevant payment under
§ 382.3(d), a list of each Copyright
Owner from which the Licensee claims
to have a direct license of rights to
Directly-Licensed Recordings that is in
effect for the month for which the
payment is made and of each sound
recording for which the Licensee takes
the reduction, identified by featured
artist name, sound recording title, and
International Standard Recording Code
(ISRC) number or, alternatively to the
ISRC, album title and copyright owner
name. Notwithstanding § 382.6, the
Collective may disclose such
information as reasonably necessary for
it to confirm whether a claimed direct
license exists and claimed sound
recordings are properly excludable.
(2) To arrive at the percentage
allocable to the Direct License Share for
each month, the Licensee shall divide
the internet Performances of DirectlyLicensed Recordings on the Reference
Channels by the total number of internet
Performances of all sound recordings on
the Reference Channels. In no event
shall the Direct License Share be an
amount greater than the result of
dividing the number of plays of
Directly-Licensed Recordings on the
SDARS by the total number of plays of
all sound recordings on the SDARS.
(3) The Licensee may not credit use of
a Directly-Licensed Recording under
this paragraph if that use is credited as
a use of a Pre-1972 Sound Recording for
purposes of claiming the Pre-1972
Recording Share reduction to the royalty
fee.
(b) Reduction for Pre-1972 Recording
Share. The royalty fee specified in
§ 382.21(a) may be reduced by the
percentage of Eligible Transmissions
comprising the Pre-1972 Recording
Share.
(1) A Pre-1972 Recording Share
reduction is available to a Licensee only
if—
(i) The Reference Channels constitute
a large majority of and are generally
representative of the music channels
offered on the Licensee’s SDARS; and
(ii) The Licensee provides to the
Collective, by no later than the due date
for the relevant payment under
§ 382.3(d), a list of Pre-1972 Recordings
for which the Licensee takes the
reduction, identified by featured artist
name, sound recording title, and
International Standard Recording Code
(ISRC) number or, alternatively to the
ISRC, album title and copyright owner
name.
(2) To arrive at the percentage
allocable to the Pre-1972 Recording
Share for each month, the Licensee shall
divide the internet Performances of Pre1972 Sound Recordings on the
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
65270
Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 / Rules and Regulations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with RULES2
Reference Channels by the total number
of internet Performances of all sound
recordings on the Reference Channels.
(c) Definition of Performance. For
purposes of this section, Performance
means:
(1) Except as discussed in paragraph
(c)(2) of this section, a Performance is an
instance in which any portion of a
sound recording is publicly performed
to a listener within the United States by
means of a Digital Audio Transmission
(e.g., the delivery of any portion of a
single track from a compact disc to one
listener).
(2) An instance in which a portion of
a sound recording is publicly performed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:29 Dec 18, 2018
Jkt 247001
to a listener within the United States by
means of a Digital Audio Transmission
is not a Performance if it both:
(i) Makes no more than incidental use
of sound recordings including, but not
limited to, brief musical transitions in
and out of commercials or program
segments, brief use during news, talk
and sports programming, brief
background use during disk jockey
announcements, brief use during
commercials of sixty seconds or less in
duration, or brief use during sporting or
other public events; and
(ii) Does not contain an entire sound
recording and does not feature a
particular sound recording of more than
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
thirty seconds (as in the case of a sound
recording used as a theme song), except
for ambient music that is background at
a public event.
Suzanne M. Barnett,
Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.
Jesse M. Feder,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
David R. Strickler,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
Approved by:
Carla D. Hayden,
Librarian of Congress.
[FR Doc. 2018–26922 Filed 12–18–18; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 1410–72–P
E:\FR\FM\19DER2.SGM
19DER2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 243 (Wednesday, December 19, 2018)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 65210-65270]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2018-26922]
[[Page 65209]]
Vol. 83
Wednesday,
No. 243
December 19, 2018
Part II
Library of Congress
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright Royalty Board
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
37 CFR Part 382
Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Transmission of Sound
Recordings by Satellite Radio and ``Preexisting'' Subscription Services
(SDARS III); Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 243 / Wednesday, December 19, 2018 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 65210]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
Copyright Royalty Board
37 CFR Part 382
[Docket No. 16-CRB-0001 SR/PSSR (2018-2022)]
Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Transmission of
Sound Recordings by Satellite Radio and ``Preexisting'' Subscription
Services (SDARS III)
AGENCY: Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.
ACTION: Final rule and order.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Copyright Royalty Judges announce their final
determination of the rates and terms for the digital transmission of
sound recordings and the reproduction of ephemeral recordings by
preexisting subscription services and preexisting satellite digital
audio radio services for the period beginning January 1, 2018, and
ending on December 31, 2027.
DATES:
Effective Date: December 19, 2018.
Applicability Date: The regulations apply to the license period
beginning January 1, 2018, and ending December 31, 2027.
ADDRESSES: The final determination is posted in eCRB at https://app.crb.gov/. For access to the docket to read the final determination
and submitted background documents, go to eCRB and search for docket
number 16-CRB-0001 SR/PSSR (2018-2022).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Anita Blaine, CRB Program Assistant,
by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or by email at crb@loc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Introduction
The purpose of the Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) in the present
proceeding is to determine the royalty rates and terms applicable to
Preexisting Subscription Services (PSS) and Satellite Digital Audio
Radio Services (SDARS) for licenses established by the Copyright Act
(Act) to utilize copyrighted sound recordings. See 17 U.S.C. 112, 114.
The Act requires the Judges to determine applicable rates and terms
every five years. See 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1), 804(b)(3)(B).
In determining the PSS rates, the Judges considered proposals from
both Music Choice and SoundExchange as guideposts rather than as
benchmarks and determined a rate based upon the current statutory rate
as adjusted to meet statutory requirements. In determining the SDARS
rates, the Judges relied most heavily on the opportunity cost approach
proffered by SoundExchange, but the Judges utilized opportunity cost
survey data that they found more appropriate than the data relied on by
SoundExchange.
After the Judges issued the Initial Determination in this
proceeding on December 14, 2017, both Sirius XM Radio, Inc., (Sirius
XM), the lone SDARS, and Music Choice filed timely motions for
rehearing. SoundExchange filed responses opposing each rehearing
motion, and Sirius XM and Music Choice filed replies. On April 17,
2018, the Judges ruled on the rehearing motions. See Order Granting In
Part and Denying In Part . . . Motion[s] for Rehearing (Apr. 17, 2018).
By this order, the Judges denied the Music Choice motion and asked for
additional briefing on the primary issue Sirius XM raised, viz.,
whether the Judges should reduce the royalty rate for SDARS set in the
Initial Determination to a rate not lower than 14.7% of Gross Revenues.
Id. at 9. The parties filed briefs and responses and the Judges took
the issue under advisement.
On October 11, 2018, the President signed into law the Orrin G.
Hatch-Bob Goodlatte Music Modernization Act, Public Law 115-264, 132
Stat. 3676 (Oct. 11, 2018) (MMA). That law includes a provision
amending section 804(b)(3)(B) of the Copyright Act (Act) to state that
``with respect to pre-existing satellite digital audio radio services,
the terms and rates set forth by the Copyright Royalty Judges on
December 14, 2017, in their initial determination for the rate period
ending on December 31, 2022, shall be in effect through December 31,
2027, without any change based on a rehearing under section 803(c)(2) .
. . .'' Id. sec. 103. As a consequence of this statutory provision, the
Judges dismissed the pending rehearing as moot. See Order Dismissing
Rehearing Proceeding (Oct. 11, 2018).
Based upon the totality of the record, and in accordance with the
following reasoning and analysis, the Judges determine that the
applicable rates and terms for the period beginning January 1, 2018,\1\
shall be:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ In the Judges' Initial Determination in this proceeding,
they established rates for the period January 1, 2018 through
December 31, 2022. Under the MMA, these rates shall remain in effect
until December 31, 2027. See 17 U.S.C. 804(b)(3)(B) (as amended by
the MMA). Note that all redactions in this publication were made by
the Copyright Royalty Judges and not by the Federal Register.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For PSS: 7.5% of Gross Revenues, as that term is defined for PSS.
For SDARS: 15.5% of Gross Revenues, as that term is defined for
SDARS.
II. Background
A. Statutory Licenses
In 1995, Congress granted to sound recording copyright owners the
exclusive right ``to perform the copyrighted [sound recording] publicly
by means of a digital audio transmission.'' \2\ 17 U.S.C. 106(6).
Concurrently, Congress limited that exclusive right by creating two
statutory licenses that would enable certain users, including SDARS and
PSS, to transmit digitally sound recordings without obtaining a
voluntary license from each copyright owner. See 17 U.S.C. 112(e),
114(d). The section 112 license (ephemeral license) allows an entity
that transmits a sound recording digitally to make ephemeral
phonorecords of the sound recording to facilitate the transmission.
Section 112(e) describes conditions under which an entity may license
the ephemeral sound recording.\3\ Section 114 describes limits that
apply to the digital transmission license.\4\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ See Digital Performance Right in Sound Recording Act of
1995, Public Law 104-39, 109 Stat. 336 (1995).
\3\ Section 112 provides that a sound recording transmitter may
make no more than one ephemeral phonorecord, ``unless the terms and
conditions of the statutory license allow for more.'' 17 U.S.C.
112(e)(1).
\4\ Specifically, section 114 excludes from the statutory
license transmissions by interactive services. See 17 U.S.C.
114(d)(2)(A)(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. The Standards for Determining Royalty Rates
Section 801(b)(1) of the Act provides that the Judges shall ``make
determinations and adjustments of reasonable terms and rates of royalty
payments'' for the statutory licenses set forth in, inter alia, section
114(f)(1) (``digital performance license'').\5\ The digital performance
license requires that the Judges set rates and terms that are
``reasonable.'' Id. In addition, section 801(b)(1) provides that these
``reasonable'' rates shall be calculated to achieve four specific
objectives:
\5\ Sirius XM and SoundExchange agree in substance that the
Judges should conform the SDARS regulations regarding ephemeral
licenses to the language adopted by the Judges in Web IV. See SEPFF
] 2371; SXMPFF ] 492. The Judges approve this agreement and adopt it
in the regulations for the forthcoming rate period. See infra,
section III.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) To maximize the availability of creative works to the
public.
(B) To afford the copyright owner a fair return for his or her
creative work and the copyright user a fair income under existing
economic conditions.
(C) To reflect the relative roles of the copyright owner and the
copyright user in the product made available to the public with
[[Page 65211]]
respect to relative creative contribution, technological
contribution, capital investment, cost, risk, and contribution to
the opening of new markets for creative expression and media for
their communication.
(D) To minimize any disruptive impact on the structure of the
industries involved and on generally prevailing industry practices.
17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1).
In SDARS 1, the Judges detailed the historical treatment of these
section 801(b)(1) standards. See Determination of Rates and Terms . . .
73 FR 4080, 4082-84 (Jan. 24, 2008) (SDARS I). There, the Judges noted
that the section 801(b)(1) factors originated in the protracted
legislative process that ultimately produced the Copyright Act of 1976.
The SDARS I Judges examined the legislative history of the 1976 Act and
noted that the motivation for adopting the four itemized 801(b)(1)
factors arose from an exchange between two law professors, Professor
Ernest Gellhorn, on behalf of certain copyright users, and Professor
Louis H. Pollack, on behalf of certain copyright owners. The issue
between the professors was the constitutionality of the Copyright
Royalty Tribunal (CRT), a predecessor of the Copyright Royalty Board.
As recounted in SDARS I: ``Professor Gellhorn had recommended that, in
order to bolster the constitutionality of the Tribunal, the Congress
should, inter alia, adopt statutory standards beyond the vague
criterion of `reasonableness.' '' SDARS I, 73 FR at 4082 (citing
Hearings on H.R. 2223 before the Subcomm. on Courts, Civil Liberties,
and the Administration of Justice of the House Comm. on the Judiciary,
94th Cong., 1922 (1975).\6\ After consideration of alternative
potential statutory language, Congress adopted the four-part itemized
factors included in section 801(b)(1) to supplement the ``reasonable''
rate requirement. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The SDARS I Judges also noted that, in like fashion, the
Register of Copyrights concluded that it would be ``wise to
establish, in the statute, certain criteria beyond `reasonableness'
that each Panel is to apply to its decision-making.'' Id. (citing
Second Supplementary Report of the Register of Copyrights on the
General Revision of the U.S. Copyright Law, Chapter XV, at 31
(1975)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is additional legislative history regarding the itemized four
factors in section 801(b)(1) that aids in understanding how those
factors should be applied and informs economic analysis under these
statutory provisions. This legislative history is highlighted by
dueling positions taken in Congressional testimony in 1967 by the
licensors, through the National Music Publishers Association (NMPA) and
its economic witness, Robert R. Nathan, and by the licensees, the
Recording Industry Association of America (RIAA), through their
counsel, Thurman Arnold, Esq., a well-known advocate of strong
antitrust enforcement. See Hearing on S. 597, Subcomm. on Patents,
Trademarks and Copyrights of the S. Committee on the Judiciary, (Mar.
20-21, 1967) (Senate Hearing).
Mr. Nathan criticized any proposed legislation that would subject
the songwriting industry to a statutory mechanical licensing scheme.
Id. at 382. He did not agree that licenses in the music industry should
be treated differently than how ``we generally function under
competitive marketplace bargaining arrangements whereby most entities
in our economy bargain for that which goes into the creation of goods
and services and also bargain the price for which those goods and
services are sold.'' Id. He further noted that the statutory mechanical
royalty rate was in part a reaction to an early 20th century concern
regarding a Supreme Court decision allowing a player-piano manufacturer
to play songs through the use of perforated paper rolls fed into the
new devices (player pianos), without a license and without a duty to
pay royalties to the songwriters and publishers. White-Smith Music
Publishing Company v. Apollo Company, 209 U.S. 1 (1908). As Mr. Nathan
explained: ``[T]he Aeolian Co.[,] had gained control of some 80 percent
of the musical compositions and Congress . . . fear[ed] the threat of
monopoly in the mechanical reproduction of music.'' Senate Hearing at
382-83. The Copyright Act of 1909 superseded the effect of White-Smith
by creating a statutory license and imposing a fixed statutory rate for
mechanical reproduction of musical compositions.
In his 1967 testimony, Mr. Nathan advocated that Congress eliminate
the compulsory license and the statutory rate, and he specifically
urged Congress to resist replacing the fixed statutory fee with a
regulatory standard to be implemented by a quasi-adjudicatory body. As
to the latter point he explained to Congress: ``[O]ne might ask . . .
whether the music publishing industry has any characteristics of a
public utility? I submit . . . that there is nothing in the music
publishing industry which gives [it] the characteristics or the
elements of a public utility . . . .'' Id. at 383. Mr. Nathan noted
what he felt was a key distinction: Unlike traditional public utilities
such as ``railroad systems'' or ``streetcar lines,'' the songwriting
and publishing industry is ``a creative and nonstandardized area,'' and
``[m]onopoly and public utility aspects are just not prevalent in this
industry.'' Id.
The licensees' opposing position, expressed by Mr. Arnold on behalf
of the RIAA, contained the seeds of the standard ultimately adopted in
section 801(b)(1). As Mr. Arnold testified, the statute should include,
inter alia, ``accepted standards of statutory ratemaking,'' including a
rate ``that insures the party against whom it is imposed a reasonable
return on . . . investment'' and ``that divides the rewards for the
respective creative contributions of the record producers [the
licensees] and the copyright owners . . . equitably between them.'' Id.
at 469.
Mr. Nathan criticized this approach on two fronts. First, he argued
that the ``personal service'' nature of the songwriting and publishing
industry precluded application of a ``reasonable rate of return''
requirement for establishing the compulsory royalty rate. Second, with
regard to the division of the ``rewards'' proposal, Mr. Nathan stated
that ``I have never in all my experience encountered this novel concept
of dividing rewards for creative contributions as a meaningful and
relevant standard of ratemaking.'' Id. at 1093-94.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ As the present record (and the record in Phonorecords III)
demonstrates, subsequent to Mr. Nathan's 1967 testimony, the
economic concept of ``dividing rewards for creative contributions as
a meaningful and relevant standard of ratemaking'' has blossomed,
with the application of Opportunity Cost/Efficient Component Pricing
approaches, Nash Bargaining Solutions, and Shapley Value analyses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Resolution of this 1967 dispute languished until 1976, when
Professor Gellhorn successfully convinced Congress to adopt an itemized
standard in the final statute. See F. Greenman & A. Deutsch, The
Copyright Royalty Tribunal and the Statutory Mechanical Royalty:
History and Prospect, 1 Cardozo Arts & Ent. L.J. 1, 53, 59 (1982). In
so doing, Congress did not explicitly address the economic dispute
between Mr. Arnold and Mr. Nathan regarding the relative merits of a
market-based rate versus a rate established in some other manner.
Under the itemized section 801(b)(1) standard, the Judges have the
discretion to choose a market rate, a market-based rate, or a rate
unrelated to market evidence. Music Choice v. Copyright Royalty Bd.,
774 F.3d 1000, 1010 (D.C. Cir. 2014) (and citations therein). Any such
rate would be legally appropriate provided it was not ``arbitrary,
capricious, an abuse of discretion, or otherwise not in accordance with
law, or if the facts relied upon by the [Judges]
[[Page 65212]]
have no basis in the record.'' Id. at 1007. Indeed, in Music Choice,
the D.C. Circuit reaffirmed that ``the Copyright Act gives the Judges
of the Copyright Royalty Board broad discretion to set rates and terms
for compulsory licenses of the digital performance of sound
recordings.'' Id. at 1016 (emphasis added).
C. Prior Proceedings
This proceeding is not the first in which the Judges or their
predecessors have applied the section 801(b) factors to determine
royalty rates.\8\ In SDARS I, the Judges detailed the historical
treatment of these factors by their predecessors, the Copyright Royalty
Tribunal and the Librarian in his administration of the Copyright
Arbitration Royalty Panel (CARP) system. See Determination of Rates and
Terms . . . , 73 FR 4080, 4082-84 (Jan. 24, 2008) (SDARS I). In SDARS
I, the Judges chose to ``begin with a consideration and analysis of the
[market] benchmarks and testimony submitted by the parties, and then
measure the rate or rates yielded by that process against the [section
801(b)] statutory objectives'' to reach a decision. Id. at 4084.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The Copyright Royalty Tribunal (CRT) applied the 801(b)
factors in a section 116 (Jukebox) rate adjustment and a section 115
(Phonorecords) rate adjustment. The Librarian of Congress, as
administrator of a Copyright Arbitration Royalty Panel (CARP) issued
a determination for the section 114 satellite radio license (SDARS
I). In 2017, the Judges presided over a contested Phonorecords rate
hearing, the determination of which will issue after the present
determination and will involve application of the 801(b) policy
factors to the Phonorecords license.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The precedent guiding the present panel of Judges signals an
analysis in which the Judges may weigh the evidence presented to
support the rate proposals, including marketplace benchmarks, apply the
section 801(b) policy factors to assure the final rates are consonant
with those factors and, if the evidence permits, also establish a zone
of reasonableness within which the rate shall be set.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ The U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit has also
concluded that the Judges may apply the ``[section 801(b)] . . .
objectives [to] determine a range of reasonable royalty rates that
would serve all these objectives adequately but to differing
degrees, [and] the [Judges are] free to choose among those rates,
and courts are without authority to set aside the particular rate
chosen . . . if it lies within a ``zone of reasonableness.'' See
Recording Indus. Ass'n of America v. Copyright Royalty Tribunal, 662
F.2d 1, 9 (D.C. Cir. 1981) (footnotes omitted). Thus, the Judges may
establish such a zone of reasonableness, but are not required to do
so.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. The Present Proceeding
The Judges commenced the present proceeding with publication of
notice seeking petitions to participate. See 81 FR 255 (Jan. 5, 2016).
Seven entities filed petitions to participate.\10\ The Judges dismissed
the petitions of Music Reports, Inc. and David Powell. Muzak LLC
withdrew its petition to participate. The parties participating in the
hearing were George Johnson d/b/a GEO Music Group (GEO), Music Choice,
Sirius XM Radio, Inc. (Sirius XM), and SoundExchange, Inc.
(SoundExchange).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Original petitioners included George Johnson d/b/a GEO
Music Group; Music Choice; Music Reports, Inc.; Muzak LLC; Sirius XM
Radio, Inc.; SoundExchange, Inc. (SoundExchange); and David Powell.
SoundExchange appeared on behalf of itself and its members, the
American Association of Independent Music; the American Federation
of Musicians of the United States and Canada; the Recording Industry
Association of America; the Screen Actors Guild and the American
Federation of Television and Radio Artists; Sony Music
Entertainment; Universal Music Group; and Warner Music Group.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Judges presided over an evidentiary hearing that commenced on
April 12, 2017, and ended on May 18, 2017. Parties to the hearing
presented oral closing argument on July 18. The parties called 35
witnesses,\11\ including 15 experts.\12\ Of the 856 exhibits marked for
identification for the hearing (not including illustrative
presentations by various witnesses) the Judges admitted 511 (including
those admitted for limited purpose) into evidence during the
hearing.\13\ On June 14, the parties filed their respective Proposed
Findings of Fact (PFF) and Proposed Conclusions of Law (PCL). Parties
filed Reply PFF and PCL on June 29.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ In addition to live witnesses, participants also designated
prior testimony of witnesses in prior proceedings. See 37 CFR
351.4(b)(2).
\12\ GEO Music Group (GEO) presented the testimony of George
Johnson. Mr. Johnson asked to be qualified as an expert in the music
sound recording business. There being no objection, the Judges
acknowledged his experience as a songwriter, singer, and independent
record producer for approximately 30 years and qualified him for
purposes of the present proceeding as an expert in the music
business.
\13\ Immediately prior to and during the hearing in this
proceeding, participants filed motions seeking to limit or exclude
opposing parties' evidence. The Judges' conclusions on those motions
are issued by separate order or orders. References to evidence in
this Determination are to evidence admitted to the record.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. The Section 112 Ephemeral License
The ephemeral license rates that the Judges are to determine in
this proceeding shall ``most clearly represent the fees that would have
been negotiated in the marketplace between a willing buyer and a
willing seller.'' 17 U.S.C. 112(e)(4). All parties to the present
proceeding agree that the value of the section 112 ephemeral license is
linked to the value of the section 114 performance license.\14\ Music
Choice asked that the Judges include the section 112 rate in the
overall rate. Sirius and SoundExchange asked the Judges to determine
that the value of the licenses be allocated 5% to the ephemeral license
and 95% to the performance license, consistent with the current
regulations applicable to SDARS, webcasters, and new subscription
(CABSAT) services. See, e.g., Sirius XM . . . Proposed Findings . . .
and Conclusions at 234 (SXM PFFCL); Proposed Findings . . . and
Conclusions of SoundExchange . . . at 938 (SX PFFCL); see 37 CFR
382.3(c), 382.12(b) (2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See Music Choice Written Direct Statement at 6;
Introductory Memorandum to the Written Statement of Sirius Radio
Inc. at 1; Proposed Rates and Terms of SoundExchange, Inc. and
Copyright Owner and Artist Participants at 5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The parties' positions and the Judges' decisions concerning the
ephemeral license regulations are detailed in section XI.C of this
Determination; the regulatory language adopted by the Judges is
attached as Appendix A.
IV. PSS Performance License
A. Background
The Act defines a PSS as ``a service that performs sound recordings
by means of noninteractive audio-only subscription digital audio
transmissions, which was in existence and was making such transmissions
to the public for a fee on or before July 31, 1998 . . . .'' 17 U.S.C.
114(j)(11). When Congress enacted that definition, there were three PSS
entities in existence. See H.R. Rep. No. 105-796, at 81, 85, 89 (Oct.
8, 1998). Only two remain, and Music Choice was the only PSS that
participated in this proceeding.\15\ SoundExchange represented
Copyright Owners in the PSS portion of the proceeding. George Johnson,
an individual licensor, also proposed a PSS rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ The other remaining PSS entity, Muzak LLC, filed a Petition
to Participate, but withdrew it before the deadline for filing
Written Direct Statements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Music Choice operates a residential audio service that consists of
50 channels of audio programming delivered to subscribers' televisions.
Written Direct Testimony of David J. Del Beccaro, Trial Ex. 55, at 4
(Del Beccaro WDT). Music Choice's services are delivered to customers
by cable operators and other multichannel video programming
distributors (MVPDs) as part of customers' digital basic cable service.
Id.
In addition to its cable TV-based service, Music Choice makes its
50 cable channels, plus an additional 25 channels of audio programming,
available to authenticated television subscribers through its website
and a
[[Page 65213]]
mobile app. Id. Music Choice describes these internet transmissions as
``an ancillary part of its residential music business . . . .'' Written
Rebuttal Testimony of David J. Del Beccaro, Trial Ex. 57, at 25 (Del
Beccaro WRT).
1. PSS Rates From SDARS II
The parties in the prior proceeding (SDARS II) reached agreement on
the rates and terms of the section 112 license prior to the hearing.
See 78 FR at 23054-56.\16\ Therefore, the Judges' focus in that
proceeding was limited to determining the appropriate rates and terms
for the section 114 license. The Judges began with a consideration and
analysis of the market benchmarks and testimony submitted by the
parties and then measured the rate or rates yielded by that process
against the Section 801(b) statutory objectives to reach a decision. 78
FR at 23055. The Judges repeat that approach in the current proceeding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ In the SDARS II proceeding, SoundExchange and Music Choice
submitted a joint stipulation with respect to the Section 112(e)
ephemeral license, and the Judges adopted the proposal based on the
stipulation. 78 FR at 23055-56. The provision addressing the Section
112(e) license appears in current CRB Rule 382.3(c). It states that
``[t]he royalty payable under 17 U.S.C. 112(e) for the making of
phonorecords used by the Licensee solely to facilitate transmissions
for which it pays royalties as and when provided in this subpart
shall be included within, and constitute 5% of, the total royalties
payable under 17 U.S.C. 112(e) and 114.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In SDARS II, Music Choice advocated adoption of the annual
royalties it pays to performing rights societies (PROs) (i.e., ASCAP,
BMI, and SESAC) for the right to perform musical works to subscribers
of its residential audio service as a precedential benchmark. Indeed,
Music Choice asserted that the Judges were required to rely on that
musical works rate. The Judges rejected that contention but analyzed
whether the rates that Music Choice paid the PROs were a useful
benchmark. 78 FR at 23056. Music Choice contended that two pieces of
evidence corroborated use of the musical works rates as a benchmark:
(1) Decisions from Canada and the United Kingdom concluding that
royalty rates for sound recordings and musical compositions have
equivalent value \17\ and (2) results of an economic model called the
Asymmetric Nash Bargaining Framework (Nash Framework) \18\ offered by
Music Choice's expert, Professor Gregory Crawford.\19\ Based on his
analysis, Professor Crawford concluded the PRO rates were an
appropriate benchmark for the sound recording license at issue.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ The Judges dismissed Music Choice's reliance on foreign
jurisdictions because of a lack of proof of comparability between
foreign markets and U.S. markets. Further, Music Choice failed to
convince the Judges that the governing laws were sufficiently
similar to U.S. law to offer even analogous reasoning. See 78 FR at
23058.
\18\ The Nash Framework, as presented in the instant proceeding,
is discussed in greater detail infra, section IV.C.1.a.
\19\ Professor Crawford's Nash Framework from SDARS II (as well
as the Judges' reasons for rejecting it) is described at length in
the determination and need not be repeated here. See SDARS II, 78 FR
at 23056-57, 23058. As discussed below, in the current proceeding
Music Choice does not premise its Nash-based model (or any other
model) on an asserted equivalency between the value of sound
recordings and musical works, in light of the Judges' rejection of
that argument on the record presented in SDARS II. Nonetheless,
Professor Crawford's Nash Framework in the instant proceeding is
strikingly similar to his Nash Framework in SDARS II.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Judges disagreed and found that the musical works benchmark
lacked comparability to the hypothetical PSS market. Id. at 23058. The
Judges found that the musical works market involved different sellers
(PROs versus record companies) selling different rights (musical works
performance rights versus sound recording performance rights) than
those at issue in this proceeding.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ The Judges acknowledged that musical works performance
rights and sound recording performance rights are likely perfect
complements, but concluded that, based on the record, such
complementarity had not been shown to inform the decision regarding
relative value of the rights.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
With regard to the Nash Framework, the Judges noted:
The Nash Framework is a theoretical concept whose goal is to
evaluate how the surplus from a hypothetical transaction might be
divided between negotiating parties. Even assuming that the Nash
Framework has predictive value in some real-world contexts, Music
Choice provided no data to support the theoretical approximations in
the market for any intellectual property rights, much less those
that the Judges are charged with evaluating. Therefore, the Judges
find that the Nash Framework is not useful corroborating evidence.
78 FR at 23058.\21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ The Judge who dissented from the majority decision offered
what the majority characterized as a ``more spirited rejection of
the probative value of the Nash Framework as proffered in this
context.'' The majority concurred with this assessment but concluded
that ``as a threshold matter, [the] Nash Framework, without real-
world data to support its predictive capacity, is unworthy of
further consideration. 78 FR at 23058, n.17.
For its part, SoundExchange offered certain marketplace agreements
executed by interactive music streaming services as a benchmark. The
Judges also rejected this proposed benchmark on comparability grounds.
78 FR at 23058.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ The markets that the proffered agreements covered were
subscription interactive webcasting, ringtones/ringbacks, and
digital downloads. The Judges concluded that these markets involve
the licensing of products and rights separate and apart from the
right to publicly perform sound recordings in the context of the PSS
proceeding. The Judges noted that the buyers are different from the
target PSS market. Thus, the key characteristic of a good
benchmark--comparability--was not present. 78 FR at 23058. The
Judges noted that the bundling of Music Choice's services with
multiple channels of video and other non-music programming
significantly dim the possibility of market comparators. The Judges
concluded that ``in the absence of some rational, reasoned
adjustment to make the music agreements data more comparable to the
PSS market, the Judges find its probative value in this proceeding
of only marginal value.'' Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Judges concluded that the evidence presented by Music Choice
framed the lower end of a range of reasonable rates and that presented
by SoundExchange framed the upper end. 78 FR at 23059. Having rejected
the parties' respective proffered benchmarks (and proposed
corroborating evidence) for any purpose other than to frame a range of
potential rates, the Judges were left with a consideration of the then-
prevailing royalty rate of 7.5% of gross revenues, which fell within
that range. The Judges started with the then-prevailing rate and
applied the Section 801(b) factors. Consideration of the section 801(b)
factors persuaded the Judges that they should adopt that rate, but
adjust it up to 8.5% based on Music Choice's planned expansion of its
service from 46 channels to up to 300. The Judges concluded that the
planned expansion would result in a substantial increase in the number
of plays of recorded music without any corresponding increase in
compensation. 78 FR at 23059-60. Nevertheless, the Judges acknowledged
that the upward adjustment of the benchmark rate was based on projected
usage that was likely to occur during the rate period. The Judges noted
that ``[s]hould Music Choice alter its anticipated usage under the
statutory license in the future, such evidence can be taken into
account in a future rate proceeding. . . .'' Id. at 23061.
2. Standard for PSS Royalty Rates
When the Judges determine a section 114 rate for PSS, they
generally begin with an appropriate rate (or range of rates) and adjust
it, as appropriate, in accordance with the section 801(b)(1) statutory
factors. By contrast, the section 112 ephemeral license requires the
Judges, among other things, to ``establish rates that most clearly
represent the fees that would have been negotiated between a willing
buyer and a willing seller.'' 17 U.S.C. 112(e)(4).\23\
[[Page 65214]]
The ephemeral license also requires a minimum fee for each type of
service offered by a transmitting organization.\24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ Section 112(e)(4) also directs the Judges to base their
decision on such factors as (1) whether use of the service may
substitute for or promote the sale of phonorecords or otherwise
interferes with or enhances the copyright owner's traditional
streams of revenue and (2) the relative roles of the copyright owner
and the transmitting organization in the copyrighted work and the
service made available to the public with respect to relative
creative contribution, technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, and risk. 17 U.S.C. 112(e)(4).
\24\ The ephemeral license for both PSS and SDARS is addressed
in section XI.C.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consistent with this process, in determining the appropriate rate
for the PSS market for the upcoming rate period, the Judges must first
identify a starting point for applying the Section 801(b) policy
factors. A marketplace benchmark, if available, can be a useful
starting point for applying the Section 801(b) factors. See SDARS II,
78 FR at 23056. A key component of a marketplace benchmark is that the
market it purports to represent is comparable to the hypothetical
target market in the proceeding. See SDARS I, 73 FR at 4088 (``
`comparability' is a key issue in gauging the relevance of any
proffered benchmarks.''). In determining whether a benchmark market is
comparable, the Judges consider such factors as whether it has the same
buyers and sellers as the target market and whether they are
negotiating for the same rights. 78 FR at 23058. ``Although the
applicable Section 114 statutory standard provides a broader scope for
analyzing relevant `benchmark' rates than the `willing buyer/willing
seller standard' . . . , nevertheless potential benchmarks are confined
to a zone of reasonableness that excludes clearly noncomparable
marketplace situations.'' 73 FR at 4088.
In the hypothetical PSS market the buyers are the PSS services, and
the sellers are the copyright owners of the sound recordings that are
being transmitted (which most often means record companies). The buyers
and sellers are negotiating for the same bundle of rights as those
granted to a PSS under section 114(f)(1)(A) of the Copyright Act to
make digital subscription transmissions of the copyrighted works.
When the parties (or the Judges) identify variances in the
comparability of the hypothetical target market and the proffered
benchmark market, the Judges will consider reasoned adjustments that
might more closely align the two markets.\25\ Even when a proffered
benchmark is not comparable to the target market, however, the Judges
may use the rates derived from the proffered benchmark as a reference
point (or guidepost) to help frame a zone of reasonableness within
which to set an appropriate rate for the upcoming rate period (as they
did in SDARS II).\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ When the Judges are faced with proposed benchmarks that are
not comparable and cannot be made so with reasoned adjustments, the
Judges reject the proffered benchmarks. See, e.g., SDARS II, 78 FR
at 23058; SDARS I, 73 FR at 4089-90.
\26\ See supra, section IV.A.1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. The Parties' Rate Proposals
1. Music Choice's Proposal
Since 1998, the PSS have paid a fee based on a percentage of gross
revenues, as that term is defined by regulation.\27\ See SDARS II, 78
FR 23054, 23056; 63 FR 25394, 25413 (May 8, 1998). Music Choice has
proposed continuing that rate structure but seeks at least a 34%
reduction in the current rate of 8.5% of gross revenues, to a rate no
higher than 5.6% of gross revenues. MC PFF ] 30.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ Music Choice also does not propose an alternative per-
subscriber rate should the Judges adopt such a rate structure rather
than a percent-of-revenue structure. Neither party has proposed to
combine both rate structures (e.g., in a greater-of structure).
Given that neither party has advocated a hybrid rate structure nor
provided sufficient evidence to support such a rate structure in the
current proceeding, the Judges weigh the arguments and evidence in
the record to determine the applicable rate structure from the two
structures that the parties proposed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. SoundExchange's Proposal
SoundExchange requests that the Judges change the PSS rate
structure. Rather than the percentage-of-revenue formula, SoundExchange
proposes that PSS pay a per-subscriber fee that would begin at $0.0190
in 2018, the first year of the new rate period, and rise to $0.0214 in
2022, the last year of the rate period. Amended Proposed Rates and
Terms of SoundExchange, Inc. and Copyright Owner and Artist
Participants at 7. Although SoundExchange does not offer a percent-of-
revenue alternative to its proposed per-subscriber rates, it
acknowledges that converting its proposed rates to a percentage-of-
revenue rate would plausibly yield a rate of [REDACTED] % for 2018, the
first year of the upcoming rate period. SX PFFCL ] 1949; see Written
Rebuttal Testimony of Gregory Crawford, Trial Ex. 59, ] 113 (Crawford
WRT).\28\ The evidence in the record supports that this conversion
estimate is correct; thus the lowest rate that SoundExchange proposes
([REDACTED] %) exceeds the highest rate that Music Choice proposes
(5.6%) by [REDACTED] %; it exceeds the current rate by [REDACTED] %,
assuming no increase in subscribers.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ Music Choice's expert, Professor Gregory Crawford,
estimates that Music Choice would pay [REDACTED] % of its unadjusted
residential service revenue in sound recording performance royalties
in 2018 under the CABSAT rates, the basis for SoundExchange's rate
proposal, compared to the 8.5% it currently pays. Crawford WRT at ]
113, Table 6. This estimate appears consistent with the effective
rate that Stingray, a Music Choice competitor, paid in 2015 under
the CABSAT rates. SX PFFCL ] 1949; Trial Ex. 1017 at SoundX
000145808.
\29\ Assuming that the number of subscribers that carried Music
Choice's service remained flat over the upcoming rate period, the
annual 3% increases SoundExchange proposes would bring the rates to
[REDACTED] % for 2019, [REDACTED] % for 2020, [REDACTED] % for 2021,
and [REDACTED] % for 2022, or [REDACTED] % over the current rate.
This estimate is consistent with SoundExchange's estimate that a
CABSAT service pays almost [REDACTED] times as much on a per-
subscriber basis as a PSS. SX PFFCL ] 1940 and evidence cited
therein. See id. ]] 1934-35 (estimating that Music Choice's PSS
statutory royalty payment amounts to [REDACTED] cents per listener
per year whereas for a CABSAT service, the annual per-subscriber
royalty for 2017 is 22.2 cents).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SoundExchange also proposed a separate rate for internet
transmissions by a PSS, leading to a dispute between the parties over
whether a PSS's internet transmissions are included in the PSS license
and subject to the PSS rate standard. The Judges referred the question
of categorization of Music Choice's streaming service to the Register
of Copyrights (Register) for a legal opinion. Analysis of the
Register's opinion follows in Section IV.D.2.
3. GEO's Rate Proposal
George Johnson, d/b/a GEO Music Group (GEO) proposed that PSS pay a
per-subscriber rate of $0.10 in 2018 rising to $0.20 in 2022. Johnson
WDT at 14. He also proposed a percentage-of-revenue rate of 45% of
gross revenues. It is unclear whether he proposed that PSS pay both
components or that they pay them as a greater-of or lesser-of
structure. Mr. Johnson did not proffer a benchmark or any other
evidence to support his rate proposals for PSS. He merely stated that
``[t]hese are estimates from public data and actual royalty statements.
If the Sirius XM and Music Choice would provide number of listeners per
station and on a per-play basis, that would help GEO to better
establish a more reasonable rate.'' Id. The Judges find that there is
no evidence in the record to support the PSS rates that Mr. Johnson
proposed and therefore decline to adopt them.\30\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ Mr. Johnson also proposed requiring the PSS to install a
``buy button'' on their services to promote sales of music
downloads. 5/3/17 Tr. 2232, 2238 (Johnson). Such proposal is beyond
the scope of the Section 114 and 112 licenses and therefore beyond
the Judges' authority in the current proceeding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Rates for Music Choice's Cable Radio Service
1. Analysis of the Parties' Proffered Benchmarks
a. Music Choice's Proffered Nash Model
Music Choice, through its expert, Professor Crawford, contended
that in the absence of an appropriate marketplace benchmark, the best
way to
[[Page 65215]]
estimate the royalties that would arise in a hypothetical effectively
competitive market for the PSS sound recording rights is to use an
economic model. Professor Crawford chose as that model one based upon
the Nash Bargaining Solution, developed by Nobel-prize-winning
economist John Nash. Crawford WDT ]] 62, 64. Professor Crawford offered
a variation of the Nash Framework that the Judges rejected in SDARS II
as a means of corroborating the proffered musical works benchmark.
Crawford WDT ] 65.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ Music Choice acknowledged that the Judges rejected its
proposed musical works benchmark as a marketplace benchmark in SDARS
II. Rather than proffer a marketplace benchmark from another market,
however, Music Choice proffered Professor Crawford's Nash Framework,
not to corroborate the musical works benchmark rejected in SDARS II,
but as a stand-alone benchmark.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In his Nash Framework proposal, Professor Crawford modeled a single
record label as the ``upstream'' firm in the negotiation of sound
recording performance rights to be licensed to a single PSS, the
``downstream'' firm in the negotiation. Id. ] 67. The Nash Framework is
based on the assumption that the record label and PSS provider each
have a certain degree of market power. Id. ] 71. Professor Crawford
asserted that this assumption is applicable with respect to Music
Choice given its current product offerings and established
relationships with MVPDs. Id. ] 73. According to Professor Crawford,
Music Choice has negotiated long-term contracts with the MVPDs and
possesses a unique bundle of technology that would be costly and time
consuming for other firms to duplicate. Id. ] 73. Professor Crawford
concluded that because both PSS providers and record labels have some
market power, a non-cooperative bargaining model such as the Nash
Framework is an appropriate framework for analyzing market outcomes for
the PSS sound recording performance rights in the absence of a
compulsory license. Id. ] 75.
In the Nash Framework three fundamental factors determine how two
firms would ``split a pie'' in a hypothetical negotiation. These ``Nash
Factors'' are: (1) The Joint Agreement Profits; (2) each firm's Threat
Point; and (3) each firm's bargaining power. Id. ] 81.\32\ To determine
the royalty that would arise in the hypothetical market for sound
recording performance rights for the PSS over the 2018-2022 rate
period, Professor Crawford quantified the Nash Factors based on Music
Choice's costs and revenues of its residential audio service as a
standalone business. Id. ] 110.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ Joint Agreement Profits are the combined profits to both
the upstream and downstream firms in the market under study from
reaching an agreement. For the PSS this means the revenue the PSS
earns for the PSS less all non-PSS royalty costs that they incur.
Crawford WDT ] 81. The Threat Point for each firm is the profit it
would receive when no agreement is reached. Id. The difference
between the Joint Agreement Profits and the sum of the firms' Threat
Points is called the ``Incremental Profits'' which are the profits
the firms could earn by reaching an agreement above and beyond the
profits they could earn in the absence of an agreement. Id. The
profits each firm receives in a bargain equals its Threat Point plus
its Bargaining Power times the Incremental Profits. Id. ] 82. Dr.
Crawford communicated this formula in mathematical terms as Royalty
= Threat Point + Bargaining Power * Incremental Surplus. Id. at
n.69.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
i. Joint Agreement Profits
Because Music Choice keeps its books on a consolidated basis,
Professor Crawford analyzed Music Choice's costs and revenues to
determine how they would have been allocated if Music Choice operated
its residential audio service as a standalone business. Id. ]] 122-149;
4/24/17 Tr. 733-38 (Crawford); 5/18/17 Tr. 4549-52 (Del Beccaro).\33\
This process was conducted not in the ordinary course of business but
to isolate Music Choice's residential audio business for use in the
Nash Framework and in response to the Judges' observation in SDARS II
that the residential audio service is the applicable Music Choice
business line in analyzing the section 114 license. Crawford WDT ] 110.
Professor Crawford also asserted that isolating the residential audio
service is necessary to ensure that Music Choice does not subsidize
this business line with profits from other business lines, which
Professor Crawford believes would be inconsistent with economic policy
and the statutory objectives of the PSS license as he understands them
to be. Id. ] 176; 4/24/17 Tr. 787 (Crawford).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ Music Choice has three business lines: A residential audio
service, a residential video service, and a commercial audio
service. Some of Music Choice's subscription fee revenue bundles
residential audio and video services. Many of Music Choice's costs
are used in the production of both the residential audio and video
business lines. Crawford WDT ] 110. According to Professor Crawford,
the residential audio service remains the most important in terms of
revenues and company strategy. Professor Crawford asserted that if
the residential audio service were to cease, Music Choice would
cease providing any services and would close altogether. Crawford
WDT ] 129.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
It would not be fruitful to detail the multistep process Professor
Crawford conducted to disaggregate costs and revenues to derive inputs
for the Nash Framework analysis. Nonetheless, it is worth noting that
many of the steps required judgment calls on Professor Crawford's part
that undoubtedly affected the inputs he later plugged into the Nash
Framework.\34\ The Judges do not suggest that Professor Crawford's
adjustments were erroneous or inappropriate under the circumstances but
only mention them to highlight the level of discretion and subjectivity
that Professor Crawford employed in developing the inputs that he fed
into the Nash Framework. Given the extreme complexity of the process
that Professor Crawford developed, it would be impracticable if not
impossible for the Judges to ``back out'' one or more of the
adjustments Professor Crawford made in developing the model if the
Judges found they were unwarranted. The discretion that Professor
Crawford exhibited in disaggregating Music Choice's costs and revenues
pales, however, in comparison to that he exercised in choosing other
Nash Factors, such as bargaining power and Threat Point. The great
degree of discretion in quantifying the inputs in the Nash Framework as
proposed by Professor Crawford underscores the inherent weakness in the
Crawford model. The Judges concerns about the model are more applicable
in the current proceeding than they were in SDARS II because Music
Choice seeks to elevate the model to benchmark status rather than as
information to corroborate a proffered rate as was the case in SDARS
II.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ For example, Dr. Crawford chose to exclude certain legal
costs that Music Choice incurred or expected to incur related to the
PSS III proceeding in 2016 and 2017 because those costs relate to
litigating the 2018-2022 rate proceeding. Instead he substituted
costs that Music Choice purportedly incurred during the PSS II rate
period (2013-2017). He also chose to average certain patent
litigation costs over an eight-year period that Music Choice
incurred during 2016-2017 because, based on his discussions with
Music Choice executives, Music Choice historically has incurred such
patent costs every eight years. Crawford WDT ] 148. Of course, as a
practical matter, no individual company can know with any reasonable
degree of certainty when, in the future, it may be sued for patent
infringement or sue another that allegedly violates one of its
patents.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Professor Crawford used the disaggregated costs and revenues to
begin the Nash Framework calculations. The first step in that process
is to create the first Nash Factor--Joint Agreement Profits--the joint
economic profits to be shared between a record label and PSS provider
in the PSS market if an agreement is reached. It is the total economic
profits that the PSS provider earns before payment of a sound recording
performance royalty. Crawford WDT ] 92.
Based on his analysis of Music Choice's financial information as
discussed above, Professor Crawford estimated the Joint Agreement
Profits in the hypothetical market for PSS sound
[[Page 65216]]
recording performance rights would range from [REDACTED] in 2018 to
[REDACTED] in 2022. Crawford WDT ]] 113, 171.
ii. Threat Points
Professor Crawford then calculated each party's Threat Point, the
second factor in the Nash Framework. A Threat Point is a theoretical
construct representing the profit that would accrue to a record label
and a PSS provider if they are unable to reach an agreement. Each firm
in a hypothetical negotiation will have a Threat Point. Crawford WDT ]
67. Under the model, threat points can be positive, negative, or zero.
Id. at 26 n.71. For a record label, a negative threat point could occur
where the record label could earn additional profit in a non-PSS market
(e.g., music downloads) if it reaches an agreement with a PSS in the
PSS market. If the record label fails to reach the agreement with the
PSS provider, it loses all prospective profits it would have earned in
the PSS market and the profits it could have earned in the non-PSS
market. Id. ] 85.
The profit each firm earns in a bargain equals its threat point
plus its bargaining power (discussed below) times incremental profits.
Id. ] 82. Incremental profits are the difference between the joint
agreement profits and the sum of the firms' threat points. Id. ] 81.
Professor Crawford determined that Music Choice's threat point would be
zero because, in the absence of an agreement between Music Choice and a
theoretical record label, Music Choice would not be able to offer a
viable residential audio service and therefore would have economic
profits of zero. Id. ] 173. Professor Crawford asserted that assigning
a zero threat point to Music Choice is conservative because it is based
on an assumption that Music Choice could not offer a viable service in
the absence of an agreement with a single label.\35\ If Music Choice
could offer such a service in the absence of the catalog of any record
label, then Music Choice's threat point would be higher than zero,
which would suggest that Music Choice should pay a lower royalty rate
under the model. Id. at 49 n.149.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ Rather than postulate the hypothetical PSS market as a
negotiation between a single PSS and a single record label Professor
Crawford could have constructed the model as a negotiation between a
single PSS and a group of record labels. Under this scenario, the
PSS might reach agreements with some labels but not others. The
failure of an agreement with certain labels (i.e., smaller labels)
might not preclude the PSS from offering a service whereas the
failure of the PSS to reach an agreement with any of the larger
labels might preclude the PSS from offering any type of service
(i.e., PSS service or non-PSS service). Under this scenario, the
assignment to the PSS of a negative threat point might be more
appropriate than assigning a zero threat point because if Music
Choice failed to reach an agreement with one major label then it
might be precluded from offering any service.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outside of the threat point discussion, however, Professor Crawford
asserted that Music Choice's residential audio service remains the most
important in terms of revenues and company strategy. Indeed, Professor
Crawford asserted that if the residential audio service were to cease,
Music Choice would cease providing any services and would close
altogether. Id. ] 129. Placed in the context of the threat point
discussion, this concession strongly suggests that Music Choice
deserves a negative threat point under Professor Crawford's model, the
extent of which would be measured by the amount of profits Music Choice
would lose if it closed its non-PSS business lines. SoundExchange's
expert pointed out this inconsistency in Professor Crawford's
presentation. 5/3/17 Tr. 2461, 2343 (Wazzan) (``Dr. Crawford concedes
that Music Choice would go out of business altogether without the
residential music business. So they would lose their commercial and
video revenue streams. And if you look at the financials, we know that
Music Choice is forecasting significant profits in its non-PSS lines of
business.'').
Music Choice's responses to this disconnect between Professor
Crawford's threat point assessment and his statements about the primacy
of Music Choice's residential audio business are unavailing. For
example, Music Choice contended that the SDARS II decision is precedent
for treatment of the threat point analysis that Professor Crawford
employed. Music Choice Reply to SE PFF 2044 at 817-18. The passage from
SDARS II that Music Choice referred to pertained to an analysis of
Factor B in Section 801(b)(1), regarding the setting of a rate that
provides a fair return (for the service) and a fair income (for the
copyright owners) under existing market conditions. The Judges were
concerned in that context that Music Choice was making claims of
unprofitability of its business as a whole to support a downward
adjustment in the rates under the Section 801(b) factors. The Judges
pointed out that the subject of the section 114 license was Music
Choice's residential audio business rather than its entire business,
which included non-PSS lines. 78 FR at 23059. By that point in the
determination, the Judges had already discounted the use of the
Crawford model and the proffered musical works benchmark the results of
which the model purportedly corroborated. The Judges did not opine on
how Professor Crawford should have calculated the threat point for his
own model because the Judges dismissed the usefulness of the model. 78
FR at 23058 (``without real world data to support its predictive
capacity [Professor Crawford's application of the Nash Framework] is
unworthy of further consideration.'').
Therefore, the Judges agree with SoundExchange's criticism that
Professor Crawford incorrectly assigned a threat point of zero to Music
Choice when, under Professor Crawford's own testimony, Music Choice
would lose profits from non-PSS business lines if Music Choice could
not reach an agreement with one or more record labels. Based on that
fact alone, the results of Professor Crawford's model in the current
proceeding are suspect, but the flaws in Professor Crawford's
presentation do not end there.
With respect to the threat point for a hypothetical record label,
Professor Crawford asserted that it would be zero in the PSS market. As
for the label's threat point in the non-PSS market (e.g., sales of CDs
and downloads), Professor Crawford asserted that the analysis was more
``nuanced.'' Crawford WDT ]] 94-95, 174-175. Due to an alleged
promotional effect that the PSS has on the label in the non-PSS market,
Professor Crawford concluded that the record label's threat point could
be negative. Professor Crawford has no way of estimating the purported
promotional effect of Music Choice's services in the non-PSS market so
he assigned a zero threat point to the hypothetical record label. Id.
]] 175-176. We concur with Professor Crawford's decision not to attempt
to assign any promotional value to Music Choice's service in the non-
PSS market. The evidence he cited to support such an effect is either
dated (i.e., from a 1998 CARP decision) or anecdotal (i.e., record
labels provide Music Choice with ``promotional copies'' of new singles
or albums). Id. ]] 97-104. The Judges do not doubt that record labels
seek exposure for the artists they promote, and digital platforms like
Music Choice may provide meaningful exposure to the artists that appear
on its PSS service. The Judges find no evidence in the record in this
proceeding that they can use to quantify what impact, if any,
promotional activities on Music Choice's platform would have on artists
(and the labels that sign them) in non-PSS markets.
The Judges are less sanguine, however, about Professor Crawford's
assignment of a zero threat point to the
[[Page 65217]]
first portion of a record label's threat point (i.e., that dealing with
the PSS market). It is not at all clear that a record label's failure
to reach an agreement with Music Choice would mean a loss of all record
company profits in the PSS market if that market includes all providers
of residential audio services. There is evidence in the record that at
least one Music Choice competitor, Stingray Music, provides a service
that is comparable to the residential audio service that Music Choice
provides, but pays a much higher royalty rate than Music Choice
pays.\36\ Although that competitor, which is a recent entrant to the
U.S. market, has not sought a royalty rate closer to that which Music
Choice pays, it certainly could in the future, perhaps using the lower
rate paid by Music Choice as a comparable to support its own rate
reduction. In other words, the lower rate that Music Choice pays as a
PSS could put downward pressure on the rates that competing services
pay to record labels.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ Stingray Music is a Canadian digital pay television audio
service owned and operated by Stingray Digital. It has about 50
music channels that are available to television service subscribers
of several cable and IPTV providers in the U.S. Like Music Choice,
Stingray also has a business service and streams to individuals who
subscribe to television services that provide Stingray Music. Wazzan
WDT ] 62. The PSS and services such as Stingray, which SoundExchange
refers to as CABSAT (cable/satellite) services compete for the same
MVPD wholesale buyers. Stingray bought Music Choice's European
affiliate, which it operates as Music Choice International. In the
U.S., Music Choice and Stingray are direct competitors. Id. ] 62(g),
(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
By contrast, if Music Choice and the theoretical record label were
unable to reach an agreement, the rate that Music Choice pays could no
longer be used by providers of comparable services to justify lower
royalty rates. Under that scenario, a record label could actually
benefit from the loss of Music Choice to the extent that the rate it
pays could be shown to be below a market rate, which would result in a
positive threat point for the record label.\37\ As with the asserted
promotional effect, however, such an effect is impossible to estimate
with any accuracy. The Judges do not conclude from this discussion that
zero is the correct threat point for the hypothetical record label but
rather confirm the lack of usefulness of the Crawford model because
critical components of the model, at least as presented by Dr. Crawford
in the current proceeding, allow a broad level of discretion and
subjectivity, which undermines the credibility of the results.
--------------------------------------------------------